Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1983-1984

warthmore

Swarthmore
College Bulletin

Catalogue Issue
Volume LX X X I
Number 1
September 1983

1983-1984

Directions for
Correspondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
David W. Fra se r

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY

President

H a rriso n M. W right

ACADEMIC POLICY

Provost
ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES

Robert A. Barr, Jr.
Dean of Admissions

Jane H. M ullin s

RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS

Registrar

Jon L. Prim e

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Vice President

L e w is T. Cook, Jr.
Associate Vice President —
Business Affairs

Luther Van U m m ersen
Controller

Judith Kapustin Katz

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Kendall Landis
Vice President

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION

Patricia A. Whitman
Equal Opportunity Officer

GENERAL INFORMATION

M a ra lyn O rbison Gillespie
Associate Vice President

Swarthmore College does not discriminate in
education or employment on the basis o f sex,
race, color, age, religion, national origin, or
handicap. This policy is consistent with relevant governmental statutes and regulations,

including those pursuant to Title IX of the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.

The S w a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n (USPS
530-620), of which this is Volume LXXXI,
number 1, is published in September, October,
December, January, April, and August by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­
master: send address changes to S W A R T H M O R E
C o l l e g e B u l l e t i n , Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Printed in U.S.A.

Table of Contents

CALENDAR 5
INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
II

III
IV

V

ADMISSION 17
EXPENSES 20
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 34
STUDENT COMMUNITY 39
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 44
FACULTY REGULATIONS 53
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 58
AWARDS AND PRIZES 60
FELLOWSHIPS 63
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 65
Art 67
Asian Studies 73
Astronomy 75
Biology 77
Black Studies 83
Chemistry 84
Classics 88
Economics 93
Education 100
Engineering 103
English Literature 110
History 120
International Relations 129
Linguistics 131

VI

Literature 133
Mathematics 134
Medieval Studies 141
Modern Languages and Literatures 142
Music 154
Philosophy 160
Physical Education and Athletics 164
Physics 166
Political Science 171
Psychology 178
Public Policy 185
Religion 187
Sociology and Anthropology 193

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 201
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 205
THE FACULTY 208
ADMINISTRATION 223
VISITING EXAMINERS 232
DEGREES CONFERRED 234
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 238
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 241
INDEX 242
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 254
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 256

3

1 0 8 3

1 9 8 4

1 9 8 5

SEPTEMBER

MAY

JANUARY

Sun Mon
4
It
18
25

Tue Wed

5 ' 6
12
13
20
19
26
27

7
14
21
28

Thu
1
8
15
22
29

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sm
3
10
17
24

Fri

Set

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

Fri
4
11
18
25

Set
, 5

Sun Mon
6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

OCTOBER
Sun Mon
: : 2 ^ 3
10
9
16
17
23
24
31
r 3p

Tue W ed
4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6

13
20
27

6

13
20
27

'' t
14
21
28

Tue W ed
^ 2
t
9
8
15
16
22
23
30
29

Thr
3
10
17
24

1

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Tue W ed
6
13
20
27

7
14
21
: 28

Thu
1
8
15
22
29

3
10
17
24

4
11
18
25

m àm i

19
26

10
U

24
31

1
8
15
22
29

2
9
16
23
30

Set
§’ § m M

io
17
24
llllti

12
19
26

13
20
27

5
12
19
26

Thu

Fri

Set

12
19
26

13
20
27

14
21
28

11
18
25

2
9
16
23
30

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Fri

Set

8
15
22
29

16
23

10
17
24

11
18
25

Tue Wed
7
14
21
28

Tue W ed
3
4
10
11
18
17
25
24

Set
7
14
21
28

Sun Mon

Tue W ed
1
8
7
15
14
21
22
28
29

Fri
3
10
17
24
31

Set
4
11
18
25

3
10
17
24
31

4
n
18
25

Thu
2
9
16
23
30

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Tue W ed
2
3
9
10
16
17
23
24
30
31

Tue Wed

Thu
8
15
22
29

Fri
9
16
23
30

Set
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Fri
6
13
20
27

Set
7
14
21
28

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

Fri
1
8
15
22

Set
. 2
9
16
p|>

7
14
21
28

Fri
1
8
15
22
29

Set
2
9
16
23
30

Thu
4
11
18
25

Fri
5
12
19
26

S et
6
13
20
27

,

7
14
21
28

:
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Thu
4
11
18
25

6
13
20
27

5
12
19
26

Thu

6
13
20
27

A P R II

Sun Mon

Tue Wed

Thu

Fri

Set

8
15
22
29

9
16
23
30

IO
17
24
31

11
18
25

Thu

F ri

Set

MAY
1
8
15
22
29
i

5
12
19
Jfc*

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

JUNE
Fri
5
12
19
26

Set
6
13
20
27

Sun Mon
♦ ,2
, 9
16
23

30

Thu
1
8
15
22
29

Tue Wed

Tue Wed
2
3
10
9
16
17
23
24
30

Fri

Set

9
16
23
30

10
17
24

Fri

Set

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

Tue W ed

3 m :* V 5
li
10
12
18
19
17
26
24
25

, ‘t S i i 14
15
13
22
'2 8 - 21
28
29
27

JU L Y
Sun
" '7

14
21
28

Tue Wed
1
8
15
22
29

DECEMBER
Thu
5
12
19
26

Set
5

Sun Mon
1
8
7
15
14
22
21
28
29

Fri
3
10
17
24

fifi
4
11
18
25

Thu
3
IO
17
24
31

M A R C H

NOVEMBER

APRIL
Sun Mon
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
30
29

Fri
6
13
20
27

4 v' 5
11 w W
18
19
26
25

OCTOBER

Thu

6
13
20
27

6
13
20
27

Sun Mon
1
8
7
15
14
22
21
28
29

MARCH
Sun Mon

Thu
5
12
19
26

; 3
IO
17
24

SEPTEMBER

Tue Wed

14
21
28

Tue Wed
3
4
10
11
18
17
25
24
31

Sun

FEBRUARY
Sun Mon

6
13
20
27

Tue Wed
2
1
8
9
16
15
22
23
29
30

FE B R U A R Y
Tue W ed Thu

AUGUST
Fri
2
9
16
23
30

JANUARY
Tue Wed

5
12
19
26

7
14
21
28

JULY

1 9 8 4
Sun Mon
1
8
9
15
16
23
22
30
29

Set
2
9
16
23
30

Sun M on

7
14
21
28

Fri
1
8
15
22
29

6
13
20
27

JUNE

D E C E M B E R
Sun Mon

S et
5
12
19
26

V:Su n :- M on

4
11
18
25

3
10
17
24
31

Tue Wed

NOVEMBER
Sun Mon

Tue Wed
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
30
29

9
16
23
30

'3
IO

4
« .Il
17
18
24
25°
31

A U G U ST
Tue W ed
v: 4
5
12
*■
il
18 , 1 9
25
26

6

7

20
27

14
21
28

*3

1
8
15
,2 2 29

Fri
5
12
19
26

Fri
1

9
16
23
30

6
20
27

Set
'3
10
17
24
31

College Calendar
1983

Fall Semester

August 3 1 - September 4
September 2
September 3
September 5
September 23*24
November 18
November 28
December 2-3
December 2
December 3
December 5-9
December 9
December 12
December 16
December 17

Freshman placement days
Meeting of Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting of the Board of Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Annual meeting of the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Reading period (at option of instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

1984
January 16
February 24-25
March 2
March 12
April 23-27
April 27
April 27-28
April 30
May 3
May 3
May 12
May 14
May 15-16
May 17-19
May 27
May 28
June 2-3

Spring Semester
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board of Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Reading period (at option of instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board of Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

5

College Calendar
(Tentative)

1984

Fall Semester

September 5-9
September 7
September 8
September 10
September 28*29
November 16
November 26
December 7*8
December 7
December 8
December 10*14
December 14
December 17
December 21
December 22

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Annual meeting of the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for spring semester
Meeting o f Honors candidates
Reading period (at option of instructor)
Classes end
Midyear examinations begin
Seminars end
Midyear examinations end

1985
January 21
February 22-23
March 8
March 18
April 29* May 3
May 3
May 3-4
May 6
May 9
May 9
May 18
May 20
May 21-22
May 23-25
June 2
June 3
June 8*9

6

Spring Semester
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting of the Board of Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :00 p.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting of the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

I
Introduction to
Swarthmore College

Educational Resources

Introduction to
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as
a coeducational institution, occupies a campus
o f more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land
in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore
in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small
college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll­
ment is about 1290 men and women students.
The borough o f Swarthmore is a residential

suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance o f Philadelphia. College students are
able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes
possible cooperation with three nearby institu­
tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and
the University o f Pennsylvania.

OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­
uals and as responsible citizens through exact­
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.

institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. By
such selection it contributes to the diversity
and richness o f educational opportunity which
is part o f the American heritage.

The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make
its students more valuable human beings and
more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational

Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.

VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruction
for students during their last two years. Both
seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­
opment from each student, the choice of
method being determined by individual pref­
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association

with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. Within the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide
range o f individual goals. These opportunities
typically include considerable flexibility of
program choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs of students.

THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society of Friends. Although it
has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the student
body, the faculty, and the administration, the
College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.

8

Foremost among these principles is the individ­
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way of life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple
living, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view of life, or any

other specific set of convictions about the
nature of things and the duties of human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and

religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination of anyviewwhich may
be held regarding them.

TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity of change. Its
purposes and policies must respond to new
conditions and newdemands. By being open to

change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard of excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

9

Educational Resources
The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important suppor­
tive role.

THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and
bequests from many alumni, foundations,
corporations, parents and friends. In addition
to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and
lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have
not only provided the physical plant, but also
have created an endowment fund o f approxi­
mately $152, 000,000 at market value on June
3 0 ,1 9 8 3 . Income from the endowment during
the academic year 1982-83 contributed ap­
proximately $4,150 to meet the total expense
o f educating each student and accounted for
about 25% o f the College's educational and
general income.

The College’s ability to continue to offer a high
quality o f education at a reasonable level of
tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­
port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and
bequests for its current operations, its perma­
nent endowment, and its capital development
programs to maintain and strengthen its re­
sources. The Vice President in charge of
development will be pleased to provide in­
formation about various forms o f gifts: be­
quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real
estate or other property, and deferred gifts
through charitable remainder trusts and life
income contracts in which the donor reserves
the right to the annual income during his or her
lifetime.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate
instruction and in most cases for research, exist
in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psy­
chology, astronomy, and engineering. The
Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual
refracting telescope, is the center o f much
fundamental research in multiple star systems.
The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory
provides facilities for work in zoology, botany,
and premedical studies. The Pierre S. DuPont
Science Building provides accommodations
for chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks
Hall contains the engineering laboratories,
including a computer laboratory equipped
with a DEC PD P11/40 system with disc storage
and laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall pro­
vides facilities for work in psychology, and for
the engineering shops.
The Arts Center contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre.
The Florence Wilcox Gallery for art exhibitions

10

is located in Room 303 on the third floor of
Beardsley Hall.
The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building,
opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating
approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music
Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal
rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central
facility for the program o f the Music Depart­
ment and for musical activities at the College.
The Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A PRIM E 750 with six
megabytes o f main memory and 900 megabytes
o f on-line disk storage is available to students
and faculty for instruction and research. Many
computer languages such as APL, BASIC,
FORTRAN, and Pascal are available, as well as
statistical and simulation packages and instruc­
tional programs for various academic disci- ;
plines. Microcomputer facilities are under
development. Terminal clusters are maintained
in Beardsley, Du Pont, Martin, and Trotter
Halls. Terminals may also be found in virtually

all academic departments.Some departments
also have microcomputers, and the Engineering
Department has a DEC PDP 11/40. A PRIM E
Information 750 and a P R IM E 2250 are used
for the College’s administrative data processing
needs. In addition, through EDUNET, an
international computer network, faculty and
students have access to computing facilities at a
number o f major research institutions such as
Stanford and M IT for special projects and
research.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Beardsley Hall serves as a laboratory for the
social sciences. The Center has a large social
science data archive available for empirical
research on social and policy issues, and it
provides statistical consulting for faculty and
students. The Center also supports the concen­
tration in Public Policy through its physical
facilities, data archives and program o f events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for
27 students and has equipment for both audio
and video instruction.
The Thomas B. and Jeannette E.L. M cCabe

Library contains reading rooms, offices and the
major portion of the College library collection.
Total College library holdings amount to
600,000 volumes. Some 20,000 volumes are
added annually. About 2,500 periodicals are
received regularly. The general collection is
housed in the library building, situated on the
front campus. The Cornell Library o f Science
and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses
some 52,000 volumes in biology, chemistry,
engineering, mathematics, and physics. A small
collection o f relevant material is located in
Sproul Observatory. The Daniel Underhill
Music Library contains about 13,000 books
and scores, 8,000 recordings, and listening
equipment. A small collection of relevant
material is housed in the Black Cultural Center.
The library is definitely a collection o f books
and journals for undergraduate use. The
demands o f reading for Honors, however,
make necessary the provision of large quantities
o f source material not usually found in
collections maintained for undergraduates. It is
a point o f library policy to try to supply, either
by purchase or through interlibrary loan, the
books needed by students or members of the
faculty for their individual research.

SPECIAL COLLECTIONS *
The library contains certain special collections
— the British Americana collection, the Wells
Wordsworth and Thomson collections, the
Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the
history o f technology and a collection of the
publications o f 650 private presses.
A number o f special features enrich the
academic background of the College. Among
these are the following:
The Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States of manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the
history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is
a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and
other Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record
books, dating from the 1680’s until the pres­
ent, have been deposited. Additional records
are available on microfilm. The William Wade
Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records

lists material o f genealogical interest. Special
collections include materials on various sub­
jects o f Quaker concern such as abolition,
Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history
o f women’s rights. Notable among the other
holdings are the Whittier Collection (first
editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf
Whittier, the Quaker poet), the Mott manu­
scripts (over 400 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than
300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker
minister). The library’s collection o f books
and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers
approximately 33,000 volumes. About 100
Quaker periodicals are currently received.
There is also an extensive collection o f photo­
graphs of meetinghouses and pictures o f repre­
sentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil
paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is
hoped that Friends and others will consider the

11

Educational Resources

advantages o f giving to this library any books
and family papers which may throw light on
the history of the Society of Friends.
The Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of
special interest to research students seeking the
records o f the peace movement. The personal
papers o f Jane Addams of Hull-House, Chicago
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers of
Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien
Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A.J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
William Sollmann, E. Raymond Wilson, and
others, as well as the records of the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi­
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship of
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National
Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences on
International Arbitration, National Interreli­
gious Service Board for Conscientious Objec­
tors, National Council for Prevention o f War,
National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE,
War Resisters League, Women’s International
League for Peace and Freedom, Women Strike
for Peace, World Conference of Religion for
Peace, ahd many others. The Peace Collection
serves as the official repository for the archives
o f many o f these organizations, incorporated

here sin 7,000 document boxes. The Collection
also houses over 12,000 books and pamplets
and about 1,800periodical titles. Two hundred
eighty periodicals are currently received from
22 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published
in 1981, fully describes the archival holdings.
The Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature,
established in 1950 with accumulated income
from the William Plumer Potter Public Speak­
ing Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded
poetry, drama and prose. Among the 1,200
titles on disc and tape are contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays and other dramatic repertoire; the litera­
ture o f earlier periods read both in modern
English and in the pronunciation o f the time;
British and American ballads; lyrical verse in
musical settings; and recordings o f literary
programs held at Swarthmore. These materials
are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature.
The collection is housed in the McCabe
Library.
The Betty Dougherty Spock Memorial Fund,
established through the generosity o f friends of
the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides
income for the purchase of dramatic recordings.
These are kept with the Potter Collection.

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
The William ]. Cooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College. The
Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a
member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882
to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College
the sum of $ 100,000 and provided that the
income should be used "in bringing to the
college from time to time eminent citizens of
this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that
the faculty, students and the college community
may be broadened by a closer acquaintance
with matters of world interest.” Admission to
all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works

12

with the departments and with student organi­
zations in arranging single lectures and concerts,
and also in bringing to the College speakers of
note who remain in residence for a long enough
period to enter into the life of the community.
Some o f these speakers have been invited with
the understanding that their lectures should be
published under the auspices o f the Founda­
tion. This arrangement has so far produced
eighteen volumes.
The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation.
About three hundred twenty-five acres are
contained in the College property, including a
large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum
Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed
as a horticultural and botanical collection of
trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants through
the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929

by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and
Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott o f the Class of 1895. The plant collections
are designed both to afford examples o f the
better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are
hardy in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania
and suitable for planting by the average
gardener, and to beautify the campus. All
collections are labeled and recorded. There are
exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese
cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias and
tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs,
rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many
interested donors have contributed generously
to the collections.
The Foundation offers horticultural educa­
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures and classes are designed to cover many
facets of the science/art called gardening.
Special programs have been prepared to ac­
quaint the youth o f the area with the signifi­
cance of plants with classes from local elemen­
tary schools coming to the campus to receive
instruction in plants and their relationship to
people. Tours are conducted throughout the
year for college people and interested public
groups.
Aiding the Foundation’s staff, in all o f its
efforts are the ‘Associates o f the Scott Horti­
cultural Foundation.” This organization pro­
vides not only financial support but also
assistance in carrying out the myriad operations
which make up the Foundation’s total program,
such as public lectures and bus tours to other
gardens. The Associates’ newsletter, Hybrid,
serves to publicize their activities and provides
up-to-date information on seasonal gardening
topics.
The Bernard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes to

the advancement o f music at the College. It has
been used, for example, for concerts on the
campus, for the purchase o f vocal and orches­
tral scores and other musical literature, and to
provide scholarships for students in the De­
partment o f Music who show unusual promise
as instrumentalists or vocalists.
The Gene D. Overstreet Memorial Fund, given by
friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Science
Department, 1957-1964, provides income to
bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss
problems of developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.
The Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a
collection of paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was born in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president o f the Royal Academy.
The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series
brings eminent scientists to the campus under
its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­
bers present colloquia on their own research.
The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of
1941, in memory of Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­
tice of art, on campus.
The Suzanne Belkin Memorial Reading, estab­
lished by her family in memory of Suzanne
Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin­
guished writer.

13

Endowed Professorships

The Edmund Allen Professorship o f Chemistry was
established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and
cousin of Manager Rachel Hillborn.
The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in
honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class o f 1898.
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and
International Relations was created in 1888 by
Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology
was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a
tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer
Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 1888-1926.
The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of
1890, in 1905.
The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Professorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell *30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every corner o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective of both students and
faculty.

The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­
ship o f Quaker History and Research was en­
dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. *26
and member of the Board o f Managers, on
behalf of the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member of the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts of die Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor *04.
The William R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the
William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to
*'support and encourage a scholar-teacher
whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment
to teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­
dents will enhance the learning process and
make an effective contribution to the under­
graduate community.”
The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38,
member o f the Board of Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f the
Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment
or writing. It carries an annual discretionary
grant for research expenses, books and mate­
rials.
The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period of
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area of significant
social change.

The Alexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class
o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890.

The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W . Lippincott, member of the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class of 1881, and gifts
by other family members.

The Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor­
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a
trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­
band graduated in 1895.

The Edward Hicks Magill Professorship o f Mathe­
matics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends of
Edward H. Magill, President o f the College

14

1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
The Charles and Harriet Cox McDowell Professor'
ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established
in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class of
1887 and member of the Board of Managers, in
her name and that of her husband, Dr. Charles
McDowell, Class of 1877.
The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father of Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con­
tributions and gifts from members of the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the

devoted service and wise counsel of Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member of the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board of Managers.
The Daniel Underhill Professorship o f Music was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class of 1894
and member of the Board of Managers.
The Joseph Wharton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
The Isaiah V. Williamson Professorship o f Civil
and Mechanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.

15

II

■ m

Admission
Expenses

16

Financial Aid

Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection of students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsibil­
ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily
concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in
isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality of candidates for admission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality of their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis of their individual future
worth to society and of their collective realiza­
tion of the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and
various economic, social, religious, and racial
groups. The College is also concerned to
include in each class sons and daughters of
alumni and o f members o f the Society of
Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion of a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have vir­
tually completed the normal four-year program

in three years will be considered for admission,
provided they meet the competition of other
candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi­
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and
from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school and
out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength of
character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­
iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back­
grounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan of
secondary school courses as preparation for its
program. The election of specific subjects is
left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should include:
1. Accurate and effective use of the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application of the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command of one or
two foreign languages. The College encour-

ages students to study at least one language
for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each of the three groups is
recommended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years of mathematics including algebra, geo­
metry, and trigonometry.

17

Admission

APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admission,
Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision.
Applicants follow the same procedures, submit
the same supporting materials, and are evalu­
ated by the same criteria under each plan.
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their undergradu­
ate education throughout the admissions pro­
cess. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.
The two Early Decision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­
leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­
cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision
plan differs from the Fall Early Decision plan
only in recognizing that some candidates may
arrive at a final choice o f college later than
others. Early Decision candidates under either
plan may file regular applications at other
colleges with the understanding that these
applications will be withdrawn upon admission
to Swarthmore; however, one benefit o f the
Early Decision plans is the reduction o f cost,
effort, and anxiety inherent in multiple appli­
cation procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $25. Timetables for the three plans
are:
F a ll Early D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

November 15
November 30
on or before
December 15

W inter Early D ecision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification of candidate

18

January 1
January 15
on or before
February 1

R egular A dm ission
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date

February 1
February 20
on or before
April 15
May 1

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or Winter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En­
trance Examination Board. English Composi­
tion is required, and the other two Achieve­
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­
matics.
Application to take these tests should be made
directly to the College Entrance Examination
Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
A bulletin o f information may be obtained
without charge from the Board. Students who
wish to be examined in any o f the following
western states, provinces, and Pacific areas —
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii,
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­
gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta,
British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan,
Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands
including Formosa and Japan — should address
their inquiries and send their applications to
the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application
should be made to the Board at least a month
before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would like
to be considered for any o f our scholarships
should complete their applications at the
earliest possible date. Information concerning
financial aid will be found on pages 22-32.

THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
of the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request the
Office of Admissions to arrange a meeting with
an alumni representative in their own area.

Interviews with alumni representatives take
longer to arrange than interviews on campus.
Applicants must make alumni interview ar­
rangements well in advance o f the final dates
for receipt of supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-447-7300.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution attended
as well as written work (papers, examinations),
syllabi, and reading lists in order that the
course work may be evaluated by the depart­
ment concerned. Such requests for credit must
be made within the freshman year at Swarth­
more.

APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including a
statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this
test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not
admitted to advanced standing later than the

beginning of the sophomore year. Four semes­
ters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute
the minimum requirement for a degree, two of
which must be those o f the senior year.
Applications for transfer must be filed by April
15 of the year in which entrance is desired.
Decisions on these applications are announced
by June 1. Application for transfer at mid-year
must be received by November 15. A limited
amount o f financial assistance is available for
transfer students.

See page 37 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.

* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover of this catalogue.

19

Expenses
STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1983-43 academic year
(two semesters) are as followsTuition and General Fee
Room and Board
Total Charges

$ 8,430*
3,260
$11,690

These are the only charges billed by the
College. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
A deposit o f $100, due before registration for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on or
about July 15 and December 15 o f each year.
Payment o f charges for the first semester is due
by August 15 and for the second semester by
January 15. Payments should be made by check
payable to Swarthmore College and sent to the
Office o f the Controller. A late fee is assessed
on payments received after the due date.

Students engaged in independent projects away
from the College for which regular academic
credit is anticipated are expected to register in
advance in the usual way and pay normal
tuition. If the student is away from the College
for a full semester, no charge for room and
board will be made; but, if a student is away
only for a part o f a semester the above charges
may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($ 1 ,0 5 0 ) or half course
($525), although they may within the regular
tuition so vary their programs as to average as
many as five courses in the two semesters of
any academic year. College policy does not
permit programs o f fewer than three courses
for degree students in their first eight semesters
o f enrollment.

PAYMENTS
For parents who may desire assistance in
meeting the payment deadlines, the College
offers two alternative payment plans.
The New Insured Tuition Payment Plan com'
bines the benefits o f a monthly savings plan
and a loan program that results in a schedule of
equal monthly payments. Payments to the plan
are completed before the student’s graduation.

The Edu'Check Program extends a line o f credit.
A book o f checks is given to parents, and they
may write checks as needed for educational
expenses. Interest is charged only on the
amount o f money in use, and repayment terms
o f up to twice the borrowing term are available.
Information on payment programs is mailed to
all parents in April.

WITHDRAWAL REFUNDS
Refunds o f amounts paid will be made for
students who, for reasons approved by the
Dean, withdraw on or after the first day of
classes as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes

80%
60%
40%

* There is included in the General Fee a student
activities fee o f $100 and a charge o f $40 for
mandatory accident and sickness insurance.

20

Prior to the 5th week o f classes
20%
Thereafter, $40 per week that student is
absent from Dining Hall.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal. Students who are granted
withdrawal should consult the Controller as
soon thereafter as possible.

INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment of
student charges should be addressed to Luther

Van Ummersen, Controller,

Financial Aid
The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless of their financial circum­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Financial aid awards are assigned without
regard to race, sex, religious preference or
handicap. Forty-three percent o f the total
student body currently receive aid from the
College. Most financial aid awarded by the
College is based upon demonstrated financial
need and is usually a combination o f grant,
loan, and student employment.
A prospective aid student must apply for
College as well as outside assistance at the time
o f application for admission: admission and
financial aid decisions are, however, made
separately. The Financial Aid Form o f the
College Scholarship Service is the form re­
quired of financial aid applicants. Instructions
for obtaining and filing a Financial Aid Form
with the College Scholarship Service are
included on the admissions application. The
principles of this agency and careful review of
its recommendations by the College determine
the amount o f aid needed in each case.
Essentially this amount is the difference be­
tween the applicant’s student budget and the
family’s ability to pay. That family contri­
bution is determined by weighing the family’s
income and assets against demands made by
such items as taxes, living expenses, medical
expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses. It also
includes the expectation o f $ 1,000 from the
student’s summer earnings as well as a portion
o f his or her personal savings and assets.
For 1983-84 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $11,690.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labora­
tory fees, for example — but admission to all
social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $12,540. This allows $850 for
books and personal expenses, exclusive of
travel.
An admitted student seeking aid must submit
to the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the
parents’ most recent federal income tax return.
When a student receives financial aid from a

22

source other than the College, the student’s
need for our support is decreased, and so the
College subtracts the amount of that financial
aid from the Swarthmore award. This equitable
distribution of total available resources enables
the College to assist additional students. Thus,
the amount o f financial aid a student may
expect to receive from the College is determined
by other grants received as well as by the an­
ticipated family contribution.
In keeping with the policy of basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each
student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­
dent who has aid must submit a new financial
aid application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no
longer demonstrated. Assistance is available
only for the duration o f a normal length
undergraduate program (8 semesters). Stu­
dents who choose to live off campus may not
receive College grant assistance in excess of
their College bill, although the cost of living off
campus will be recognized in the calculation of
a student’s financial need and outside sources
of aid may be used to help meet off-campus
living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstances
have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.
For the academic year 1982-83 the College
awarded approximately $1,850,000 in grants.
About one half o f that sum was provided
through the generosity of alumni and friends
by special gifts and the endowed scholarships
listed on pp. 24-32. The federal government
also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grants available. It is
not necessary to apply for a specific college
scholarship; the Committee on Financial Aid
decides who is to receive endowed scholarships
and others are helped from general scholarship
funds. Although some endowed scholarships
are restricted by locality, sex, religion or
physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding
aid makes it possible to meet need without
regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a
requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise
indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Long term loan funds with generous repayment
terms combine with Swarthmore’s program of
scholarships and grants to enable the College to
meet the needs of each student.
Interest on both National Direct Student
Loans and Swarthmore College loans is 5% on
the unpaid balance beginning six months after
the student leaves school.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The Class o f 1916 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund
The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
The John A. Miller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. Williams Fund
The Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund
The Joseph W. Conard Memorial Fund, estab­
lished by friends of the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.
Because the College does not have enough

Swarthmore College Loan and National Direct
Student Loan funds to assist all students in
need, some students are asked to seek loans
through the Guaranteed Student Loan Program
available through local banks. Currently, the
interest on this long-term, low-interest, educa­
tional loan is federally subsidized while the
borrower is still in school. Six months after the
borrower leaves school, interest begins to
accrue at 9% (or 8% for new borrowers in
spring, 1984) and principal repayment must
begin. The Guaranteed Student Loan (and the
interest subsidy) is currently available to all
students, who, according to federal guidelines,
demonstrate financial need. The maximum an
undergraduate may borrow through this pro­
gram is $ 2,500 annually, although, $12,500 is
the aggregate maximum for the full-undergraduate program. Application is initiated by
the student through the student’s local bank.
PLUS/ALAS loans, available in most states,
allow parents to borrow up to $3,000 per year
per undergraduate child. Interest of 12%
begins to accrue, and repayment must start as
soon as loan proceeds are disbursed. Parents
may repay PLUS/ ALAS loans over a period of
ten years. Parents should seek PLUS/ALAS
applications through their local banks.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices and the post
office, and applications are made when stu­
dents arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f pay
run from $3.35 to $3.55 per hour. Students on
financial aid are usually offered the oppor­
tunity to earn up to $750 during the year and
are given hiring priority, but there are usually
jobs available for others who wish employment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes
local off-campus and temporary

employment opportunities. Students are gen­
erally able to carry a moderate working
schedule without detriment to their academic
performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most needy
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse­
ums, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.

23

Financial Aid

Swarthmore College
National and Regional Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National and Regional Scholarships to the
outstanding men and women entering the
freshman class.
New England Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Connecticut, Maine,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island,
or Vermont.
Midwest Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas,
Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska,
North and South Dakota, Oklahoma, or
Wisconsin.
Rocky Mountain Scholarships are awarded to
students who reside in Arizona, Colorado,
Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, or
Wyoming.

Southeast Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, or
Texas.
Pacific Scholarships are awarded to students
who reside in Alaska, California, Hawaii,
Nevada, Oregon, or Washington.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f Committees o f Award, rank
highest in scholarship, leadership, character,
and personality. The amount o f the annual
award varies from $300 to $ 12,000 according
to the financial need o f the winner. In those
instances where there is no demonstrated
financial need, scholarships carry an honorary
award equal to the cost o f two round-trips
from home to Swarthmore.

Other Scholarships
(Demonstrated financial need is a requirement for all scholarships unless otherwise indicated.)
The Aetna Life and Casualty Foundation Scholar­
ship provides assistance to qualified students
with financial need.

recognition o f the long-standing and affection­
ate connection between the Armington family
and Swarthmore College.

The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humanities.

The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded biennially to a new student who
shows promise o f distinguished intellectual
attainment based upon sound character and
effective personality. The award is made in
honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the
College from 1921-1940, and originator o f the
Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.

The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol­
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part of the Founda­
tion’s interest in the international exchange of
students.
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in
memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974
by Shing-mei R Altman ’76, is awarded to a
junior who has a strong interest in the studio
arts. It is held during the senior year. The
recipient may apply for up to $2,000 for a
fellowship in art to be carried out during the
summer between the junior and senior year,
with the balance of funds available to be used
during the academic year, or postgraduately.
The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need in

24

The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W . Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
The Philip H. Barley Memorial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66,
by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966,
which he served as president, provides financial
assistance for a junior or senior who has
demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities
at Swarthmore.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are

awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­
dents at the College who show unusual promise
as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need
help to pay for private instruction.
The Belville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at
Swarthmore.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of
the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary
alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is
assigned annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students in
any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
The Book and Key Scholarship, established by
the Book and Key men’s senior honorary
society in 1965 when the Society dissolved
itself, is awarded each year to a senior man who
has shown quality o f leadership and has demon­
strated through past performance his eagerness
to give service to college and community. He
should rank high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Edward S. Bower Memorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality.
The Daniel Walter Brenner Memorial Scholarship,
established by family and friends in memory of
Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to
a senior majoring in biology who is distin­
guished for scholarship and an interest in plant
ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal
behavior research. The recipient is chosen with
the approval of biology and classics faculty.
The Leon Willard Briggs Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest of Ina Carey Diller in honor
o f Leon Willard Briggs T7, to be awarded to
worthy engineering students with financial
need. In the event there are no engineering
students who need the scholarships, they shall

be awarded to students engaged primarily in
the study of classics and belles lettres.
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established
as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number
o f his former students. It is available to a major
in Political Science in the junior or senior year.
The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial Year of
1964. The income from this Fund is used to
provide scholarships for a student or students
attending Swarthmore College who are concen­
trating their studies in the field o f the social
sciences and who indicate an interest in the
objects or purposes of the American Friends
Service Committee and a desire to serve in
those fields following their graduation and
post-graduate work. Awards are made to
students in any of the four classes.
The Chi Omega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members of the fraternity.
The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch of the Classics. The recipient is desig­
nated by the Classics Department.
The Cochran Memorial Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in
memory of the Cochran family. It is given
annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­
more College.
The Sarah Antrim Cole Scholarship was founded
by her parents in memory of Sarah Antrim
Cole of the Class of 1934. Preference is given to
a graduate o f the Worthington High School,
Worthington, Ohio.
The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student who
is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance
with the donor’s will.
The N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­
able Trust in memory of N. Harvey Collisson of
the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man
or woman. Selection will place emphasis on
character, personality and ability.
The David S. Cowden Scholarship was estab­
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of

25

Financial Aid

1942, who taught English Literature at Swarthmore from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It
is awarded on the basis of financial need.
The Ellsworth F. Curtin Memorial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,
Class of 1918, in memory o f her husband,
Class of 1916, to benefit an engineering student
with financial need.
The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in personality, character and schol­
arship. This endowment is in memory of Mrs.
Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother
o f six students who attended Swarthmore.
The Delta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded
to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In
any year in which there is no such candidate the
fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The Francis W. D'Olier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D’Olier o f the Class of 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality and ability.
The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship
Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­
dents, preference being given to students with
highest scholarship from high schools of
Delaware County, PA.
The J. Horace Ervien Scholarships are awarded
annually, with preference given to students
who plan to major in engineering. Considera­
tion will be given to academic qualifications,
financial need, character and qualities of
leadership. The scholarship is renewable for
qualified students. These scholarships were
named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele
Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace
Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E. TO.
The Donald Renwick Ferguson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Mrs. Amy Baker Ferguson, in
memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick
Ferguson, M.D., o f the Class of 1912, is
awarded to a young man who is looking
forward to the study of medicine.
The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is
established as an expression of respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service of Swarthmore College. The scholar­
ship will be awarded each year on the basis of
need to a worthy student.

26

The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each of the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was estab­
lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in memory
o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member o f
the class o f 1951.
The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’39 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with
preference to a black candidate.
The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given
to a woman student with financial need, who
ranks high in character, personality and schol­
arship. Preference is given to a member of the
Society o f Friends.
The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant
from the Foundation to provide scholarships
to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and
fees for students who require financial assis­
tance. Preference is given to students of
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years of college and who are contem­
plating graduate or professional study. The
scholarships are renewable for a second year.
The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded to
an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and
need and is renewable annually to graduation.
This award was established by Katharine F.
Herrmann T 4 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball
*24 in honor of their father.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of
1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the
Middle West. Preference is given to a premedical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
The Rachel W. Hillbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892
in memory of her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is

given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­
ties.
The Hadassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for four years at the discretion of
the College. Preference will be given to mem­
bers of the Society of Friends.
The Richard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­
vides assistance to a student (or students) of
African descent.
The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the
Class o f 1937 in the name of its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annual­
ly by the College.
The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one of the first Black
students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­
lished this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students."
The Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating class
of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the
faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The George K. and Sallie K. Johnson Fund
provides aid during the senior year for young
women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement
to a male undergraduate who is a member of
the Society o f Friends.
The Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in
memory o f Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife.
Kappa A lpha Theta Scholarship, established by
Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student.
The Kappa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman dlass,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members of the fraternity.
The Paul and Mary Jane Kopsch Scholarship

Fund, established through a gift of Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each
year to a junior premedical student(s) with
financial need. The scholarship is renewable in
the senior year.
The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund,
the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory of his
wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a
woman, in her junior or senior year and a
major in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore
graduate, preferably a woman, for graduate
work in astronomy at Swarthmore or else­
where.
The Walter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young man
who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of
John A. Lafore o f the Class of 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives
preference to qualified candidates who are
descendants o f Amand and Margaret White
Lafore.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as four entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis of
distinguished academic and extra-curricular
achievement and demonstrable interest in
social service. Stipends are based on financial
need and take the form of full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic
year research or community service support,
while an undergraduate, up to a maximum of
$5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for
graduate study. The program is made possible
by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Ida and Daniel Lang Scholarship established
by their son, Eugene M. Lang of the Class of
1938, provides financial assistance for a man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality.
The E. Hibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides
for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man
or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates of
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic

27

Financial Aid

distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob
T. Schless o f the Class of 1914 at Swarthmore
College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor of a former
distinguished Professor of Engineering and,
therefore, students who plan to major in
engineering are given preference. An award is
made annually.
The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship is awarded to deserving students from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­
arship, is awarded annually by a committee of
that Quarterly Meeting.
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded
by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her
mother and is awarded annually to assist a
young woman student to pursue her studies in
the College.
The David Laurent Low Memorial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself did.
The award assumes both need and academic
excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities of leadership, a concern for others,
character and/or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­
uate years.
The Clara B. Marshall Scholarship, established
by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded
to a woman at Swarthmore College with
preference given to descendants o f her grand­
fathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips.
The Edward Martin Scholarships, established by
a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend of Swarth­
more College, provides financial aid to juniors
and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical
students taking substantial work in this field.
Awards are made in consultation with the
Department of Biology.
The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by
the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student
from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of

28

its founder. It provides a grant for the full
amount o f need and for music lessons. The
awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School of the Arts and selected by Swarthmore
College on the basis of all-around qualifica­
tions.
The Thomas B. McCabe Achievement Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe T 5, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula and Delaware County, Penn­
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em­
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. Th^se
awards provide a minimum annual grant of
tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees,
room and board, depending on need. Candi­
dates for the McCabe Awards must apply by
January 15 for admission to the College.
The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending
these talents for the good of the college
community and o f the larger community
outside. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
of 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
The James E. Miller Scholarship. Under the will
of Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Prov­
idence Township).
The Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­
ence given to students of South Asian origin.
The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named
in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna of
the Class of 1943, is awarded to a student
whose past performance gives evidence of
intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­
ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­
tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for
being a contributor to the College and ultimate­
ly to society.
The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by
Howard Osborn in memory of his mother and
father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are
awarded to worthy students o f good character

who maintain satisfactory grades and who
require financial assistance.
The Harriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­
ship for a young woman who is a member of
the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly
Meeting).
The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer of the Class o f 1926, are
awarded to members o f the freshman class who
show promise of leadership and who have need
of financial assistance. The scholarships are
renewable for a total o f four years at the
discretion of the College.
The Penniman Scholarship Fund was established
by Ellen Penniman Willets in honor o f Dr.
Anson Warren and Jane W. Griscom Penniman
and David Joseph Griscom. It is awarded to a
student with financial need, with preference
given to great grandchildren o f the Pennimans.
The T.H. Dudley Perkins Memorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to an entering freshman on
the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force of
character and leadership; literary and scholastic
ability; physical vigor as shown by participating
in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Cornelia Chapman and Nicholas O. Pittenger
Scholarship established by family and friends is
awarded to an incoming freshman man or
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
The Anthony Beekman Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
of 1959.
The Presser Foundation Scholarship is awarded
annually to one or more students, selected by
the President and the Department o f Music,
who plan to become teachers of music.

Managers. Applicants who show promise of
intellectual attainment based upon sound char­
acter and effective personality and who reside
in Chester County are given preference.
The Raruay-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of
his parents. They are given in alternate years:
the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman
for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholars­
hip to a man for his senior year, who has high
academic standing and real need for financial
aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has
divorced or deceased parents or a deceased
mother or father.
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality and physical vigor.
The Adele Mills Riley Memorial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic year
1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is
made to a deserving student, man or woman.
Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for
significant development of his or her interests
and talents during the college years. Qualities
of intellectual promise as well as potential for
service are sought in making this appointment.
The Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, T2,
is awarded annually to an incoming student
and is renewable for his or her years of study at
Swarthmore.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of
the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of
the Economics Discussion Group. A member
o f the junior or senior class who has demon­
strated interest and ability in the study of
Economics is chosen for this award.

The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A
sum of money has been left by the will of
Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which
provides a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College. Preference is
given to a relative o f the donor.

The Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge of the
Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need of financial aid.

The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by
his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff,
in memory o f Robert Pyle of the Class o f 1897
and for many years a member of the Board of

The David Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class of 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore
Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy

29

Financial Aid

student who plans to major in Engineering or
Economics.
The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter­
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, of the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period of undergraduate study.
The William G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f the
Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given
to men who are residents o f Abington Town­
ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, of
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con­
siders character, personality and leadership.
The Annie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class of Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­
ter and personality.
The William C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities and extra-curricular activities and
who indicates an interest in a career in
business.
The W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class of
1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the«
basis of merit and need.
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust provides
scholarships for middle income and foreign
students.
The Cindy Solomon Memorial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in

need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933,
is awarded to a student showing very great
promise as a creative writer (in any literary
form) who has need o f financial assistance. The
Department o f English determines those eligi­
ble.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established
in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32,
and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is
awarded to a junior or senior with financial
need who has a special interest in law or music.
The Clarence K. Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year and
majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons in the Honors Program, outstanding in
initiative and scholarship, who demonstrate a
particular interest in Early American History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author o f Union Now: A Proposal For An
Atlantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose
seminal ideas were first made public in three
Cooper Foundation lectures at Swarthmore.
The Katherine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­
ship is renewable for four years at the dis­
cretion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident of the Delmarva Peninsula.
The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter and personality, and resides west of the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the
State o f Illinois.
The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accorddance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members of the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna Thorne Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnest­
ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of
preference to those students who are members

of the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
The Titus Scholarships established by the will of
Georgiana Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are to
young awarded women in order that they may
pursue their studies in the College.
The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable for four years at the
discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to the
ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from
a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­
tor to the College and ultimately to society.
The Daniel Underhill Scholarship was estab­
lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson
Wilson ’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory o f this member o f the first
Board o f Managers. The award is made at the
discretion o f the College.
The William Hilles Ward Scholarships, in mem­
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class o f
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving of
financial assistance.
The Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial
assistance on the basis o f need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Music Department to
a student of music.
The Samuel Willets Fund. This fund provides an
annual income for scholarships. A portion of
the fund is assigned for scholarships in the
name o f Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick
Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and
Caroline W. Frame.
The I.V. Williamson Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School,
Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy
at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and
Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson Wilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends of
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­
cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is

awarded each year to a former student o f the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis o f high character and high standing in
scholarship.
The Elmer L. Winkler Scholarshp Fund, estab­
lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis of merit and need.
The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class of
1913, provides scholarships for members o f the
junior and senior classes who have proved to
be capable students and have need for financial
assistance to complete their education at
Swarthmore College.
The Mary Wood Fund provides a scholarship
which may be awarded to a young woman who
is preparing to become a teacher.
The income from each of the following funds is
awarded at the discretion o f the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Chemical Bank
The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
The Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
The William Dorsey Scholarship Fund
The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The Thomas L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
The David L. Price Scholarship
The Reader*s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The Mark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship
Fund
The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund
The Walter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier Memorial
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund

Financial Aid

The Deborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund
The Thomas H. White Scholarship Fund
The Edward Clarkson Wilson and Elizabeth

32

T. Wilson Scholarship Fund
The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund

Student Community

College Life
HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most students
live in College dormitories, which include

coeducational housing as well as single sex
dormitories and sections. Many members of
the faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.

Residence Halls
Eleven residence halls, ranging in capacity from
21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f housing
styles. These dormitories include: Woolman
House; Dana and Hallowell Halls which were
opened in 1967; the upper floors in the wings
o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall, named in honor
o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time
President o f the Board o f Managers; Palmer
and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; one
building on the Mary Lyon School property;
Worth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth and J.
Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their parents;
Willets Hall, made possible largely by a
bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in
honor o f her mother and aunts; and Mertz Hall,
the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other
students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot. All students are expected to

occupy the rooms to which they are assigned or
which they have selected through the regular
room choosing process unless authorized by
the Deans to move. Permission must also Be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during Thanksgiving
week but are closed to student occupancy
during Christmas and Spring vacations. Stu­
dents enrolled for the fall semester only are
expected to vacate their dormitory rooms
within twenty-four hours after their last sched­
uled examination. Freshmen, sophomores, and
juniors are expected to leave immediately after
their last examination in the spring so that their
rooms may be prepared for use by Commence­
ment visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f all
students, not all special requirements can be

34

accommodated; permission to reside off cam­
pus will be extended to any student not able to
participate in the board plan. The dining hall is
closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions.

SOCIAL CENTERS
Tarble Social Center
Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble of
the Class o f 1913, the building which formerly
housed the College Library was completely
renovated and, since 1967, has served as the
College’s Social Center. It includes recreational

facilities, lounges, meeting rooms, and a snack
bar. Under the leadership o f student co­
directors, many major social activities (parties,
concerts, plays, etc.) are held in Tarble.

Other Centers
The Alice Paul Women’s Center, housed in
Sharpies I, was established to draw all women
o f the Swarthmore community together
through common concerns. The Center, which
serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and
alumnae, maintains a library o f resource
books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides
information, and sponsors a variety of pro­
grams, lectures, discussions and symposia for
all members o f the college community about
issues relating to women.
A Black Cultural Center,
located in the
Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a
library and facilities for various cultural activi­
ties o f special interest to black students. The

Center and its program are guided by a com­
mittee o f black students, faculty, and adminis­
trators. Programs planned by the Center are
open to all members of the College community.
There are two fraternities at Swarthmore; Phi
Sigma Kappa is affiliated with a national
organization, while Phi Omicron Psi is a local
association. Fraternities are adjuncts to the
college social program and maintain separate
lodges on campus. The lodges do not contain
dormitory accommodations or eating facilities.
New members are pledged during late fall of
their first year at the College. In recent years
about ten per cent o f the freshman men have
decided to affilitate with one of the fraternities.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life o f the College is founded on
the Quaker principle that the seat o f spiritual
authority lies in the Inner Light o f each
individual. The Society o f Friends is com­
mitted to the belief that religion is best
expressed in the quality o f everyday living.
There are accordingly no compulsory religious
exercises. Students are encouraged to attend
the churches o f their choice. Seven churches
are located in the borough o f Swarthmore;
other churches and synagogues may be found

in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media,
Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore
Friends Meeting House is located on the
campus. Students are cordially invited to
attend its meeting for worship on Sunday.
Extracurricular groups with faculty coopera­
tion exist for the study o f the Bible and the
exploration o f common concerns o f religion,
the include: The Christian Fellowship, Young
Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collective), Newman
Club, and Ba’hai.

STUDENT SERVICES
Health and Psychological Services
The W orth Health Center, a gift of the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and
Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for

the college physicians and nurses, out-patient
treatment facilities, offices of the Psychological
Services director and staff, and rooms for

35

College Life

students who require in-patient care. Registered
nurses are on duty under the direction o f the
college physicians.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians, but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor if
they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances
will be especially valuable to the college Health
Service in assisting each student. All this
information will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education
and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. In occasional cases a
student may be excused entirely from the
requirements o f the Physical Education De­
partment, although adaptive programs are
offered.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care
in the Health Center per term without charge
unless the services o f a special nurse are
required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per
day is made. Students suffering from a com­
municable disease or from illness which makes
it necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the Health Center for the period o f their

illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­
out cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The medical facilities o f the College are
available to students injured in athletic activ­
ities or otherwise, but the College cannot
assume additional financial responsibility for
medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Insurance coverage for all students
participating in athletics, however, is included
in the mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in­
juries.
A program o f psychological counseling services
for students with personal or emotional prob­
lems is coordinated by a director, who also sees
students for individual or group consultations.
The director and the staff o f psychological
counselors hold office hours by appointment
each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is
available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy
within the limits o f available time will be given
to students without charge. In instances where
longer treatment is indicated, the student will
be referred to an outside psychiatrist or
psychologist.
Special educational seminars and workshops
on issues o f concern to the entire college
community are also sponsored by the coun­
selors, usually with the support o f or in
conjunction with student organizations or
interest groups and the Deans. The counselors
are also available to consult with faculty
members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­
bers of the college’s supportive staff.

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course advisor until this responsi­
bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f advisor should
be addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number
o f advisees assigned to individual faculty
members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the

36

advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matters, and for assistance with
special needs, such as those arising from
physical handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is
available to assist students with special prob­
lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and
reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and
interest tests may be given on request.

Career Planning and Placement
The O ffice o f Career Planning and Placement
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life style
alternatives. Individual counseling sessions
and group workshops are available to facilitate
this planning. Consultations are kept confi­
dential.
The programs are open to students in all classes
and are developmental in nature. Workshops
are provided to help students expand their
career options through exploration o f their
values, interests, abilities, and experiences.
Sophomore and junior students are encour­
aged to test options by participating in the
Extern Program. This program provides on­
site experience in a variety o f career fields by

pairing a student with an alumnus/a to work
on a mutually planned task during the week of
spring vacation. Career exploration and testing
is also encouraged during summers, during a
semester or year off, or during the school year.
Assistance is provided in helping students
locate appropriate jobs, internships, or volun­
teer opportunities.
Placement help is provided through career
information seminars, resume writing and
interviewing skills workshops, and on-campus
recruiting by representatives from business,
industry, government, and graduate schools.
Credential files are compiled for interested
students to be sent to prospective employers
and/or graduate admissions committees.

Academic Support
A program o f academic suport includes indi­
vidual tutorial services; special review sections
attached to introductory courses in the natural
sciences; a mathematics laboratory; an exposi­
tory writing workshop; and a pre-freshman
Summer Program for selected entering stu­

dents sponsored conjointly with Haverford and
Bryn Mawr Colleges. The program is overseen
by the Deans and a faculty committee in coop­
eration with the academic departments. There
are no fees required for any o f these supportive
services.

W ithdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because of
health problems. Where health problems of a
physical or psychological nature substantially
interfere with a student’s academic perform­
ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. Although
application for readmission may be made at
any time, the College expects that ordinarily

readmission will not be effective except at the
beginning of a semester.
A student applying to the College for readmis§ion must provide evidence from his or her
physician or psychotherapist o f increased
ability to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evidence
has been provided, the student will ordinarily
be required to be evaluated in person by a
physician employed by the College Health
Services and/or the Director o f Psychological
Services, as appropriate. Recommendations
for readmission are made to the Dean o f the
College, who makes the final decision.

37

College Life

ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations acts as the channel of
communication between the College and its
alumni, enabling them to maintain an on-going
relationship with each other. Some o f the
office’s programs and activities include Alumni
Day in the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall,
Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings off
campus all over the country, alumni travel
tours, and special events such as centennial
celebrations. It also plans the annual Parents’
Day/Student Arts Festival. The Alumni Office
hires students as events intern, vocational
intern, and intern for minority affairs each year
to help coordinate these various programs.
Students also work as staff for most o f the
campus events.
The Alumni Office also works closely with the
Rapport and Support Committee o f Student
Council, a liaison group which promotes
understanding between students and alumni
and supports the College in whatever ways

seem appropriate. The annual Oktoberfest
weekend originated in the Rapport and Sup­
port Committee. The Alumni Office also helps
officers o f the senior class plan special events.
Every other year the Alumni Office and the
Office o f Career Planning and Placement
sponsor a Career Day at which students meet
alumni to exchange career and graduate school
information.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its
100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the
Alumni Council, the 42-person elected gov­
erning body of the Alumni Association.
There are 14,122 alumni, 7,285 men and 6,837
women; and 1,055 alumni are married to each
other, giving substance to the traditional
appellation for the College of "Quaker Match­
box.” The College defines an alumnus/a as
anyone who has completed one semester.

College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors,
faculty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica­

tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are an
annual engagement calendar, the President’s and
Treasurer’s Report, and the quarterly Garnet
Letter.

NEWS INFORMATION SERVICES
The Office o f Information Services (News
Office) works with the print and broadcasting
media to provide news and information about
the College to the public in neighboring
communities, in the Philadelphia tri-state area,
and throughout the nation. It responds to
requests from the media for information on a
variety o f subjects by calling on the resources
and expertise of the faculty and professional

38

staff. The News Office prepares two publica­
tions; On Campus, a monthly schedule of
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to over 2,000
households in the Philadelphia area, and the
Weekly News,a newsletter o f events and an­
nouncements distributed to faculty, staff, and
students.

Student Community
Student Conduct
The influence o f the Society o f Friends within
the College community is one o f the important
factors in making Swarthmore what it is.
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are accept­
ing social and academic standards which, while
subject to periodic review, are essential to the
well-being o f the community. In general, the
life o f students should be governed by good
taste and accepted practice rather than elaborate
rules. Certain regulations, however, are of
particular importance and are listed below.
1. The possession and use of alcoholic bever­
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus which
are specified by the Student Council and the
Dean. The observance o f moderation and
decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a
serious offense.

4. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected to
show consideration for other residents. Stu­
dents are held responsible or the behavior of
visiting guests.
6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization
Committee, a student-faculty group. This
permission is not extended to freshmen. Day
students may use cars for commuting to
College, but special arrangements for stickers
must be made for campus parking. More
detailed information may be obtained from the
Office o f the Deans.

2. The use or possession of injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommendation
o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans
subjects a student to possible suspension or
expulsion.

Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations
may be modified and new rules may be added
at any time upon notice to the student body.

3. The use or possession of firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas is
a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.

The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of
its officers shall be under any liability whatso­
ever for such exclusion.

Judicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with distinct
jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Committee,
elected by the entire student body, acts on cases
o f alleged violations o f students’ rules and
campus regulations except as they fall within
the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee.
The CollegeJudiciary Committee is composed of

student, faculty and administration members.
It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may
involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon
cases referred by or appealed from the Student
Judiciary Committee. A more complete de­
scription o f the judicial system is available
from the Office o f the Dean.

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu­
nity and is the chief body o f student govem-

ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­
tion o f student activities and the expression o f
student opinon.

39

Student Community

Committees o f the Council include the Budget
Committee, which regulates distribution of
funds to student groups; the Elections Committee, which supervises procedure in campus

elections; and the Social Committee (see
below). In addition to these, there are several
joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose stu­
dent membership is appointed by Council.

Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee appointed
by the Student Coucil. The program is designed

to appeal to a wide variety of interests, and is
open to all students. There is usually no charge
for college social functions.

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extra-curricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind of
interest. There are more than thirty-five orga­
nized activities, not including departmental

clubs or political organizations. They vary as
greatly as the interests o f the students vary. The
College encourages students to participate in
whatever activities best fit their personal
talents and inclinations.

The Studio Arts Program
The Studio Arts Program, administered by the
Department o f Art, is an academic program.
The Department, however, encourages that
students organize and carry out independent
extracurricular activities with or without the
supervision o f its staff, and provides assistance
and advice as requested. There are in existence

at present the following student-organized
groups in art: Photography Club, Student Art
Association, Griffin, and Student Life Drawing
Class, there are looms, now unused, for those
interested in forming a weaving club. The
Wilcox Gallery and the Griffin, both in Parrish
Hall, often display student work.

Music
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus, directed by Professor Peter
Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week.
(The College Singers, a select small chorus
drawn from the membership o f the Chorus,
rehearses an additional one or two hours per
week.) The College Orchestra, directed by
Geoffrey Michaels rehearses twice a week.
(The Chamber Orchestra, a small, uncon­
ducted ensemble consisting o f first-stand
players from the Orchestra, also rehearses
frequently.) The Orchestra each year sponsors
a Concerto Competiton, open to all Swarth­
more College students. The winner performs

40

with the Orchestra during the Spring Semester.
Auditions are normally held the first Thursday
after Christmas vacation. A College Concert
Band, which rehearses one night weekly and
gives two major concerts each year in addition
to several outdoor performances, is under the
direction o f Yinam Leef, a member o f the
Music Department faculty. Members o f the
Orchestra, other instrumentalists and solo
singers can participate in the chamber music
coaching program.
The Chorus and Orchestra give several public
concerts each year at the College and elsewhere.
Both organizations require auditions for mem-

bership. Several student chamber music con­
certs (in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each semes­
ter. These concerts also provide an opportunity
for student composers to have their composi­
tions performed publicly.
Practice and performance facilities in the Lang
Music Building include 16 practice rooms
(each with at least one piano), two concert and

rehearsal halls (each with its own concert
grand), two organs, two harpsichords, and an
electronic studio. The Daniel Underhill Music
Library has excellent collections o f scores,
books, and records.
The William J. Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis­
ters a separate series o f public concerts.

Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty and other pro­
fessional choreographers.
For the past few years Swarthmore College has
been the recipient o f National Endowment for
the Arts grants which have enabled the College,

in conjunction with the William J. Cooper
Foundation, to bring outstanding professional
dance companies for short term residencies.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­
ance group in Folk Dance.

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The
Theatre. He supervises the drama program,
which includes course work, workshops with
guest directors, invited speakers, and a number

o f student-directed projects each semester.
Interested students should consult the depart­
mental statement in English Literature.

Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. Within the

limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as many
students as possible competing on its intercol­
legiate or club teams, or in intramural sports.
Faculty members serve as advisors for several
o f the varsity athletic teams. They work closely
with the teams, attending practices and many
o f the scheduled contests.

OUTREACH PROGRAMS
Swarthmore College Upward Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul­
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth-

more students and a service to members of
surrounding communities. It offers both a sixweek residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students serve as counselors, and

41

College Life

a series of activities during the academic year in
which Swarthmore students serve as tutors.

The program is administered by Edwin A.
Collins, Project Director.

Chester Internship Program
Beginning in 1983, Swarthmore students may
work as volunteers or paid Interns in a project
to rehabilitate housing and improve the stan­
dard o f living for low-income residents in

42

Chester, Pa., a nearby city. The program is
overseen by the Dean and a committee o f
faculty members, alumni, and Chester com­
munity leaders.

IV
Educational Program
Faculty Regulations
Degree Requirements

Awards and Prizes
Fellowships

43

Educational Program
GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache­
lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and the Natural Sciences.* Four years of
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 58), but variation
in this term, particularly as a result of
Advanced Placement credit, is possible (see
page 19).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is
not primarily to provide vocational instruction,
even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help
students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens
and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­
uals. A liberal education is concerned with the
cultural inheritance o f the past, with the
cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesthetic
values, with the development o f analytical
abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­
ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight,
discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (Critique o f a College, 1967) sug­
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him a
genuine mastery of disciplinary skills, so that
he can use them to generate new discoveries on
his own . . . He must go far enough to grasp
systematic connections within a field, to see
how fundamental principles combine to make
intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or
phenomena . . . The other principle is that of
Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal
education, each student must have enough
breadth and variety in his studies so that he can
compare and contrast different methods of
inquiry . . ., and so that he can have the
experience o f making the bright spark of
connection leap across wide gaps. It is this
breadth that gives point to the two senses of
'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal
education . . . perception o f the relevance of
one part o f learning to another, even across the

44

boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . .
perception o f the relevance o f learning to the
exigencies o f life . . . ” To these two principles
the study added that the curriculum should
aim to encourage resourcefulness and selfreliance and develop the personal conditions of
intellectual progress by placing substantial
responsibility upon the student for his or her
education, amply allowing individuality o f
programs and requiring important choices
about the composition o f programs. "W hat we
are proposing,” the study concluded, "is a
curriculum that leans rather sharply toward
specialized diversity, and away from uniform
generality . . . Our emphasis is on serious
encounters with special topics and problems at
a comparatively high level of competence, and
on student programs that reflect individual
constellations o f diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding of
problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half of their college program all
students are expected to satisfy some if not all
o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists of four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords a
choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi­
date concentrates on two or three fields, the
major and one or more minors; studies are
intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the
student’s working time during the last two
years. In addition, the student takes four
courses, or the equivalent, which provide

opportunities for further exploration outside
the Honors program. At the close of the senior
year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six
examinations given by visiting examiners.
A student in the Course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. Before the end o f the senior
year, students are required to pass a compre­
hensive examination given by the major depart­
ment. Students in the Course program are
admitted to seminars when space is available;

but work in colloquia as well as independent
work is part o f the Course program.
The program for engineering students follows a
similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 103. Courses out­
side the technical fields are distributed over all
four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­
mores are members of the faculty appointed by
the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors
are the chairmen of their major departments or
their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The curriculum o f the first two years intro­
duces a student to the content and methods o f a
variety o f fields important to a liberal educa­
tion. The College distribution requirements
are designed to lead the student into serious
work in several different, important, and
broadly characteristic kinds o f intellectual
activity without insisting on a specific or
narrow classification o f knowledge and inquiry.
To meet these distribution requirements a
student must take at least two courses in each
o f the four subject-matter groups listed below,
elect work in at least six departments, and
complete at least 20 credits outside die major
before graduation. Three o f the four distribu­
tion groups (those dealing with the natural
sciences and engineering, literature and the
arts, and the social and policy sciences)
correspond generally to the College’s grouping
o f academic departments in three divisions; a
fourth group comprises subjects especially
relevant to more than one division. Mathe­
matics, though not included in the four groups,
may be counted as one o f the six departments
in which work should be elected. Other
courses which will not fulfill a distribution
requirement (e.g. courses taught jointly by
members o f different departments, courses in
education) may not be counted as one o f the six
departments. The distribution requirements
are reviewed and revised from time to time by
the Faculty as perspectives o f disciplinés and of
departments change and in recognition o f the
pluralism of intellectual work.
The four groups for the distribution require­
ment at present are:
1. Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Engineer-

ing (except Engineering 23), Physics (except
Physics 5).
2. Art (courses in art history except Art
History 5), Classics (literature courses
numbered 11 or above), English Literature
(with the exception o f English 1A and IB
and workshop and studio courses), Modem
Languages (literature courses numbered 11
or above), Music (except courses numbered
40-48 and Dance 1-12 and 40).
3. Classics (Greek 1-2; Latin 1-2; courses in
ancient history), History, Linguistics,
Modern Languages (courses numbered 1
through 10), Philosophy, Psychology, Re­
ligion, Engineering/Philosophy 34.
4. Economics (except Economics 3, 5), Polit­
ical Science, Sociology and Anthropology.
Unless explicitly listed above, courses taught
jointly or alternately by faculty members of
departments in different distribution groups
may not be used to satisfy distribution require­
ments; and courses cross-listed between depart­
ments in two groups fulfill the distribution
requirement only for the group in which the
offering department belongs.
Students entering college with special prepara­
tion in any o f the subjects included in the
distribution requirements may apply to the
Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement, but second­
ary school courses o f an advanced level do not
usually provide grounds for such exemption.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan­
guage, beyond the basic language requirement

45

Educational Program

(see p. 58). A student who intends to major in
one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe­
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these subjects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,
prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20
credits must be taken outside the major
department.
Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as

possible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda­
tions.
While faculty advisors assist students in
preparing their academic programs, it is empha­
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to
programs and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
the Associate Provost and the Registrar are
available for information and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 57.

COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course
program includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area o f interest. This
comprises enough work in a single department
(designated as a "major” ) to make an equiva­
lent of at least eight courses before graduation.
There is no upper limit to the number of
courses a student may take in the major field,
provided that at least twenty credits be taken
outside the major field. Before graduation the
student must pass a comprehensive examina­
tion in his or her major subject.
Students must determine a major subject by
the end o f their sophomore year, and apply
formally through the Registrar to be accepted
by the department or division concerned.
Acceptance will be based upon the student’s
record and an estimate o f his or her capabilities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval of a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.
With departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special Major that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is part
o f the major program for the comprehensive
examination; some o f it may consist of a thesis
or other written research project(s) designed to
integrate the work across departmental bound­
aries. In any case, the program of the Special

46

Major is expected to be integral in the sense
that it specifies a field o f learning (not
necessarily conventional) or topic or problems
for sustained inquiry that crosses departmental
boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field
within the normal departmental major. Special
Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and
normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­
sionally, where regular departmental require­
ments unduly constrain the possibilities o f a
Special Major, these requirements may be
relaxed to a minimum of six courses in the
primary department or by the omission of
certain courses in that department normally
required for the sake o f breadth o f experience
o f the major field; but course requirements
central to systematic understanding of the
major field will not be waived. By extension,
Special Majors may be formulated as joint
majors between two departments, normally
with at least five credits in each department and
11 in both departments, which, in such pro­
grams, collaborate in advising and in the
comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the
department designated by the chairman) whose
approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree

with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program and

have achieved the grade average established for
this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS) FOR
JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and respon­
sive to new needs, it has been characterized
from the beginning by three basic elements,
which taken together may be said to be the
essence o f the system.
(1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­
tion o f the student’s attention during the j unior
and senior year upon a limited field o f studies.
Normally, the student pursues only two sub­
jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of
interests. Content o f studies is correspondingly
broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of
reading and investigation and demanding of the
student correlations of an independent and
searching nature.
(2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both
classmates and instructors. In this program,
students are prepared for examinations in six
subj ects, given at the close o f the senior year. In
these, the student is expected to demonstrate
competence in a field o f knowledge rather than
mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations
which the instructor has presented. These
examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other
institutions who also come to the campus to
conduct an oral examination o f each student.
(3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara­
tions for Honors. Seminars meet once a week,
in many cases in the home o f the instructor, for
sessions lasting three hours or more. The exact
technique o f the seminar varies with the
subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative
search for truth, whether it be by papers,
discussion, or laboratory experiment. While
students preparing for Honors examinations
may under unusual circumstances elect to take

as many as eight seminars, an Honors candidate
will usually take no more than six seminars; if
over six are taken, those six which constitute
commitment to be considered for Honors
must be designated at the time o f entry into the
External Examination program. Once a semi­
nar in a designated subject has been taken, the
student must stand for the external examina­
tion as part o f his or her Honors program.
Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed
from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six
seminars may be taken, since it is possible to
prepare in other ways for Honors examinations.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors
degree are open:
(1) The normal program o f reading for Honors
consists of six subjects studied during the last
two years in preparation for papers, i.e.,
examinations, given by the visiting examiners
at the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern
is four papers in the major department and two
in a minor department, but other combinations
o f major and minor fields are possible. No
student is allowed more than four papers in the
major; in those cases where three subjects are
offered in each o f two fields, one o f them is
designated as the major. While there is a
general belief that two papers in a minor field
are desirable because o f the mutual reinforce­
ment they provide, there are by custom certain
subjects which are allowed to stand alone.
Thus there is a considerable flexibility in
Honors programs, each being subject to the
scrutiny o f the departments and divisions in
which the work is done.
(2) Students who have a special reason to
study for one or two semesters abroad or in
another American institution must take the
normal number o f examinations. Such pro­
grams must be worked out in advance, since it
may not be possible to provide special visiting
examiners for work taken elsewhere and since
instruction in some fields o f the student’s
choice may not be available in the other
institution. In general the student following

47

Educational Program

this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh
carefully the advantage of working indepen­
dently or under tutorial guidance against the
loss incurred by missing both the stimulus and
criticism provided in seminar.
(3 ) Students who at the end of the sophomore
year did not elect or were not permitted to read
for Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter
the External Examination program as late as
the middle of the senior year. They shall receive
no remission o f the number o f examinations by
reason o f their preparation in the Course
program. Such students must petition the
division before the beginning of the second
semester of the senior year for permission to
take the Honors examinations and must submit
an acceptable list o f examinations which they
are prepared to take.
A candidate for admission to the External
Examination program should consult the chair­
men o f his or her prospective major and minor
departments during the second semester of the
sophomore year and work out a program for
the junior and senior years. This proposed
program must be filed in the office of the
Registrar who will forward it to the divisions
concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality
o f the student’s previous work as indicated by
the grades received but mainly upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for Honors. The

major department is responsible for the origi­
nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with
the candidate’s progress from semester to
semester. The division is responsible for ap­
proval of the original program and o f any later
changes in that program.
At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­
dates are required to take the Honors examina­
tions set at that time for the fields they have
studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners.
On the basis of the showing made in these
examinations, the student may be advised or
required to drop out o f the External Examina­
tion program. Those students who move to the
Course program under these circumstances or
for other reasons will receive grades for the
work accomplished while reading for Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations in
the field covered.
At the end of the senior year the reading of the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands of the visiting examiners. Upon
their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors,
with High Honors, or with Highest Honors.
When the work o f a candidate does not in the
opinion of the examiners merit Honors of any
grade, Swarthmore faculty members review the
student’s examination papers and determine
whether or not to grant a degree in the Course
program.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period of uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor
o f Science degrees is four years, graduation in
three years is freely permitted when a student
can take advantage o f Advanced Placement
credits, perhaps combining them with extra
work by special permission. When circum­
stances warrant, a student may lengthen the
continuous route to graduation to five years by
carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four:
this may be appropriate for students who enter
Swarthmore lacking some elements of the
usual preparation for college, who are physi­
cally handicapped, or who wish to free time for
activities relating to their curricular work

48

although not done for academic credit. Such
five-year programs are possible in Music and
Studio Arts for students who are taking
instruction o ff campus or who wish to pursue
studio or instrumental work without full credit
but with instruction and critical supervision;
but such programs are possible only on
application to and selection by the department
concerned, which will look for exceptional
accomplishment or promise. In all cases where
it is proposed to reduce academic credit and
lengthen the period before graduation the
College looks particularly to personal circum­
stances and to careful advising and necessarily
charges the regular annual tuition (see the

provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time
leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or
more are freely permitted and in some cases

encouraged, subject also to careful planning
and academic advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
and frequently do vary this by programs of five
courses or three courses if it is desirable for
them to do so. The object of progress toward
the degree is not primarily, however, the mere

accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy
does not permit programs o f fewer than three
courses within the normal eight semester en­
rollment. Programs o f more than five courses
or fewer than four courses require special per­
mission (see p. 2 0 on tuition and p. 56 on
registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
While classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty
regulations encourage other modes as well.
Thes include various forms o f individual
study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f “practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission of the instruc­
tor, a project o f additional reading, research,
and writing. If this attachment is taken concur­
rently with the course it is normally done for
half credit. If it is taken in a later semester
(preferably the semester immediately follow­
ing), it may be done for either half or full
credit. This kind o f work can be done on either
a small-group or individual basis. It is not
possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way of
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to
seminars as a preparation for papers. Students
who decide before the middle of the semester
to do a half-credit attachment may commonly,
with permission, drop a regular course and
carry three and a half credits in that term to be
balanced by four and a half credits in another
term. Studepts may do as many as two
attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but

the faculty role in the former is more biblio­
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­
ties for directed reading are more frequent in
most departments than are opportunities for
tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con­
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from
a course o f reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time permits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits “a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list
approved by the instructor and a final examina­
tion or equivalent administered by him, but
normally with no further involvement of
faculty.” In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring term)
or May 1st (for the fall term) on the basis of an
initial memorandum emphasizing the principal
subject matter to be studied, the questions to
be asked about it, the methods o f investigation,
and providing a preliminary bibliography. The
course is then registered by its organizers with
the Provost, who has administrative supervi­

49

Educational Program

sion o f such work, and who may waive the
foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in
the organization o f such courses. The course
supervisor consults his or her department, and
in die case o f an interdepartmental course, any
othe.r department concerned, whose represen­
tatives together with the Provost will decide
whether to approve the course. The supervisor
also reviews the course outline and bibliog­
raphy and qualifications and general eligibility
o f students proposing to participate in the
course. After a student-run course has been
found acceptable by the appropriate depart­
ment (or departments) and the Provost, the
course supervisor’s final approval is due ten
days before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given to the
Librarian and the course title and class list are
filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the
course the supervisor evaluates and grades the
students’ work or arranges for an outside exam­
iner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provisional­
ly proposed for half credit to run in the first
half of the semester, and at midterm, may be
either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beggining of the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then be
continued, on the same basis, into the follow­
ing term. Or they may be taken for half credit
over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to
occasional or regular participation. The only

essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both analyti­
cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as
important ends in themselves, to be empha­
sized in the review of proposals before ap­
proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant up
to one course credit for practical work, which
may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown
to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely
to contribute to a student’s progress in regular
course work, and subject to four conditions:
( 1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the
project; ( 2) sponsorship by the instructor’s
department, and in the case of an interdisci­
plinary project, any other department con­
cerned, whose representatives together with
the Provost will decide whether to grant
permission for the applied or practical work
before that work is undertaken; (3) a basis for
the project in some prior course work; and (4)
normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­
ture and production o f a written report as parts
o f the project. This option is intended to apply
to work in which direct experience of the offcampus world or responsible applications of
academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the
practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the regu­
lar curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special
importance for some students’ programs.

INTERDISCIPLINARY W ORK
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety of
interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity;
it may also be used for the practical integration
o f individual programs around interests or
principles supplementing the major. The Col­
lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­
eval Studies, Literature, and LinguisticsPsychology, and formal interdisciplinary pro­

50

grams short of the major in Asian Studies,
Black Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. The programs in Education and
in Linguistics have departmental status as to
staff. It should be recognized that some depart­
ments are themselves interdisciplinary in na­
ture; that a considerable number o f courses are
cross-listed between departments; that each
year some courses are taught jointly by mem­
bers of two or more departments; that depart­
ments commonly recommend or require sup­

porting work for their major in other departments; and that students can organize their
work into personally selected concentrations
in addition to or as extensions o f their majors,
particularly in Special Majors. Such concentra­
tion is formally provided in Black Studies,
Asian Studies, International Relations, and
Public Policy. Many other opportunities exist
informally—e.g., in comparative literature, in
African studies, in American studies, in Reli­
gion and Sociology-Anthropology, in Engineer­

ing and Social Sciences, in Biochemistry or in
Chemical Physics. Students are encouraged to
seek the advice of faculty members on such
possibilities with respect to their particular
interests. In some cases faculty members of
several departments have planned and sched­
uled their course offerings with some consulta­
tion so as to afford a de facto concentration in
addition to the major, and students may wish to
know and take advantage o f these cases of over­
lapping faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter­
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re­
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the
necessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for
students entering medical or dental schools:
Biology 1, 2 (students who have earned
advanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses);
Chemistry 10, 2 2 ,3 2 , 36; Physics 1, 2, or 3 ,4 ;
Math 5 and one additional math course; and
English Literature, two semester courses. Stu­
dents should note the physics and math
prerequisites for Chemistry 36 and plan their
sequence o f courses accordingly. In addition to
the minimal requirements, some medical
schools require and many recommend the
following courses: Cell Biology, Developmental
Biology, Genetics, and one year o f calculus.
However, the student should bear in mind that
requirements change, and should remain in
touch with those professional schools in which
he or she is interested. The work o f the junior
and senior years may be completed in either the
Course or the Honors Program, and in any
major department o f the student’s choice.
However, professional schools in the health
sciences generally require a demonstrated

proficiency in the basic sciences. All required
courses should therefore be taken on a graded
basis after the first semester o f the freshman
year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September
each year. It is recommended that students take
the test in the Spring o f the year that they apply
for admission to medical schools. The Student
Manual for the New MCAT should be reviewed
as early as practical and may be purchased in
the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is
a testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary
tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­
nary Aptitude Test, are often required by
dental and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the College bookstore or
the Health Sciences Advisory Office: Medical
School Admission Requirements and Admission
Requirements o f American Dental Schools. Cata­
logs for most medical and veterinary schools
are also on file in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical­
ly with students interested in health careers and
is available to assist students in planning their
programs in cooperation with students’ own
academic advisors. Further information on
opportunities, requirements and procedures
can be obtained from the Health Sciences
Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to
make his or her intentions known to the
Advisor at the earliest possible date.

51

Educational Program

CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in the
curriculum o f certain departments and on an
extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in

Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of
not more than five courses in the creative arts
may be counted toward the degrees of Bachelor
of Arts and Bachelor of Science.

WRITING COURSES
In 1981 the faculty adopted, as a four-year
experiment, a program of voluntary "writing
courses” in various disciplines. In these courses
students write extensively as an integral part of
learning the subject matter in courses of

limited enrollment (or sections o f larger
courses). Depending on the amount o f work
involved, the courses may be designated for 1.0
or 1.5 credits.

COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
W ith the approval of their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or
the University of Pennsylvania without the

payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer session o f the
University o f Pennsylvania.

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has student
exchange arrangements with Howard Univer­
sity, Middlebury College, Mills College,
Pomona College, Rice University, and Tufts
University. Selection is made by a committee
o f the home institution from among applicants
who will be sophomores or juniors at the time

o f the exchange. With each institution there is
a limited and matched number of exchanges.
Students settle financially with the home
institution, thus retaining during the exchange
any financial aid for which they are eligible.
Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer
o f participants to the institution with which the
exchange takes place.

EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
value of travel and study abroad and cooperates
as far as possible in enabling interested students
to take advantage o f such opportunities. It
distinguishes, however, between those foreign
study plans which may be taken for credit as
part o f a Swarthmore educational program,
and those which must be regarded as supple­
mentary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign
study must meet Swarthmore academic stan­
dards, and must form a coherent part o f the
student’s four-year plan of study. The External
Examination (Honors) Program in particular

52

demands a concentration o f study which is not
easily adapted to the very different educational
systems of foreign universities. Therefore,
while some of the programs listed below may
normally be taken as substitutes for a semester
or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is
judged individually, and the College may
withhold its approval o f a particular program,
or may insist that the program be carried out as
an extra college year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen of

departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
Art and Modern Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer of
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department
offices.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University of Grenoble, where
their course o f study is the equivalent of one or
two semesters at Swarthmore. This program,
under the auspices o f the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures, is open to
students from any department, but especially
those in the humanities and social sciences.
Should there be places available, applications
from students at other institutions are accepted.
The number o f participants in limited to
twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life at
the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al­
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f Honors papers is possible in
certain fields. The program is designed primar­
ily for juniors and second semester sopho­
mores, but seniors can be accommodated in
special cases.
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program and
the living arrrangements o f the students, and
advises on all educational or personal prob­
lems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarthmore handles such matters as admissions to the
program (in consultation with the Deans),
financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to
departments within the College and to institu­
tions whose students participate in the pro­
gram. Applications for the fall semester must
be submitted by March 15 and for the spring
semester by October 15.
2. Academic Year in Madrid, Spain. This pro­

gram is administered by the Romance Language
Department of Hamilton College, in coopera­
tion with faculty members o f Williams, Mount
Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students
many enroll either for the full academic year or
for the fall semester only. (Credit at Swarth­
more must be obtained through the depart­
ments concerned.) The program attempts to
take full advantage o f the best facilities and
teaching staff of the Spanish community, while
adhering to the code o f intellectual perform­
ance characteristic o f the most demanding
American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect of the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that
are made to find homes well suited for student
lodging, and (2) the activities which are
planned to insure ample contact with Spanish
students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited for
study and research, and it sponsors a series of
lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance of a
committee comprised o f members of the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­
more Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid.
Applications and further information are avail­
able from the Department o f Modern Lan­
guages and Literatures.
3. Swarthmore-supported Programs o f Study
Abroad. Beginning in the academic year 198081 Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost of participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid

53

Educational Program

(Spain) for the fall semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either
at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­
sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
4) Smith College Junior Year at the University
o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire
academic year;
5) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
6) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year.
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
8) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE)
Program at the University o f Peradeniya for
the fall (August-November) semester.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with the
Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. Other Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam­
ple, those of Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University
the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or
Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­
grams o f study at foreign universities, under
the supervision o f American college personnel.
Interested students should consult the Associ­
ate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for admis­
sion as a special student. This should be done
only after consultation with the Associate
Provost, the Registrar, and the appropriate

54

department head. Care must be taken to assure
in advance that courses taken abroad will be
acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most for­
eign universities severely limit the number of
students they accept for short periods.
6 . Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the
gift o f Amos Peaslee (Class o f ’07), were
instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded
each year on the recommendation o f the
Department o f Modern Languages and Litera­
tures, preferably to sophomores and juniors,
for academic studies centering on the languages
and literatures taught in the Department.
Scholarships are awarded for study in Europe,
South America, and, under special circum­
stances, in other non-English speaking coun­
tries on the basis o f the plan o f study submitted
by the applicant and the promise o f academic
distinction. The scholarships are for a mini­
mum o f one semester plus a summer; course
credit is given for the work done upon
approval of the department concerned. Appli­
cations are available from the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures. Applica­
tions for the spring semester and summer are
due on or near November 1o f each year; for the
summer and fall semester on or near April 1 of
each year.
7. The Olga Lamkert Memorial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1979 by students of
Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarth­
more College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Leningrad
or Moscow semester programs in the USSR.
Awards based on merit and financial need will
be made on the recommendation o f the
Russian section of the Department o f Modem
Languages and Literatures.
8. Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies,
Rome. See announcement o f the Art Depart­
ment, p. 67, and o f the Classics Department,
p. 88.

Faculty Regulations
ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below. With
this exception, students are responsible for
regular attendance. Faculty members will re­
port to the Dean the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number of
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a
fact which places a heavy responsibility on all
students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen
must exercise particular care in this respect,
and since the Faculty recognizes its greater
responsibility toward freshmen in the matter
of class attendance, it is expected that freshmen,
especially, will attend all classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes,
the student should report at once to the nurses
or to the college physician.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading the
material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a
final examination, under the following condi­
tions:
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­
tor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examination,
as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation o f his or her performance.
4) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s
offices at intervals during the year upon the
work o f students in courses. Informal reports
during the semester take the form of comments
on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each
semester formal grades are given in each course
under the letter system, by which A means
excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory
work, D passing but below the average required
for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­
pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are
qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies
that the student has been permitted to with­
draw from the course by the Committee on
Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­
tion; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year
course, but by creditable work during the
second half may earn a passing grade for the full
course and thereby remove the condition. R is
used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases
in which the work o f a foreign student cannot
be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete

with respect to specific assignments or exami­
nations. The Faculty has voted that a student's
final grade in a course should incorporate a
zero for any part of the course not completed
by the date o f the final examination, or the end
o f the examination period. However, if cir­
cumstances beyond the student’s control pre­
clude the completion o f the work by this date, a
grade o f Incomplete (Inc.) may be assigned with
the permission o f the Registrar. In such cases
incomplete work must normally be made up
and graded and the final grade recorded within
five weeks after the start o f the following term.
Except by special permission o f the Registrar
(on consultation with the Committee on
Academic Requirements) all grades of Inc. still
outstanding after that date will be replaced on
the student’s permanent record by NC (no
credit). Waiver of this provision by special
permission shall in no case extend beyond one
year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester of
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no

55

Faculty Regulations

credit). In the balance o f their work at
Swarthmore, students may select up to four
courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the
Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of
the term in which the course is taken, except
that repeated courses may not be taken
Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and soph­
omores CR will be recorded for work that
would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors
and seniors the minimum equivalent letter
grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to
provide the student and the faculty adviser
with evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No
Credit work. The evaluation for first-semester
freshmen includes a letter-grade equivalent; for
other students the evaluation may be either a

letter-grade equivalent, or a comment. Such
evaluations are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the
end o f each semester. They are not routinely
sent to parents or guardians, but such infor­
mation may be released when students request
it.
A C (2.0) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semester.
If more than five or fewer than four courses
seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be
consulted and a petition filed with the Commit'
tee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received not
later than the middle of the semester, or the
mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their registration in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina­
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement with
the instructor in charge o f the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations
or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most
serious offense, and one which strikes at the
foundations o f academic life.

56

The reponsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach, to minimize temptation
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee will consider

the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni­
tude of the penalty should reflect the serious­
ness of the transgression. It is the opinion of
the Faculty that for the first offense failure in
the course and, as appropriate, suspension for

a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. If a student has not enrolled and
has not arranged for a leave o f absence for the
subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or

she is withdrawing. Such students must apply
to the Dean for re-admission in order to return
to College after an interval. The purpose o f this
policy is to assist the College in planning its
enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chairman
of the Swarthmore department concerned
before doing the work. Prior approval is not
automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­
tion about the content and instruction o f the
work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work
for credit depends upon evaluation o f the
materials o f the course including syllabus,
reading lists, written papers, and examinations,

by the Swarthmore department concerned
after the work has been done. Validation may
include an examination, written or oral, admin­
istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript
from the summer school must be presented to
the Office o f the Registrar before the work can
be validated for credit. Requests for credit
must be made within the academic year
following the term in which the course is taken.
One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as
equivalent to 4 semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non­
veteran students not excused for medical
reasons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming
test or take up to one quarter o f swimming

instruction. (See the departmental statement
o f the Department of Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.

EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at any
time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS
(see p. 37)

57

Degree Requirements
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for graduation.
The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­
valent.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 4 5 -4 6 .)
4. Beginning with the Class o f 1987, either: a)
passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign
language while in high school; or, b) achieved a
score of 600 or its equivalent in a foreign
language on a standard achievement test; or, c)

passed one year o f a foreign language while at
Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive
examinations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
8. Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 57 and in statements of
the Department of Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of
Science may be conferred subject to the
following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction,
either at Swarthmore or at another institution
o f satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as
candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­
more.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If
accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall
include the equivalent of a full year’s work of
* “An average o f C” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A- = 3.67, B+ = 3.33,
B = 3 .0 , B- = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 ,
C- =■ 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D- = 0.67).

58

graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular
conferences with members o f the faculty, or
research. The work may be done in one
department or in two related departments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex­
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, excep­
tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­
tee. The department or departments concerned,
on the basis o f the reports o f the outside
examiners, together with the reports o f the
student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­
ommendations to the faculty for the award of
the degree.
At the option o f the department or depart­
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f die work for the degree.
Grades of Credit/No Credit and grades on
the record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.

A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi­
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed

language requirements will be indicated in the
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $8,230.

59

Awards and Prizes
The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
The O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The McCabe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the department of
Engineering.
The Flack Achievement Award, presented by the
Flack Foundation, one of whose founders is
Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class of 1938,
is made to a deserving student who, during the
first two years at Swarthmore College, has
demonstrated a good record o f achievements
in both academic and extracurricular activities
while showing leadership potential as a con­
structive member o f the College. The donor
hopes these awards will go to students of
demonstrated achievement and high potential
who are dedicated to the basic principles of
American democracy and o f academic free­
dom. The awards are not related to need.
The Academy o f American Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group of
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department of English Litera­
ture.
The Adams Prize o f $ 100 is awarded each year
by the Department of Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemestry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in
memory o f this member of the Class o f 1974
by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded to a
junior who has a strong interest in the studio
arts. It is held during the senior year. The
recipient may apply for up to $ 2,000 for a
fellowship in art to be carried out during the

60

summer between the junior and senior year,
with the balance of funds available to be used
during the academic year, or postgraduately.
American Chemical Society Award is given to the
student who is judged by the Department of
Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the second best record in
chemistry and overall academic performance.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor of Philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, of the Class of 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Department,
submits the best essay on any philosophical
topic.
The William and Sophie Bramson Prize in
Sociology and Anthropology is awarded each
year on the basis o f outstanding academic
performance, with special emphasis placed
upon senior thesis.
The Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize,
honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor of
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion of the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her
grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.
The Alice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies of
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a

literature of a foreign language. The prize of
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the
direction o f the Literature Committee.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by
friends of Philip M. Hicks, former Professor of
English and Chairman o f the Department of
English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion of the
Department submit the best critical essay on
any topic in the field o f literature.
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion of $100,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class of
1918 and named in honor of Jesse Holmes,
Professor of History o f Religion and Philosophy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion of
the Department of Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the
campus managerial organization known as the
Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­
fies the Society’s five principles: Service,
Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sportsman­
ship.
The Ella Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for
visiting poets and writers.
The Lois Morrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory of Lois Morrel o f the Class
of 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion of the faculty, submits the best original
poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the
year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50,
endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make

permanent the Library Prize first established by
W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion of the
Committee of Award, shows the best and most
intelligently chosen collection o f books upon
any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not
merely upon the size of the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of
their subject-matter.
The May E. Parry Memorial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty of the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize of $100 is awarded by
the editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each
staff academic year to a member of The Phoenix
for excellence in journalism. The prize was
established by the directors o f The Drew
Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew
Pearson, Class o f 1919.
The John W. Perdue Memorial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student of
the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the Depart­
ment of Engineering to the outstanding student
entering the junior class with a major in
engineering.
The William Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 14, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major source
o f funds for campus appearances by poets and
writers.
The Melvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
of Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class of 1948.

FACULTY AWARD
The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to
a member of the Swarthmore Faculty, to help

meet the expenses of a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly

61

Aw ards and Prizes

strong link that exists at Swarthmore between
teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President upon
the recommendation o f the Provost and the

candidate’s academic department. This award
is made possible by an endowment established
by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger
Flack ’38.

Fellowships
Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincott, and
Lockwood Fellowships—see below) are awarded
annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships
(the Mott and Tyson Fellowships— see below)
are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society,
to seniors or graduates o f the College for the
pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are
made on recommendation o f the Committee
on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed
program o f study which has the approval of the
Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of
the Committee by March 31. The Committee
considers applicants for all o f these fellowships
for which they are eligible and makes recom­
mendations which overall do not discriminate
on the basis of sex. These fellowships are:
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in
memory of his father.

the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department
chosen for graduate work.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’56 and Ellen
Fetter Gille in memory of Elizabeth P. Fetter
’25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons
o f four top-notch student string players at the
College. Interested applicants should write to
the Chairman of the Department o f Music and
should plan to play an audition at the College
when coming for an interview.

The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood,
New York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that
the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society of Friends.

Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships
provide stipends fo r attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis of written proposals.

The Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions of Swarthmore alumnae. It is
awarded each year to a woman senior who is to
pursue advanced study in an institution ap­
proved by the Committee.

Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon of Penn­
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a
program o f advanced study in some branch of
the liberal arts.

The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­
tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
of the award is to pursue a course o f study in an
institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the
conditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is
awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for

The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­
ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who
have completed their Opportunity Project (see
Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­
ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­
tion or Honors may apply for these fellow­
ships. Applicants should submit to the Com­
mittee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan of
graduate study with high potential for service
to society. This fellowship is made possible by
the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
The Thomas B. McCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
McCabe Memorial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year of study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time

Fellowships

residents of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and
Mr. McCabe received the M.B.A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowhips
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving
special consideration to applicants who have
demonstrated superior qualities of leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are
eligible to apply.
T heJ. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship

in Public Affairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
friends of Professor J. Roland Pennnock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition of his
many years of distinguished teaching of Political
Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as
much as $2,500 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore under­
graduates, would normally be held off-campus
during the summer. Preference is given to
applicants from the Junior Class.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIP
The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is
designed to enhance the educational program
o f Swarthmore College by contributing to
faculty development, by promoting original or
innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange
among scholars. The Fellowship will provide
financial support for faculty leaves through a
grant of about one half the recipient’s salary
during the grant year. Upon recommendation
o f the Selection Committee, there may be a
small additional grant for travel and project
expenses and for library book purchases. The

64

Selection Committee shall consist of the
Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three
other persons selected by the President, of
whom at least two must be Swarthmore
alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave
may apply, and up to four may be chosen.
Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or
papers resulting from the work of their leave
year, presented publicly for the College and
wider community. The Selection Committee
may support wholly or in part the cost of
publishing any of these papers. These fellow­
ships are made possible by an endowment
established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.

Courses of Instruction

The course (semester course) is the unit of
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for halfcourse credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 99 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh­
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates
and graduate students.

66

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2), must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the
first semester if the student fails the second
semester.
Although the course listings in ths catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule of classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

Art
T. KAORI KITAO, Professor
CONSTANCE CAIN HUNGERFORD, Associate Professor and Chairman
C URTIS H A N SM A N BRIZENDINE, Assistant Professor
M IC H AEL W. COTHREN, Assistant Professor
RANDALL L. EXON, Assistant Professor
BRIAN A. MEUNIER, Assistant Professor
JOYCE J. NAGATA, Assistant Professor (part-time)

The Department of Art offers historical,
critical, and practical instruction in the visual
arts. Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions,
meaning, and historical context of works of art
and architecture; studio arts courses explore
problems of methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation of
objects in various media.
Wilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­
lery located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall, pro­
vides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which
are an integral part of the Studio Arts Program.
The works of nationally known artists as well
as those of younger artists, in various media,
are exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Randall Exon is in charge of the Gallery.
Heilman Artist: Each year the Department of
Art, in cooperation with the majors in art,
selects an artist to visit the College to serve as a

visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie
Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work of
the invited artist is exhibited in the Wilcox Art
Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives
critiques in the studios and also meets and talks
with students, both majors and non-majors, on
an informal basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13.
Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 13.
Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship: See p. 24.
Study Abroad: Swarthmore is one of the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities also for the study o f Art
History. Art majors, recommended by the
Department, are eligible to study at the Center
during their junior year, for one semester or
two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite
for all other art history courses in the Depart­
ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly
recommended that the appropriate segment of
Introduction be taken before an advanced
course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All
majors and minors must take ARTH 1and 2; in
addition, majors in the Honors and Course
Programs alike must take one studio course. It
is strongly recommended that these require­
ments be fulfilled before the junior year.
Students are also advised that graduate work in
art history requires a reading knowledge of at
least German and French.

(including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio
Arts course and Senior Seminar (ARTH 97,
required for graduation). Contingent on de­
partmental approval, a two-credit thesis in the
fall semester of the senior year may be
substituted for Senior Seminar. The Course
major in Art History is required to take at least
one course (at Swarthmore) from each of the
four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval
A rt-cou rses 12, 13, 15, 16, and 17; (b) Re­
naissance and Baroque Art—courses 20, 25,
26, and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses 30
(only if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, and 35;
and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 45, 46,
47, 48, and 91. Course majors may take
Seminars with the consent of the instructor.

Course Majors in Art History: The program
consists o f at least eight courses in Art History

Course Majors in Art: The combined program of
the Course Major in Art consists of a minimum

67

Art

o f five courses in Art History, including ARTH
1 and 2, and at least one course in a period
before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts
including Drawing and one course in 3-D
medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In
lieu o f Senior Seminar, the Comprehensive,
consisting o f Senior Exhibition and Catalog, is
a requirement for graduation.
Majors and Minors in The External Examination

Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one
studio course for majors), majors in the
Honors Program should take four seminars in
the Department; minors should take two. A
corresponding course with an attachment may
be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will
not be offered during the period of the
student’s Honors preparation.

Art History
1. Introduction to Art History, I.

12. Greek Art.

A critical and historical introduction to the
study of architecture, sculpture, and painting
in the East and the West to the fourteenth
century. Two lectures and one hour conference
section per week.
Section 4 will be a writing course o f 1.5 credits
(see p. 52).
Fall semester. Brizendine and Cothren.

The art, architecture and archaeology of
ancient Greece from the Minoan period through
the Hellenistic age.
Not offered 1983-84.

2. Introduction to A rt History, II.
A survey o f art and architecture in the East and
the West from the fourteenth century to the
present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2
but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and
one hour conference section per week.
Spring Semester. Brizendine, Kitao, and Hungerford.

5. Computing from the U se r’s End.
(Also listed as Physics 5.)
This course provides an introduction to, and
immediate use of, a wide range of computing
functions. No previous experience in computer
is necessary. Lectures are one hour per week
and supervised workshop sessions are two
hours per week. Workshop emphasizing text
processing for students in the humanities.
Computing topics introduced are: text and file
creation and editing, runoff, simple program­
ming techniques, statistical packages, biblio­
graphic search, and data base handling. Vi unit.
Fall semester. Kitao and Boccio.

6. P icasso .
An introduction to problems and methods in
art history through examination o f Picasso and
his place in modern art. Symbolism, Cubism,
and Surrealism will be emphasized. No prere­
quisite.
Not offered 1983-84. Hungerford.

68

13. Rom an Art.
A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium
and the subsequent spread of Roman art
throughout the empire to the establishment of
tetrarchic rule at the end of the third century.
Topics to be considered will include the
significance of the Greek and Etruscan herit­
age, art as a manifestation o f power, the art of
the middle class preserved at Pompeii, por­
traiture, architecture as theatre, provincialism,
and the celebration of triumph. Special atten­
tion will be given to the relationship between
the social order and artistic production.
Not offered 1983-84. Cothren.

15. Early Christian and Byzantine Art.
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­
tian form of artistic expression from the
heritage of late antique art, followed by a sur­
vey of its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco
decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic
devotional images, and the small-scale arts of
ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels.
Fall semester. Cothren.

16. Early M edieval Art in the W e st
A survey of the art and architecture o f Western
Europe from the migration of the barbarian

tribes through the establishment o f a mature
Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The
political implications of the Carolingian revival
of the classical heritage, monasticism and art,
the Book of Kells and Celtic tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and
Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa­
ganda.
Fall semester, 1984-85. Cothren.

17. Gothic Art.
The course will emphasize the formation of
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its
development and codification in France during
the thirteenth century. Topics will include the
role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint
Louis’ "court style’’ as a statement o f political
ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness
o f structural systems in Gothic architecture,
and Gothic humanism around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
Spring semester, 1984-85. Cothren.

20. Northern Painting.
Painting and printmaking in the Netherlands
and Germany from the 14th century through
the 16th century with special emphasis on the
art of Robert Campin, Jan van Eyck, Rogier
van der Weyden, Hieronymus Bosch, Albrecht
Durer, and Pieter Breughel. Issues to be
considered include the development o f the
altarpiece (formally and contextually), attitude
toward realism, the risè o f patronage systems,
and the effect o f the reformation on subject
matter.
Fall semester. Brizendine.

25. Italian R e n aissan ce Art.
Study o f the emergence of a new style in Italy,
especially Florence, circa 1390 and its aftermath, with special emphasis on Leonardo da
Vinci and the young Michelangelo. Topics
discussed include humanism in art, historicism,
scientific method, secularization, and the artist’s
role in society. Offered alternately with ARTH
26.
Spring semester. Kitao.

lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea of
the canon in art, the rise of art criticism, and
Mannerism.
Spring semester, 1984-85. Kitao.

28. Baroque Art.
European art o f the 17th century. Special
problems considered include: the impact of the
Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the
question of reality and illusion, the nature of
allegory and propaganda in art, the rise of
academies and the art market, and the spread of
the Baroque style through the Low Countries,
France, and Spain. Artists considered include
Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Ru­
bens, and Rembrandt.
Fall semester. Kitao.

30. M odern Architecture.
Architecture in Europe and the United States
1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived
for students in Engineering.
Not offered 1983-84.

32. Nineteenth Century A r t
Developments in European painting, sculp­
ture, and architecture from the late 18th
century through the Post-Impressionist gen­
eration of Cezanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin.
Relevant social, political, economic, and cul­
tural contexts are considered.
Fall semester. Hungerford.

35. Twentieth Century Art.
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context of relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Hungerford.

37. Am erican A r t
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Hungerford.

26. M ichelangelo and H is Times^

39. Special Topic: A m erican Stained
Glass.

Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­
raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­

Field work and research on windows in the
Philadelphia area in conjunction with the
ongoing Census o f Stained Glass in America
1840-1940. Can be taken for full or half credit.

69

Art

Enrollment only with the instructor’s consent.
Not offered 1983-84. Cothren.

45. A rts of China
This course is an introduction to the religious
and secular arts of China from the neolithic
period through the 1980s with special emphasis
on art in relation to a broad historical context.
While the course will focus on painting,
sculpture, and the usable arts, architecture,
gardens, and city planning will also be dis­
cussed.
Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine.

46. Buddhist and Hindu Art.
The course will deal first with the rise of
Buddhist art in Indian Asia and its later
manifestations in China, Korea, and Japan. It
will then turn to Hundu art of India and
Southeast Asia. Throughout the course, art
will be treated with special reference to
religious, cultural and political contexts.
Fall semester. Brizendine.

47. A rts of Japan.
This course is intended to introduce the arts of
Japan from ca. 6000 BCE through the present
era. Topics will include the arts of Shinto and
Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting,
sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the
traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong
emphasis will be placed on viewing art in
relation to its larger historical context.
Spring semester. Brizendine.

48. Isla m ic A r t
An introduction to the art and architecture of
the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the
development o f a characteristic Islamic form of
expression and its major regional and dynastic
manifestations.
Spring semester. Cothren.

55. Philadelphia: City and
Architecture.
Architecture and urban forms, focusing on
Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of
Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon­
don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, the International Style, and PostModernism; topics include orthogonal plan­
ning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenom­
enon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal
and historic preservation.
Fall semester 1984-85. Kitao.

70

56. R e n a issa n ce Rome.
Urban and architectural development o f the
city of Rome in the Renaissance and Baroque,
and its impact on the subsequent history of city
planning and architectural design in general.
Spring semester. Kitao.

74. H istory of Photography.
'Origins and development of photography as a
form o f artistic expression and cultural com­
munication, with emphasis on the 19th and
early 20th centuries.
Fall semester. Hungerford.

75. The Cinema.
Cinema as visual and narrative art; close
analysis o f a few selected works (Blue Angel,
Thirty-nine Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen
K ane) in the first half, followed by a historical
survey and study of principal critical and
semiotic theories. Screening, lectures, discus­
sions, papers and filming exercises. Class
limited to twenty, primarily advanced students.
Fall semester. Kitao.

85. Architectural Theory: Design,
Thought, and Culture.
Tutorial in architectural theory. Topics dis­
cussed include functionalism, classicism, theory
of struture and decoration; buildings as objects
and environmental constructs; architecture in
relation to urban planning and systems design;
architecture and behavioral sciences; archi­
tecture as metalanguage; architectural semi­
otics; architecture in relation to history and
culture. Readings cover Sullivan, Viollet-leDue, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitruvius as well as
more recent theories by Kevin Lynch, Christo­
pher Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Robert
Venturi, Umberto Eco, and Manfredo Tafuri.
Instructor’s consent.
Fall semester. Kitao.

91. Special Topic: A sia n Landscape.
The course will examine the concept of
landscape and the existence o f landscape as a
genre in the arts o f China and Japan from a
variety of points of view, including conceptual,
geographical, geological, and formal. W e will
consider a variety of media, including painting,
architecture, sculpture, literature, and possibly
film.
Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine.

92. The De-Definition of Art: Is s u e s in
Art Sin ce 1945.
After surveying major movements in art from
the end of the Second World War until the
mid-Seventies and examining the critical and
theoretical literature which has emerged with
the new art, the course will focus on the art of
the late seventies and eighties. Emphasis will be
placed on the role of the artist and the gallery in
the contemporary art scene. Students in the
course will have the opportunity to make a
number of field trips to galleries in Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., and New York, and will be
involved in the organization and installation of
an exhibition in the Wilcox Gallery as well as in
writing an extensive catalogue to accompany
the show thus gaining experience in the
problems o f gallery management, exhibition
planning and design, and handling works o f art.
Spring semester. Brizendine.

93. Special Topic: The City a s Artifact.
Analytical study of visual and physical aspects
o f cities in history from the dawn o f civilization
to the modern megalopolis.
Offered occasionally. Kitao.

94. Special Topic: C la ssic ism in
Architecture.
Intensive analytical and historical study of

Renaissance and Baroque architecture.
Offered occasionally. Kitao.

95. Special Topic: Visual Sem iotics.
Theory of signs as applied to artifacts and
visual phenomena,including clothing, gestures,
art and architecture, everyday objects, and
advertising.
Offered occasionally. Kitao.

96. Directed Reading.
Staff.

97. Sen io r Sem inar.
For Course majors in Art History only. As part
o f this course the students will write a Senior
Paper, which will serve as the Comprehensive
Examination. The topic o f the paper, which
may vary periodically, will be defined by the
Department.
Spring semester. Cothren.

99. Sen io r Thesis.
Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester of the senior
year may be substituted for Senior Seminar.
For Course majors in Art History only.
Fall semester. Staff.

SEMINARS
Seminars are open to all majors with the
consent of the instructor; for Honors candi­
dates an appropriate course with an attachment
may be substituted for a seminar in the event
that seminar is not offered during the two years
in which the student is eligible to take
seminars.

117. Gothic Art.

132. Nineteenth Century Art.
Fall semester. Hungerford.

135. Twentieth Century Art.
Fall semester, 1985. Hungerford.

146. Chinese Painting.
Not offered 1983-84. Brizendine.

Spring semester. Cothren.

191. Special Topics.

125. Italian R e n aissan ce Art.

Staff.

Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Kitao.

128. Baroque Art.

195. Thesis.
Staff.

Spring semester, 1985. Kitao.

71

Art

Studio Arts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full
course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio
Art I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts
courses; it may be waived by presenting a
portfolio.

1. Introduction to Studio Arts.
Explorations in the visual description and
construction of objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form.
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development of
studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon and Meunier.

2. Pottery.
An introduction to the techniques o f pottery.
No credit.
Not offered 1983-84.

3. Drawing.
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Each semester. Exon.

4. Sculpture.
Investigation o f three-dimensional forms
trough modelling, assemblage, and construc­
tion; emphasis on contemporary methods and
concepts: slide lectures and discussions.
Spring semester. Meunier.

5. C era m ics I.
Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­
building and wheel techniques, and artistic use
o f these techniques.
Spring semester. Nagata.

6. Photography.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photography,
both as a unique medium and as it relates to

72

other forms of non-photographic composition.
Each semester. Meunier.

7. C era m ics II.
Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and
firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some
porcelain).
Prerequisite: StuA 5 or equivalent.
Fall semester. Nagata.

8. Painting.
Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can
define surface, space, light, temperature and
mood.
Each semester. Exon.

9. Printmaking.
Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut,
and the aesthetic possibilities o f these tech­
niques singly and in combination.
Not offered 1983-84 Exon.

13. Advanced Drawing.
Fall semester. Exon.

14. Advanced Sculpture.
Spring semester. Meunier.

15. Advanced Ceram ics.
Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on
personal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­
tures; and understanding of firing processes.
Admission by consent of the instructor.
Fall semester. Nagata.

16. Advanced Photography.
Each semester. Meunier.

18. Advanced Painting.
Each semester. Exon.

19. Advanced Printm aking.
Not offered 1983-84. Exon.

20. Special Studies.
Staff.

Asian Studies
Coordinator: LILLIAN M. LI

The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­
tunity for students to become familiar with the
traditions and cultures of East, South, and
Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements
indicated below students may graduate with a
Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a
regular major. A concentration may focus on
East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it
may apply the approaches o f one or two
disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The
concentration is open to majors in all depart­
ments.
A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by a subcommittee o f the Asian
Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophomore
year. The proposal should be the result of
discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies
faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the
student’s major department. It will explain
what the student intends to undertake and how
the Asian Studies Concentration will relate to
his or her departmental major. Insofar as
possible the courses or seminars required for
the major and those for the Concentration
should be chosen in a way that will comprise a
well integrated and focussed program.
Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. At least three o f them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other
departments. In order to provide students with
a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese
Civilization), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradi­
tion), Religion 11 (The Buddhist Tradition).
Finally, in the senior year each student must
either write a major research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee
on the program he or she has set out. A thesis
or major paper written for another department

may, with the approval of the Committee, and
with an oral examination administered by the
Committee, be substituted for this require­
ment.
Courses and seminars presently offered that
count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies
Concentration:

Department of Art
45.
46.
47.
91.
146.

Arts of China
Arts o f India and Southeast Asia
Arts of Japan
Asian Landacape
Chinese Painting

Department of H istory
9.
72.
74.
75.
77.
144.

Chinese Civilization
Japanese Civilization
Modern China
Modem Japan
China: the Politics of History
Modern East Asia

Department of M odern Languages
1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese
3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese
5, 6 Third-year Chinese
One credit o f first- or second-year Chinese may be
counted toward the concentration. All work at the
third-year level or above may be counted.

Department of Political Science
19. Comparative Communist Politics
20. Politics o f China
107. Comparative Communist Politics

Department of Religion
2.
10.
11.
31.
32.
104.

Patterns o f Asian Religions
The Hindu Tradition
The Buddhist Tradition
Religous Belief and Moral Action
Religions in East Asia
Religion in Southeast Asia

Other courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):

Departm ent of Econom ics
11.
31.
106.
109.

Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
Economic Development

73

Asian Studies

Department of M u sic
8. Music o f the Orient

Department of Political Science
63. Advanced International Politics

Department of Religion
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
101. Religious Perspectives East and West

Department of So cio lo gy and
Anthropology
30. Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution
In planning their programs, students may wish
to consult one o f the following Asian Studies
faculty members: Alfred Bloom (Linguistics),
Curtis Hansman Brizendine (Art), T. Kaori
Kitao (Art), Gerald Levinson (Music), Lillian
M. Li (History), Kenneth Luk (Modern Lan­
guages), Steven Piker (Sociology-Anthropol­
ogy)» or Donald K. Swearer (Religion).

74

Students concentrating in Asian Studies should
be aware o f the opportunities which exist
outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and
Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn
Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Penn­
sylvania during the regular academic year;
study at institutes such as the Middlebury
College Summer Language School during the
summer; and overseas programs in India, Sri
Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic
o f China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan).
Overseas programs will normally be under­
taken during the junior year and presuppose
work in Asian Studies. Students who are
interested in participating should plan well in
advance so that they can take the necessary
prior work as well as fulfill their other
academic obligations while at Swarthmore.
Work done abroad, as well as Asian languages
studied outside of Swarthmore, may (with the
provisions stated for Chinese language above)
be counted toward the concentration.

Astronomy
JOHN E. GAUSTAD, Professor, Chairman, and Director of Sproul Observatory
WULFF 0. HEINTZ, Professor*
DENNIS E. M ACHNIK, Lecturer**

Astronomy deals with the nature of the
universe about us and with the methods
employed to derive the laws underlying the
observed phenomena. The Department offers
introductory courses for students in all divi­
sions ( Astr. 1 to 4) and for science students (5
to 9). Various topics o f astronomy and
astrophysics are considered in detail in ad­
vanced courses, normally given in alternate
years.
The principal telescope, the 6 1 -cm. Sproul
refractor with a focal length o f 11 metres, is
used for research on the distances, motions,
orbits, and masses of stars by means of visual
and photographic observations. It has been in

constant operation since 1912. Other equip­
ment includes a high-precision measuring
machine for the photographs, installed in
1971, photoelectric and photographic photo­
meters, and a Brashear micrometer. A 61-cm.
reflector equipped with a high-resolution spec­
trometer, operated in conjunction with the
Physics department, is available for solar and
stellar spectroscopy. A 15-cm. refractor and a
20-cm. reflector are used for instruction and
for student projects. The Astronomy Library
possesses a large collection o f research publica­
tions. Visitors’ Nights at the Observatory are
announced in the monthly calendar of the
College.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in Astronomy
should plan to take Mathematics 5, 6 and
Physics 3 ,4 in their freshman year. Physics 14,
15 and one or more of Mathematics 16, 18, 23
or 30 should be undertaken in the sophomore

year. Astronomy 5, 6 can be completed in
either the freshman or sophomore year.
An Astronomy major is required to complete
eight credits which include Astronomy 5, 6,
21, 22, and 59.

1. Introductory A stro n o m y

motions o f the celestial sphere, and the
evolution of observation and astrophysics in
the 200 years from Halley to Einstein. Includes
nighttime observing sessions.
Spring term. Heintz.

A one-semester course which highlights the
scientific investigation o f the universe by
observation and theory, and includes the basic
notions o f physics as needed in astronomical
applications. Topics include astronomical in­
struments and radiation; the sun and planets;
properties, structure, and evolution o f stars;
the Galaxy and extra-galactic systems; and the
origin and evolution o f the universe. Three
class periods each week plus evening labs.
Fall term. Machnik.

4. Concepts of the Cosm os.
A history-oriented introduction, with emphasis
on the oriental and hellenistic development of
astronomical and mathematical methods, the

5,6. General Astronom y I, II.
The courses introduce the methods and results
o f astronomy and astrophysics, emphasizing
both descriptive and mathematical aspects.
They are prerequisites for courses numbered
21 and up.
Fall: The celestial sphere. Orbital motions; the
solar system. Radiation and astronomical
instrumentation. Observed properties o f stars
and binary stars.

*Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983.
**Fall semester, 1983.

75

Astronomy

Spring: Structure and evolution o f stars;
distance and time scales. The Milky Way and
extragalactic systems; cosmology.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5 or equivalent.
Corequisites: Physics 3 and 4.
Fall Term: Gaustad. Spring term: Heintz.

9. Introduction to Meteorology.
The elements of weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics of the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obervations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 or equivalent.
Spring term, blot offered 1983-84. Heintz.

21,22. Theoretical A stro p h y sic s I, II.
Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­
tion of astronomical phenomena. Topics in­
clude electromagnetic processes in space, quan­
tum and relativistic astrophysics, radiative
transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpretation
o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure and
evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14, 15,
or consent o f instructor.
Gaustad.

23. M ethods of Observational
Astronom y.
Theory and practice in the techniques of
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
Telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­
tral classification; data analysis. The photo­
graphic process. Students will undertake pro­
jects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 .
Spring term, blot offered 1983-84. Heintz and
Gaustad.

solar system. Writing course (containing litera­
ture surveys and papers).
Prerequisite: Astronomy 5.
Spring term. Gaustad.

56. Cosm ology.
General relativity and the theoretical frame­
work of cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 ,6 ; Mathematics 6.
Fall term. Not offered 1983-84. Heintz.

59. Positional Astronom y.
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­
damental and apparent positions; propermotion and binary-star analysis.
Prequisite: Astronomy 6.
Fall term. Not offered 1983-84. Heintz.

61. Current Problem s in Astronom y
and A stro p h y sics.
The course will involve reading and discussion
o f selected research papers from the astro­
nomical literature. Instruction will be given in
techniques of journal reading, use of abstract
services, and other aids for the efficient
maintenance of awareness in a technical field.
(Half credit each term)
Fall term: Machnik. Spring term: Gaustad.

66. Peculiar Stars.
A study of the observed properties and
physical models for variable stars, novae,
supernovae, white dwarfs, neutron stars, black
holes, and stars with peculiar spectra.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 15.
Spring term. Not offered 1983-84. Gaustad.

93. Directed Reading.
Staff.

55. Planetary Science.

94. Research Project.

Methods and results o f the exploration of the

Staff.

76

Biology
JOHN B. JENKINS, Professor and Chairman
ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor
NANCY V. HAMLETT, Associate Professor
ROSALIND L. HERLANDS, Visiting Associate Professor
M A R K JACOBS, Associate Professor
TIMOTHY C. W ILLIAM S, Associate Professor^.
GREGORY L. FLORANT, Assistant Professori}.
SCOTT F. GILBERT, Assistant Professori}.
KENNETH N. PRESTWICH, Assistant Professor
M ARY BETH SAFFO, Assistant Professor
JACOB WEINER, Assistant Professor
BARB ARA Y. STEWART, Lecturer
TEDD R. GOUNDIE, Assistant
GLORIA U. ROSEN, Assistant

The student may be introduced to the study of
biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2.
Either course may be taken first. A diversity of
advanced courses, some offered in alternate
years, affords the student the opportunity of
building a broad biological background while

concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some
specialized areas such as cellular and molecular
biology, or organismal and population biology.
A special major in biochemistry is offered in
cooperation with the Department o f Chemistry
(cf. Chemistry).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub­
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major: introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters of college math­
ematics. These courses should be completed
before the senior year. Introductory physics is
strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to
some departmental offerings. Further, it should

be noted that medical schools and graduate
schools in biology require introductory physics
for admission.
Students majoring in Biology must take at least
one course in each o f the following three
groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e. 20,
21, 32, 34, 38, 51, 53, 56, 61, 74); II,
organismal biology (i.e. 1 2 ,3 1 ,3 6 , 3 7 ,5 2 ,5 7 ,
66, 73, 76, 78, 178); III, populational biology
(i.e. 17, 25, 26, 40, 45, 50, 69, 70, 84, 160).

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations in areas such as animal behavior,
cell or developmental biology, ecology, evolu­
tion, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal
physiology via seminars or combinations of
courses. Admission to the Honors Program is
based on academic record and completion of

prerequisites for the courses or seminars used
in preparation for external examination. Depart­
mental requirements in chemistry and mathe­
matics must also be fulfilled. Students majoring
in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part
o f their external examination program.

^Absent on leave, 1983-84.

77

Biology

1. Cellular and M ole cu lar Biology.
An introductory study of phenomena fundamental to living systems illustrated by examples
drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell
biology, genetics, and developmental biology.
Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists
have attempted to elucidate these phenomena
rather than upon a survey of them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Fall semester. Staff.

2. O rganism al and Population Biology.
An introduction to the study o f whole organ­
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals:
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 144.
Spring semester. Staff.

12. The Vertebrates.
A consideration of the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra­
tions, films, an introduction to basic histology,
and when possible, radiographic presentations.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Florant.

17. System atic Botany.
Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and
identification of the major families of vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent of instructor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Spring semester. Weiner.

20. Genetics.
An examination o f the transmission, structure,
and function of the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­
fication, structure, and replication o f the

78

genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

21. Cell Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function of
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis of
macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism.
Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate
the variety o f approaches to findings in cell
biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.

25. Field Stu d ie s in Anim al Behavior.
Ethological studies o f animal behavior under
natural conditions. Subjects of study include
primarily vertebrates and the social insects.
Class work involves both lectures and seminar
format. Laboratories consist o f field trips and
small group projects in the local area. Partial
overlap with Biology 45 and 60.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2. Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, Fall semester. Williams.

26. Adaptational Plant Anatomy.
An examination of the anatomical adaptations
o f vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature and biotic
factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/
morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epi­
phytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous
plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits, and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Spring semester. Jacobs.

32. M em brane M ole cu lar Biology.
An examination o f the structure and function
of biological membranes. Topics include struc­
tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy
transduction, transport systems, and mech­
anisms for the recognition and control of
cellular activity. Students are required to
present a major report on a selected area of
contemporary research in any area of molecular
biology.

Prerequisites: Biology 1, Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, spring semester. Stewart.

34. Im m unology.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special
attention will be given to the cellular interac­
tions leading to immunocompetency and to the
strategies whereby certain microorganisms,
tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

36. Invertebrate Zoology.
The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­
tebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology, phys­
iology, and comparative biochemistry o f inver­
tebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Occasional
field trips. Writing course.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo.

37. Plant Physiology.
A study of the principal physiological processes
of higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas
exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­
al metabolism, plant hormone action, and
environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and concurrent
enrollment in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

38. Microbiology.
A study o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on prokaryotes. Mechanisms o f energy genera­
tion, growth and metabolic regulation, and
genetic exchange are studied with stress upon
aspects unique to prokaryotes. Ecological
diversity is considered with an emphasis on the
indispensable role of microorganisms to life on
earth. Laboratory exercises are designed to
teach techniques o f cultivating and identifying
bacteria as well as to demonstrate the variety of
ways in which prokaryotes can be used to study
applied and theoretical questions.
One laboratory period per week.

Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent regis­
tration in Organic Chemistry.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Hamlett.

40. Evolution.
An introduction to the history and principles
o f evolutionary biology. The course content
includes a brief history o f evolutionary theory;
population: structure and concept; the princi­
ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f speciation; and
macroevolutionary changes that include se­
lected evolutionary pathways.
Laboratory/discussion periods.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, or consent of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Alternate years, fall semester. Jenkins.

42. H istory of Biology.
An intensive overview o f the history of
biological thought and its relationship to other
intellectual and social events. The major axis of
the course includes the species controversies
from Aristotle through Darwin, the triumph of
Darwinism, the rise of physiological embry­
ology and genetics, the gene theory, evolu­
tionary synthesis, and the foundations of
molecular biology. Two major papers required.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

45. Field Stu d ie s in Prim ate Behavior.
An investigation o f primate ethology as studied
in the animal’s natural environment. Particular
emphasis is placed on those studies relating
social behavior to habitat or population stress.
The course includes both lecture and seminar
format; one laboratory period per week. Partial
overlap with Biology 25 and 160.
Prerequisites: Permission o f the instructor and
Biology 2 or one introductory level course in
Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate
background in anthropology.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fall semester. Williams.

50. M arine Biology.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
micro-organisms.
One laboratory period per week; several all­
day field trips.

79

Biology

Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Fall semester. Saffo.

51. Cells in Culture.
An examination o f the biology o f plant and
animal cells as revealed by their activities in
vitro. Discussions focus on the surfaces, growth,
locomotion, transformation o f eukaryotic cells
and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In
the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant
cell culture and o f somatic cell fusion are
introduced. Students then undertake independent investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent of instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Savage.

52. Developmental Biology.
An integration of molecular and organismal
aspects of animal development. Topics include
fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene
expression, the formation o f representative
organs, cell migration in development, develop­
mental genetics, and the roles of the cell surface
in development. Laboratory exercises investi­
gate the developmental anatomy of selected
organisms in normal and manipulated condi­
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; either 20 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

structure, function, organization, and regulation
o f the human genome will be discussed, along
with applications of current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 or 2; 20 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fall semester. Jenkins.

57. Anim al Physiology.
A comparison of major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes
involved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation of physiological responses to
different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12, Physics 2 or 4.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Florant.

61. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology.
A consideration o f cellular structure and
function, cell development and evolution, and
interaction of separate intracellular genetic
systems, conducted in seminar format based
upon readings in the current research journals.
Investigative laboratory projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 21.
Enrollment limited to 8.
Spring semester. Savage.

66. Control of Plant Development.

A study of the molecular biology of viruses,
their modes o f gaining entrance to specific
cells, their regulation of macromolecular syn­
thesis and assembly and their modes of exit
from and/or damage to host cells. Viruses as
agents o f genetic exchange and the problems of
defining what is virus and what is cell are also
considered. Laboratory exercises demonstrate
basic techniques of working with bacteriophage
and mammalian viruses.
One laboratory period every week.
Prerequisites: Biology 38 or 21.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Spring semester. Hamlett.

An examination of cellular, intercellular and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area of
primary interest will be the role and action of
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators of external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continuing
laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

56. Human Genetics.

69. Ecology.

An examination of human inheritance patterns
using techniques of genetic analysis that are
appropriate to humans. Research into the

The scientific study of the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance of
organisms. Topics covered include interactions

53. Virology.

80

between organisms and their environments,
population dynamics, species interactions,
community ecology and nutrient cycles. Prior
work in several of the following will be helpful:
Biology 20, 37, 40, 57; Chemistry 10, 22;
Math 2, 5; Physics 1.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Fall semester. Weiner.

70. Plant Ecology.
An advanced course which considers plant
individuals, populations and communities in
their relationships with their physical and
biological environments. Areas developed in­
clude climatology, soil science, plant population
biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­
munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory
and field work emphasize hypothesis formation
and the collection, analysis, and interpretation
o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent or
previous enrollment in Biology 69 and consent
of instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Fall semester. Weiner.

73. Anim al Orientation and Migration.
An investigation o f the long distance move­
ments of animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements and the physiological
mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­
tion. Laboratory consists of original research
projects. The course is conducted in seminar
format. Partial overlap with Biology 78.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 and 12 or permission
o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
strongly recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, fall semester. Williams.

74. Developmental Genetics.
An investigation o f the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­
trating on gene activity in early development
and on specific cases o f differential gene
expression.
Seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 21, 52, or permission of
instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

76. Advanced T opics in Physiology.
This course will focus on physiological prob­
lems in animals which relate to neuro-endocrine, thermoregulatory, and behavioral func­
tion. The course will require a basic under­
standing o f physiological mechanisms. A semi­
nar format will be used to discuss recent
papers. Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 10.
Alternate years, fall semester. Florant.

78. P h ysiologica l M e c h a n ism s of
Anim al Behavior.
A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying
animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are
neurobiology, sensory physiology, orientation,
and biorhythms. Material is presented in both
lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work
consists o f small group research projects.
Partial overlap with Biology 73.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other
Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4. Math 2
recommended.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.

79. Topics in Environmental
Physiology.
A comparison of the physiological adaptations
o f plants and animals to common ecological
problems. Consideration o f water balance,
nitrogen catabolism, respiration, locomotion,
dormancy, pressure adaptations, thermoreg­
ulation, nutrient acquisition and nutrient pro­
cessing in particular aquatic and terrestrial
habitats.
Seminar format, with laboratory.
Prerequisite: one of the following courses: Bio.
36, 37, 38, 50, 57, 69.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Saffo.

84. Biology of Sy m b io sis.
Intimate associations between taxonomically
dissimilar organisms. Investigation o f relation­
ships between animals, plants, and microorgan­
isms at biochemical, physiological, structural,
and ecological levels.
Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Saffo.

81

Biology

93. Directed Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.

94. Research Project.
With the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a
research program.
Staff.

95. Sen io r Paper.
A senior paper is required o f all senior Course
majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the require­
ment of a comprehensive examination for
graduation. However, students are not required
to enroll in 95 while writing the paper. Does
not count as a course for the major.

160. Behavioral Ecology.
The study of behavior as an adaptation to an
environment. The topics covered include those
normally encountered in a discussion of
sociobiology (reproductive and feeding strat­
egies and the evolution o f societies). In
addition the seminar treats topics considered
in animal ecology: ecological methods, habitat
description, the growth and regulation of

82

populations, and the ecological consequences
o f migration.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 and one other organismal biology course or permission o f the
instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, Fall semester. Williams.

178. M e c h a n ism s of Behavior.
A discussion o f the mechanisms underlying
behavior. In addition to traditional discussions
o f sensory physiology and orientation, a large
segment o f the seminar is devoted to discussion
of neurobiology, especially those preparations
in which behavior can be understood by thfe
actions of a small number of neurons. Relatively
little time is spent on vertebrate CNS function
or brain function as these topics are treated
extensively in other biology or psychology
courses at the College.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
Biology course, Physics 2 or 4, or permission
o f the instructor; Math 2 recommended.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Alternate years, spring semester. Williams.

180. Thesis.
A research project required only o f students
who major in Biology for the external examina­
tion program. Students minoring in Biology
may elect to do a thesis as part o f their external
examination program.

Black Studies
Coordinator: CHARLES L. J A M E S

The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1) to introduce students to the history,
culture, society, and political and economic
conditions o f Black people in Africa, the
Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2 )
to explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study of the Black experience.

Program. Students who wish to pursue these
possibilities should consult with the appropri­
ate department and with the Black Studies
Committee.

Econom ics 26. Social Econom ics.
English Literature 11. Figures in
the Veil.

Students in any department may add a Concen­
tration in Black Studies to their departmental
major by fulfilling the requirements stated
below. Applications for admission to the
Concentration should be made in the spring
semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­
nator o f the Program. All programs must be
approved by the Committee on Black Studies.

English Literature 29. The Black
Am erican Writer.

All Concentrators in Black Studies are required
to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black
Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester of the
senior year. They must take a minimum of five
courses in Black Studies. These must include at
least three courses (which may include Black
Studies 91) outside the departmental major,
from at least two departments other than the
major.

English Literature 82. Colloquium:
The Harlem Renaissance.

Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form of a ■one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or
more students), with all senior Concentrators
participating. The topics selected for reading,
class discussions, and the writing o f seminar
papers will be drawn from a list o f representa­
tive works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend on
the interests and backgrounds of the partici­
pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be
taken in the spring semester o f the senior year,
and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­
nation administered by the Black Studies
Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent study,
special attachments on subjects relevant to
Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting
faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the
College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the
Black Studies Committee, be included in the

English Literature 47. The
Contem porary Black W riter of the
United States.
English Literature 55. The Black
African Writer.

English Literature 121. M odern
Black Fiction
H istory 7. African-Am erican History.
H istory 8. Africa.
H istory 53. Black Culture and
Black C o n scio u sn e ss.
H istory 56. Ex-Slave Narratives.
H istory 58. The World of W.E.B.
DuBois.
H istory 63. South Africa.
H istory 67. The African in Latin
Am erica.
H istory 140. M odern Africa.
H istory 141. South Africa.
Political Science 21. Politics of Black
Africa.
Political Science 92. Race, Ethnicity
and Public Policy.
Sociology-Anthropology 27. AfroAm erican Culture and Society.
Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples
and Cultures of Africa.
Black Studies 91. Special Topics in
Black Studies.

83

Chemistry
EDWARD A. FEHNEL, Professor
J A M E S H. H A M M O N S, Professor
RODERT F. PASTERNACK, Professor
PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor and Chairman
CAROL C, KAHLER, Assistant Professor^
JUDITH G. VOET, Assistant Professor
RODERT J. MOORE, Instructor
URSU LA M. DAVIS, Assistant
M ARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant
NITA H. SICILIANO, Assistant

The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science

and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines of modem chemistry.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 22, 32. Students with especially strong pre­
college background in chemistry may be
advised to begin with Chemistry 22. Such
students will normally be asked to take a
placement examination. Students seeking Ad­
vanced Placement credit may also be required
to take this examination. Consult with the
Department Chairman.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 34,
3 6 ,4 5 and three additional courses o f which at
least two must have a laboratory (chosen from
Chemistry 56, 57, 78, 9 4 or 96). Students
should note the Mathematics and Physics
prerequisites for Chemistry 34, 36 and 45.
Those considering a major in Chemistry are
strongly urged to complete these prerequisites
by the end of the Sophomore year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester of mathematics and at least

two additional courses in chemistry. Those
wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the
American Chemical Society should include
both Chemistry 57 and 76 in their programs.
ACS accreditation is useful for those who
intend to pursue a career in chemical industry.
Further, proficiency in reading scientific Ger­
man, Russian, or French is an asset to the
practicing chemist.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96 and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in
Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 46), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes from a micro­
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult Dr. Kahler and the
Chairmen of both departments.

BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department of
Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also
^.Absent on leave, 1983-84.

84

offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to

gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application of chemis­
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis­
try 10, 2 2 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 6 ,4 5 ,5 8 and either 78 ,9 4 ,

or 96. Work in Biology includes Biology 1; two
courses chosen from 2 0 ,2 1 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 7 ,3 8 ,5 2 ,
57, 76, and 77; and one course elected from
53, 68 and 74. Interested students should
consult the Chairmen of the two departments.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examina­
tion program in Chemistry should complete
Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 and 36 (or 34), two years
o f college mathematics, and two semesters of
physics by the end o f the sophomore year.
Preparation for each paper consists o f a
combination of one course and one seminarcourse as follows: Organic Reaction Mecha­
nisms (62+ 72); Quantum Chemistry (34+ 74);
Thermodynamics and Kinetics (45+ 75); In­
organic Chemistry (36+ 76); Biological Chem­
istry (58+ 78). A research thesis (180) must be
included as one o f the Papers. Interested
students should consult with the Chairman of
the Department.

10. General Chemistry.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­
ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms of chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff.

22. Organic Chem istry I.

One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22
Fall semester. Fehnel.

34. Quantum Chemistry.
An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level
including particles and waves, elementary
quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc­
ture, valence bond and molecular orbital
theory, symmetry and group theory, spectros­
copy, solid state structure and statistical
mechanics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Moore.

36. Inorganic Chem istry.
A study of the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­
trochemistry, and an introduction to transition
metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize
the preparation and analysis o f inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2).
Spring semester. Pasternack.

An introduction to the chemistry of some of
the more important classes o f organic com­
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods of prepara­
tion and reactions o f alphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and several types of
monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an
emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.

An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states of matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws of thermodynam­
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions
and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18,
Physics 4 (or 2).
Fall semester. Thompson.

32. Organic C hem istry II.

56. Organic Structure Determination.

A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis
on more advanced aspects of the chemistry of
monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods of synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.

45. Therm odynam ics and Kinetics.

Classroom and laboratory study o f the princi­
ples and techniques involved in the elucidation
o f the structures of organic compounds.
Emphasis is placed on the correlation of
structure and properties of organic molecules

85

Chemistry

and on the theoretical principles underlying
various chemical and spectroscopic methods
o f identification and structure determination.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22, 32 (or 28, 29).
Spring semester. Fehnel.

systems: protein conformation, principles of
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 36 and Biology 1.
Fall semester. Voet.

57. Instrum ental Chem ical A n a lysis.

62. Organic Reaction M e c h a n ism s I.

A study o f the principles and techniques of
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.
Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital
logic and computer applications o f data collec­
tion and control in chemical analysis are
studied.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 34.
Spring semester. Thompson.

58. Biological Chemistry.

A variety of topics in physical organic chemis­
try including valence bond theory, stereo­
chemistry, linear free-energy relationships,
thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms,
acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substi­
tution, ionic addition and elimination re­
actions, aromatic substitution, and ionic re­
actions o f carbonyl compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 32 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 45.
Fall semester. Hammons.

An introduction to the chemistry o f living

SEMINAR COURSES
The following single credit courses taught in
seminar style may be taken for course credit or
combined with other courses to prepare for
Papers in the External Examination Program.

72. Organic Reaction M e c h a n ism s II.
A continuation of the study begun in Chemis­
try 62 with topics to include molecular orbital
theory; free-radical, pericyclic and photochem­
ical reactions.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 62. Prior enrollment
in Chemistry 34 is recommended.
Fall semester. Hammons.

74. Advanced Quantum Chem istry.
Topics to be studied will be selected from laser
chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec­
troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering
theory, group theory, and time-dependent
perturbation theory.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45 and Math­
ematics 16.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983.

75. Advanced P h ysica l Chemistry.
Topics to be studied will be selected from more
advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics including interactions in
the gaseous and liquid states, the theory of
solutions, and chemical reaction dynamics.

86

Prerequisites: Chemistry 34 and 45.
Spring semester. Thompson.

76. Advanced Inorganic Chem istry.
The study o f topics to be selected from
applications o f symmetry and group theory;
transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction
mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic
chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid
state chemistry.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 34, 36, and 45 or
permission of the instructor.
Fall semester. Pasternack.

78. Advanced Biological Chemistry.
Reading and laboratory projects in a few
important areas of current biochemistry, such
as enzyme structure and function, spectro­
scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation,
mechanisms o f transcriptional and transla­
tional control in bacteriophage and in higher
organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­
caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and 58 or permis­
sion o f the instructor. Prior or concurrent
enrollment in Biology 2 0 and 21 is recom­
mended.
Spring semester. Voet.

STUDENT RESEARCH
All students enrolled in research courses are
required to attend weekly colloquium meetings.

94. Research Project.
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings of all participants will allow inter­
change of ideas on research plans, progress,
and results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during the
preceding semester concerning problem areas
under study. This course may be elected more
than once.
Each semester. Staff.

96. Rese arch Thesis.
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu of taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning o f the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an advisory
committee to consist o f (but not be limited to)
two members of the Chemistry Department,

one o f whom is to act as the student’s research
mentor. Whereas the details o f the research
thesis program will be determined by the
committee and the student, certain minimum
requirements must be met by all students
selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits of Chem. 9 6 to
be taken during the last three semesters of
the student’s residence at Swarthmore.
ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses
other than Chem. 94 and/or Chem. 96.
iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research
activity to be submitted prior to the last
week o f classes of the final semester.
Guidelines for the preparation o f the thesis
will be provided to the student.
Each semester. Staff.

180. Research Thesis.
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in research
with individual staff members. The thesis topic
must be chosen in consultation with some
member of the staff and approved early in the
semester preceding the one in which the work
is to be done.
Each semester. Staff.

87

Classics
HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman^
M ARTIN OSTWALD, Professor and Acting Chairman
GILBERT P. ROSE, Professor
RICHARD P. SALLER, Assistant Professor
W ILLIAM W. TURPIN, Assistant Professor

The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the study
o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­
bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek
and Latin languages and literatures. Courses
numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no
knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and
are open (except for 4 2 and 44) without
prerequisite to all students; they deal with the
history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and
other aspects o f the ancient world and include
the study o f classical literature in translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­
can Academy in Rome and the American
School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its

students have the privileges accorded to under­
graduates from contributing institutions (use
o f the library at both schools and consultation
with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­
ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which
provides facilities for the study o f Classics,
Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics
majors, recommended by the Department,-are
eligible to study at the Center, usually during
their junior year, either for one semester or for
two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the
Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P.
Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 63).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination
Program, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or in
the Course Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
In the Honors Program, a student majoring in
Greek is also expected to study Latin through
the intermediate level and a student majoring
in Latin is expected to study Greek through the
intermediate level before graduation.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek or
Intermediate Latin.
A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the

LAbsent on leave, 1983-84.

88

appropriate language above the introductory
level.
Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­
gram or the Course Program are required to
take for at least one semester a course in prose
composition (Greek 9, 10, or Latin 9 ,1 0 ).
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93), a thesis, or a course
supplemented by additional independent work
(i.e ., an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare
for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin,
at least one o f which must be prepared for by a
seminar.
A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1)
Classics 42, with attachments, (2 ) Classics 44,
with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the

following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­
sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or
31, and Classics 32. For Greek 113 the
prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek,

Greek

for Latin 102, one year of Intermediate Latin.
A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist of ( 1) and ( 2) above, with the specified
prerequisites.

i

1-2. Intensive First-year Greek.
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the
student to begin reading after one semester. It
meets four days per week and carries lid
credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to
Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical
period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It
meets four days per week and carries lid
credits.
Year course. Rose.

9,10. Greek P ro se Composition.
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course, one semester each year. Ostwald.

11. Interm ediate Greek Reading.
The main reading is Plato’s Republic, Bk. 1.
Fall semester. Rose.

12. Homer.
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is
read in translation.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

19. Com parative Gram m ar of Greek
and Latin.
A study o f the phonology, morphology, and
inflection o f Greek and Latin words derivable
from their common source, Proto-Indo-Euro­
pean. Students should have some knowledge of
both Classical languages, but no prior experi­
ence in linguistics is assumed.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983 -84 . Rose.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. Attachment.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Latin
1-2. Intensive First-ye ar Latin.

9,10. Latin P ro se Composition.

An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin
grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­
edge o f the language to make possible the study
and appreciation o f Latin literature.

The development o f Latin prose style is
studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and
extensive translation o f English into Latin. A
requirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The
course meets one hour a week.
H alf course, one semester each year. Ostwald.

The course will have four one-hour meetings
each week. It carries one and one-half course
credits each semester.
Year course. Turpin.

11. Intermediate Latin: Catullus.
The study of Catullus is preceded by an

89

Classics

intensive, three-week review o f the funda­
mentals o f the language, accompanied by
readings in Latin prose.
Fall semester. Sailer.

12. Intermediate Latin: Cicero.
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis of his prose style.
Spring semester. Sailer.

13. Literature of the Augustan Age.
Virgil: Eclogues and Georgies.
Fall semester. Turpin.

14. M ediaeval Latin.
Works chosen from the principal types o f
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints' lives, satire, philosophy, and romances)

are studied in this course.
Spring semester. Turpin.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision of the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. Attachment.
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Ancient History and Civilization
21. Ancient Greece.
Greek thought, literature, and history from the
Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the
interrelationships between the intellectual cur­
rents and the social, economic, and political
systems. Readings (in translation) include
Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­
edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and
one discussion session per week. Two credits,
one in distribution group 2, one in group 3.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
42 and advanced courses in the Department of
History. Counts as part of a major in History.
Fall semester. Rose and Sailer.

31. H istory of Greece.
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history of the Greek states
to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries
B.C. Considerable reading is done in the
primary sources in translation. Classics 31
meets the distribution requirement for Group
3; it counts toward a major in History, and also
serves as prerequisite for advanced courses in
History.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald.

32. The Rom an Republic and
Augustus.
A study of Rome from its foundation through
the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The
following subjects will be considered in detail:
(1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­
tion, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The
accompanying changes in Roman Society and
economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5 ) The
Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sources
in translation as well as a selection o f modem
viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This
course meets the distribution requirement for
Group 3; it counts toward a major in History,
and also serves as prerequisite in advanced
courses in History.
Spring semester. Sailer.

33. Greek Literature in Translation.
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include
selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac,
and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy.
Lectures on the historical and cultural context
supplement class discussion.
Not offered 1983-84.

35. Latin Literature in T ra n sla tio n C la ssica l and Mediaeval.
The works studied in this course range in time
from the age o f the Roman Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
major authors o f the classical period, St.
Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian
Renaissance, and the writers of Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is
given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. North.

36. C la ssic a l M ythology in Literature
and Art.
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the Metamorphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with them.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. North.

37. Literature and Society in Im perial
Rome.
This course will consider some o f the principal
Greek and Roman writers o f the Roman
Empire. Works will be read with a view to
assessing their literary merits and significance,
but the course will also emphasize the cultural
and historical context which produced them.
Authors to be considered will include the poets
Horace, Virgil, Propertius, Ovid; the historian
Tacitus; the biographer Suetonius; the novelists
Petronius and Apuleius; and the literary critic
known as Pseudo-Longinus. Writers of reli­
gious and philosophical importance will include
Philostratus, Porphyry, and Plotinus, as well as
their Christian adversaries.
Fall semester. Turpin.

42. Greece in the Fifth Century B.C.
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end of the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­
sis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­
racy and on the problems o f the Delian League,
both internal and in its relation to the Greek
and non-Greek world. Classics 42 counts
towards a major in History.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

44. The Early Rom an Empire.
A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the
political, economic, social, and cultural history
o f the Roman world from the fall o f the
Republic through the Antonine Age (50 B.C.A.D. 192). Classics 44 counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

45. Greek Political Theory.
A study o f Greek political concepts and
institutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention of this course is
focused.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald.

46. An Introduction to Archaeology.
This course imparts a knowledge o f techniques
and procedures applicable to archaeological
study in any part o f the world. Specific
examples and problems are drawn in the main
from classical archaeology, with emphasis on a
particular period (e.g. Bronze Age, Hellenistic,
Etruscan, etc.).
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Staff.

82. The Ancient Theatre.
A representative selection of Greek and Roman
drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read
in translation, together with the Poetics o f
Aristotle, and there will be a study of ancient
dramatic production and the physical remains
of Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. North.

91. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive
examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to
advanced students and may be taken only with
the consent of the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. Attachm ent
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare for
an external examination, but available also to
Course students for the purposes described on
page 4 9 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

Classics

SEMINARS
102. The Age of Nero.

111. Greek Philosophers.

This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero
(Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. Sailer.

This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and
the Hellenistic schools. The orientation of the
seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers
receive consideration.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

103. Latin Epic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Rerum Natura, Virgil’s
Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Rose.

105. The Age of Cicero.
This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context of the history and thought of the
final years o f the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

107. Horace: Lyric and Hexam eter
Poetry.
The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Turpin.

92

112. Greek Epic.
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius
will also be read, with some attention to the
development of Greek epic.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. North.

113. Greek H istorians.
This seminar is devoted to a study of Herodotus
and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek
historiography and as sources for Greek
history.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Ostwald.

114. Greek Drama.
The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each o f the
major dramatists.
Spring semester. Rose.

115. Greek Elegiac and Lyric Poetry.
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric
is studied, with attention to the political and
social background, and to the relation o f these
literary types to epic and dramatic poetry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

Economies
ROBINSON G. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor (part-time)
HOWARD PACK, Professor
FREDERIC L. PRYOR, Professor (part-time) and Acting Chairman
BERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor
F. M. SCHERER, Professor
STEPHEN S. GOLUB, Assistant Professor
M A R K KUPERBERG, Assistant Professor
LEAH JOHNSON SMITH, Assistant Professor
CHARLES F. STONE, III, Assistant Professor
DAVID F. W EIMAN, Assistant Professor^.
DAVID L. MUETHING, Lecturer***
JA C K TOPIOL, Visiting Lecturerf f

The courses in economics are designed: first, to
acquaint the student with the institutions and
and processes through which the activity of
producing, exchanging, and distributing goods
and services is organized and carried on;
second, to train the student in the methods by
which these institutions and processes may be
analyzed; and third, to enable the student to
arrive at informed judgments concerning rel­
evant issues of public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prequisite
to all other work in the Department.
The Department requires that all majors take
Economics 4 (Statistics) or its equivalent such
as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics 1-2
does not meet the requirement). The statistics
course in the Economics Department focuses
more upon the application of statistical tools to
economic problems; the statistics courses in
the Mathematics Department focus more atten­
tion on derivation of statistical properties and
the mathematical properties o f various esti­
mators.
In order to read critically the literature in
economics, a knowledge o f the materials
covered in an elementary calculus course is
necessary. Although certain basic calculus
concepts are reviewed briefly in Economics 4,
we strongly recommend that students take
Mathematics 5 and 6 (differential and integral
calculus). Math 16 and 18 (linear algebra and
several variable calculus) are useful for those

intending to focus on the more technical
aspects o f economics. Other types o f mathe­
matics also find use in economics and would be
useful for those with specialized interests.
The Department recommends that all students
intending to take advanced work in applied
economics, as well as those intending to go into
business or into certain professional schools
(such as law or business) take Economics 3
(accounting). Students intending to pursue
careers dealing with the international aspects of
economics are also strongly advised to have
mastery o f at least one foreign language.
To graduate as a major in course, students must
have at least eight credits in economics, must
meet the statistics requirement, and must pass
the comprehensive examination given in the
second semester o f their senior year. To be
prepared, students must complete Economics
20 and Economics 59 before the second
semester o f their senior year.
To graduate as a major in the external
examination program, students must have at
least eight credits in economics (each seminar
counts for two credits), must meet the statistics
requirement, and must pass the external
examination.

1-2. Introduction to Econom ics.
This course is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to

\Absent on leave, 1983-84.
**Fall semester, 1983.
f f Spring semester, 1984.

93

Economics

provide students doing further work with a
foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the organiza­
tion o f the economic system and analyzes the
allocation o f resources and the distribution of
income. Section 9 will be a writing course of
1.5 credits (see p. 52).
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­
tary and fiscal policy, the determination of
national priorities, and international economic
relations.
Spring semester.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1.

3. Accounting
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This
course does not satisfy the distribution require­
ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.)
Spring semester. Topiol.

4. Sta tistic s for Econom ists.
The primary focus o f this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
in economic relationships, e.g. elasticities, and
tests o f hypotheses about these magnitudes.
The course also covers elements of probability,
sampling distributions, and decision theory.
No mathematics pre-requisite except high
school algebra. An introduction to selected
elements o f calculus and linear algebra used for
quantitative methods in economics is contained
in the course. As this course will include
problem solving using the computer, students
taking it must also take Economics 5 (unless
they have taken or are taking the equivalent
course in other disciplines).
Fall semester. Hollister.

5. Com puting from the U se r’s
Point of View.
(Also listed as Mathematics 6 A and Physics 5.)
This course provides an introduction to, and
immediate use of, a wide range o f computing
functions. No previous experience in computer
use is necessary. Lectures are one hour per
week and supervised workshop sessions are
two hours per week. In the workshop students
apply computing procedures directly to prob­

94

lems o f economic analysis. Computing topics
introduced are: text and file creation and
editing, runoff, graphics, simple programming
techniques, statistical packages, bibliographic
search, and data base handling, n unit.
Fall semester. Hollister and Boccio.

11. Econom ic Development.
Peasant economic responses, agricultural and
industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis o f international
terms o f trade, export instability, the new
international economic order, import substitu­
tion, the role o f multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Pack.

12. Econom etrics.
A survey o f fundamental econometric methods
emphasizing application. Some empirical work
will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Spring semester. Hollister.

15. Investm ents.
This course will deal with the operation of
financial markets from three different perspec­
tives. First, from the viewpoint o f the individual
investor, investment alternatives and strategies
will be studied, with special emphasis on the
stock market. The second perspective will be
that o f a business enterprise. Key topics here
are the capital budgeting decision and alterna­
tive sources of capital. Third, from a public
policy viewpoint certain issues concerning the
link between financial markets and resources
allocation will be studied. Two specific issues
in this category are (1 ) the connection between
the stock market and capital formation, (2)
housing and financial.
Fall semester. Muething.

16. W omen in the Economy.
Four major themes will be explored in this
course. The first relates to the unpaid work
performed by women in the home. W e will
examine the nature o f the family as an
institution, changes in the nature o f unpaid
household work, the "value” o f such work,
and the social status accorded it. The other
major topics are concerned with the labor
market experiences of women. After a thorough
discussion o f alternative economic theories of
the labor market (no prior knowledge o f this
topic is assumed) and o f economic approaches
to discrimination, we will consider (1 ) why so

many women are working for pay (labor
supply/labor demand), ( 2) why so many
women are clerical workers (occupational
segregation), and (3) why so many women earn
substantially less than men (wage differentials).
Spring semester.

18. Money, Banking, and the Economy.
This course will examine the behavior o f
financial markets and their connection to real
economic activity, using a combination of
analytical and institutional perspectives. Among
the topics to be considered are ( 1) the structure
of U.S. financial markets: the bankng system,
the bond and stock markets, etc.; (2) the
Federal Reserve System and the conduct of
monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism; (4) interest
rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5)
rationality and irrationality in financial mar! kets; ( 6) international financial relations; the
Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange mar­
ket, and international lending.
Fall semester. Golub.

19. Econom ics of the Environm ent and
Natural Resources.
Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems o f the environment and natural
resources. Long run implications o f resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alterna­
tive uses o f natural environment and methods
o f pollution control. Government response to
situations involving externalities, public goods
and common property resources. Case studies
o f air pollution, recreation versus mineral or
fuel development on public lands, the fishing
industry and offshore petroleum development.
Fall semester. L. Smith.

20. Econom ic Theory.
Microeconomic theory at an intermediate
level. Determination o f prices in theory and in
practice. Distribution o f income. Economic
welfare aspects o f various market structures.
Other selected topics. This course will be
offered in two sections: one section will meet
once a week in a problem-oriented seminar
format, the other section will meet twice a
week in a lecture/discussion format.
Fall semester. Stone.

22. Public Finance.
Introduction to welfare economics including
the role o f the market in allocating resources
and distributing income, market imperfections,
and public choice theory. Analysis o f tax and

expenditure policies on economic efficiency
and the income distribution. Special topics
include cost-benefit analysis and general equi­
librium tax incidence.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.

24. The Econom ics of Industry.
Through a series of case studies, the strategic
responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological
innovation, and marketing behavior o f firms
and on such government policy instruments as
import restrictions, price controls and sub­
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Fall semester. Scherer.

25. Labor Problem s and M anpow er
Policy.
The structure and behavior of labor markets,
issues in labor relations, the development o f
manpower, the role of unions, employers, and
government.
Fall semester, Not offered 1983-84 .

26. Social Econom ics.
The extent, consequences, and causes of
poverty and economic inequality; an appraisal
o f reforms in income support programs,
medical care, education, housing, and rural and
ghetto development; the economics o f dis­
crimination.
Not offered 1983-84.

27. Government Regulation of Industry.
The economics o f the "new” regulation:
occupational safety and health, affirmative
action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer
product safety, pension plans, restrictions on
industrial location and mobility, etc. In each
case the economic rationale for current and
proposed regulation is examined in the context
o f the theory o f market failure and evaluated in
terms o f its effects upon economic efficiency
and social equity. In certain cases, "optimal”
schemes devised by economists which differ
greatly from current policy will be considered.
Throughout, the emphasis is on the theory of
government intervention and its implementa­
tion as opposed to current institutional failures.
Not offered 1983-84.

28. Technological Change and
Econom ic Growth
An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on

95

Economies

such institutions as academie science and
industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced innova­
tion, the patent system, government R&.D
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer r

30. The International Economy.
The course consists of a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure of the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance of payments adjust­
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­
porary international economic problems; tariffs
and non-tariff barriers, common markets,
multinational corporations, international oil,
gold, inflation, and the future of the interna­
tional monetary system.
Spring semester. Stone.

31. Com parative Econom ic System s.
This course focuses on the methods by which
different economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with different
economic systems and on the origins of
selected economic institutions. Particular em­
phasis is place on the study o f the Soviet
Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods of
drawing inferences using the comparative
method are explored.
Fall semester. Pryor.

41. Urban Econom ics.
This course examines the economic structure
and development o f American urban econom­
ics. Topics covered include housing, transpor­
tation, urban renewal, local government fi­
nance, and pollution.
Spring semester. Smith.

47. M a rx ist Political Economy.
A study o f Marxist economics and political
theory with particular attention to general
problems of historical materialism. Primary
emphasis in the reading is placed on the works
o f Marx, Engels, and Lenin; however, some
time is also devoted to the background of
Marxist thought as well as the development of
Marxist theory in the present era.
Prerequisites include two semesters of either
Political Science or Economics.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

49. A m erican Econom ic History.
(Also listed as History 49.) Survey o f Ameri­
can economic development from the colonial
settlement to the New Deal. Explores the
transition from a colonial system, based on
agricultural exports within the mercantile
system, to an advanced, industrialized economy
supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis
on i) the role o f agriculture in the process of
economic development, in particular a com­
parative analysis of the plantation system of the
South and the system o f family farming in the
North, ii) the changing industrial structure
after the Civil War as a consequence o f the
growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated
corporation, and iii) the political and social
bases o f economic development, with particu­
lar attention to the American Revolution, the
Civil War, the new Deal and the evolution of
the legal system, and the political responses to
industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6,
or permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

57. O perations Research.
(Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles
o f operations research as applicable to defining
optimum solutions of engineering and financial
problems as an aid to managerial decision
making. Probability and probability distribu­
tions, reliability, random number simulation,
queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic
programming, allocation and transportation
theory. The working principles o f engineering
economy are introduced and combined with
operations research topics. Normally for junior
and senior students.
Spring semester.

58. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 58.) Analysis
o f government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.

Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2,4,26; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester- Not offered 1983-84.

59. M acroeco no m ic Theory and
Stabilization Policy.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition of aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

62. Econom ics, Justice, and Law.
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian constructs
in the analysis of public policy issues. In
particular, the appropriateness o f the growing
utilization o f economic methodology will be
examined through an intensive study o f issues
in law and distributive justice. The necessary
background in welfare economics will be
developed as needed.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.

65. The Evaluation of Public Policies
The methods used for systematic, quantitative
evaluations o f the effects o f public policies, the
problems in implementing such evaluations,
and the use o f such evaluations in policy
decision-making. Examples are drawn from
evaluations of social policies such as employ­
ment and training, welfare reform, health
insurance, housing allowances. The use o f large
social experiments as a method o f policy
evaluation receives particular attention. Stu­
dents will work directly with data taken from
actual major evaluations of policies and social
experiments.
Prerequisite: at least one course in statistics.
Spring semester. Hollister.

66. Energy Policy.
(See Political Science 66 or Engineering 66.)

67. Social Insurance and Welfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 67.) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief of poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics include:
Social Security, national health insurance,

unemployment compensation, and welfare re­
form. The various public objectives and meth­
ods o f income support and related social
services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions of "welfare” ; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which
consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions,
one of the instructors.
Spring semester. Hollister and Gilbert.

73. H istory of Econom ic Thought.
An examination of classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development of classical thought. W e will
study the precursors o f Adam Smith Games
Steuart and the Physiocrats) to provide the
intellectual background to the Wealth o f
Nations and to explain why Smith marks the
starting point o f economic science. This will be
followed by a careful analysis of Smith and
Ricardo, in particular the issues o f value,
distribution, and capital accumulation. Finally
we will conclude with Marx’s critique o f the
Classical School and his reformulation in
Capital, especially Volume I. Emphasis on the
original texts. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or
permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

81. Econom ics of the M iddle E a s t
Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies.
Focus on different economic development
strategies o f countries, some with limited and
others with substantial natural resource bases.
Investigation o f agricultural and industrial
policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and
technology absorption problems.
Fall semester. Pack.

91. Political Econom y of
M acroeco no m ic Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 91.) Focus on
the congressional and administrative processes
by which macroeconomic policy is formulated,
approved, and implemented. .
Spring semester. Pack and Gilbert.

97

Economies

SEMINARS
101. Public Finance.
Introduction to welfare economics including
the role o f the market in allocating resources
and distributing income, market imperfections
and public choice theory. Analysis of tax and
expenditure policies on economic efficiency
and the income distribution. Special topics
include cost-benefit analysis, general equilib­
rium tax incidence and optimal tax theory.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.

102. M acroeco no m ic Theory
and Stabilization Policy
(formerly Economic Stability and Growth)
The theory o f the determination of the level
and composition of aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and of the proper
role o f government stabilization policy. Special
topics include microfoundations o f macroeco­
nomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

103. Econom ic Theory.
This seminar provides the theoretical back­
ground for the more advanced economic
theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8
weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are
covered.
Both semesters. Saffran.

105. International Econom ics.
Theory and policy of international economic
relations. The theory of international trade and
balance of payments adjustment. Commercial
policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­
mon markets, customs unions, and regional
economic integration. Multinational enterprise
and economic imperialism. The world mone­
tary system, international inflation, and the
international economics of oil.
Fall semester. Stone

106. Com parative Econom ic System s.
This seminar focuses on the methods by which
economic systems can be analyzed. Consider­
able attention is paid to the structure and
performance o f nations with particular eco­
nomic systems. Special case studies are made of
the U .S.S.R., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer
case studies are made o f several capitalist
economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces
underlying the origins and development of

98

particular economic institutions are also dis­
cussed. The seminar also covers questions of
convergence o f important economic institu­
tions, influences of ideology on the operation
o f the system, and forces underlying changes in
both capitalist, market and socialist, centrally
administerd economies.
Fall semester. Pryor.

107. Labor and Social Econom ics.
Economic analysis of the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa­
tion, and welfare.
Fall semester. Hollister.

108. Econom etrics.
Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics
103.
Spring semester. Hollister.

109. Econom ic Development.
Peasant economic responses, agricultural and
industrial technology, interaction between rural
and urban sectors, analysis o f international
terms o f trade, export instability, the new
international economic order, import substitu­
tion, the role o f multinational corporations,
foreign aid, political factors.
Spring semester. Pack.

110. Urban Econom ics.
This seminar will deal in depth with the
structure and development o f American urban
economies. Topics covered will include hous­
ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov­
ernment finance, and pollution. Methodologi­
cal as well as substantive issues will be
discussed.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

111. Industrial Organization and Public
Policy.
Applications of theoretical and empirical anal­
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories o f the
firm; market structure; the causes o f market
failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Scherer.

112. M athem atical Econom ics.
Review o f static optimization theory; theory o f
consumption and production from a dual

point of view; elementary approaches to the
existence, stability, and optimality of general
equilibrium; additional topics of student inter­
est as time permits.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

114. H istory of Econom ic Thought.
An in depth survey of the development of
economic science from post-Mercantilist writ­
ers (Steuart and Quesnay) to Keynes. The
object of the seminar will be two-fold. First we
will examine the origins of economic analysis
and the structure and development of Classical
Political Economy (Smith and Ricardo); the
transition from political theory to economic
analysis and the issues o f value, distribution,
and capital accumulation in classical analysis.
Then we will consider the two paths of
economics following Ricardo: Marxian and
neoclassical economics. W e will study the
relationship o f these two traditions to classical
thought; Marx’s development o f the classical
tradition, as opposed to the neoclassical re­
formulation with its emphasis on the allocation
of scarce resources. Particular attention will be
paid to the neoclassical theory of production
and capital, which provides the logical basis for
the Keynesian and post-Keynesian critique.
Finally a critical analysis of the neoclassical
tradition, its treatment o f production and
capital (Sraffa, Robinson) and of investment

and effective demand (Keynes), as well as the
synthesis of these criticisms and of the two
post-Ricardian traditions in the works of
Kalecki, Robinson and Steindl. Permission of
instructor required.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

115. Am erican Econom ic History.
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial system,
based on agricultural exports within the mer­
cantile system, to an advanced, industrialized
economy supported by a vast internal market.
Emphasis on i) the role of agriculture in the
process of economic development, in particu­
lar a comparative analysis of the plantation
system of the South and the system o f family
farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial
structure after the Civil War as a consequence
of the growth of the large-scale, vertically
integrated corporation, and iii) the political
and social bases o f economic development,
with paticular attention to the American
Revolution, the Civil War, the New Deal and
the evolution o f the legal system, and the
political responses to industrialization. Pre­
requisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6, or
permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

99

Education
EVA F. TRAVERS, Assistant Professor and Program Director
K. ANN RENNINGER, Assistant Professor
FRAN C IS VANNI, Lecturer (part-tim e)ft

The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety of disciplinary perspectives, to provide
a range o f field experiences for students who
wish to explore their aptitude and interest in
teaching, counseling or research in an educa­
tional setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s academic
offerings. The Program’s most important goal
is to help students learn to think critically and
creatively about the process o f education and
the place o f education in society. To this end,
both its introductory and upper level courses
necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches
o f Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
Philosophy, and History. Because students
major in one o f the traditional disciplines,
courses in Education offer both an opportunity

to apply the particular skills o f one’s chosen
field to a new domain and interaction with
other students whose disciplinary approaches
may differ significantly from their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students who
seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency
is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of
the faculty whose members have established
criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry,
English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­
ish, and Social Studies. Individual programs
are developed in conjunction with departmental
representatives and members o f the Education
staff. There is no major in Education. All
students seeking certification must meet
Swarthmore College’s general requirements
for course distribution and a major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or
Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Education and Society, Educ. 47
f f Spring semester, 1984.

100

d. Education in America, Educ. 52
e. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ.
64
f. Urban Education, Educ. 68
g. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must attain
at least a grade point average of C in courses in
their major field o f certification and a grade of
C + or better in Introduction to Education in
order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­
tion, students must be recommended by their
major department and by their cooperating
teacher in Introduction to Education. Place­
ment o f students in schools for Practice
Teaching is contingent on successful interviews
with members o f the Education Program staff
and appropriate secondary school personnel.
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to certify

elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
Placements for students who do not desire
certification are also available in a variety of
special education or counseling settings.

14. Introduction to Education.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact of individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity to
determine their own interest in preparing to
teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand
experience in current elementary and second­
ary school practice. Field work is required.
Each semester. Staff.

16. Practice Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Edu­
cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice
teaching may be arranged for individuals not
seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.

17. C urriculum and M ethods Sem inar.
This course will consider theoretical and
applied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified
and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.

21. Educational Psychology.
(also listed as Psychology 21). This course will
focus on the psychological dimensions o f the
learning process in the classroom. Specific
issues will include: methods and styles of
learning; student motivation, social and emo­
tional climate o f the classroom, role problems
o f teachers, and individual diagnosis and
assessment. Field research is required.
Fall semester. Renninger.

23. Adolescence.
(also listed as Psychology 23). This course will
review recent studies o f adolescent develop­

ment as a basis for establishing a theoretical
framework. These, in turn, will be brought to
bear on adolescent behavior, especially in
schools and other social institutions. There
will be an emphasis on the relationship
between adolescence as a stage o f development
and the curriculum and programs o f the
institutions serving adolescents. The course
will include a component o f field observation
and research.
Spring semester. Renninger.

25. Counseling: Prin cip les and
Practice.
An introductory course focusing on theories,
techniques, and issues in school and agency
counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role
playing, and analysis o f case studies will
provide practical information and experience.
Recommended for students considering grad­
uate programs in educational counseling or
those planning to teach or do youth work in an
agency setting. Enrollment limited.
Spring semester. Vanni.

47. Education and Society:
The course will explore the social and cultural
functions and consequences o f formal and
informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and
unintended socialization within the school and
outside will be examined. A range of factors
which can promote or inhibit learning will be
explored and linked to educational perform­
ance. Topics include: school as an agent of
social mobility and its relationship with the
community; the school as a social system and
the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes of curricular
innovation. Students will be required to
conduct weekly field work in an educational
setting.
Not offered 1983-84.

52. Education in Am erica.
(also listed as History 52). A history of
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
orgins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Introductory level History course.
Not offered 1983-84. Bannister.

101

Education

64. Political Socializa tio n and Schools,
(also listed as Political Science 64). The course
will consider the development o f political
concepts, attitudes, and behavior in students
through the period o f formal education. The
inter-related but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media and critical
events in the socio-political system will be
examined; special emphasis will be given to the
formal and informal messages o f schooling.
The course will include a component of field
research.
Not offered 1983-84. Travers.

67. Special T o p ics in Child
Development: So cial Cognition.
(See Psychology 67 for description.)
Fall semester. Hirsh-Pasek.

68. Urban Education.
(also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68).

102

This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory
education, curricular innovation, community
control, bilingual education, and standardized
testing. The special problems and challenges
faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of
individuals and groups in a pluralistic society
will be examined using the approaches of
sociology, anthropology, and political science.
Current issues will also be viewed in historical
perspective. Field work is required.
Spring semester. Travers.

91. Special Topics.
W ith the permission o f the instructor, qualified
students may choose to pursue a topic of
special interest, which for thorough investiga­
tion will usually require field work as well as
research.
Each semester. Staff.

Engineering
CARL BARUS, Professor
DAVID L. BOWLER, Professori
H. SEARL DUNN, Professor
NELSON A. MACKEN, Professor and Chairman
SEYMO UR M ELM AN, Lang Visiting Professori\
M. JO SEPH WILLIS, Professor
FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Associate Professor
ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Assistant Professor
FARUQ M. A. SIDDIQUI, Assistant Professor
STEPHEN M. PLATT, Instructor

The professional practice o f engineering re­
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­
ods to the solution o f technical problems of
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
of engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
of the Department’s curriculum permits engi­
neering majors to take almost forty percent of
their course work at the College in the
humanities and social sciences. With careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire a
double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of
Science in Engineering and the Bachelor of

Arts in a second academic area in a four-year
course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, communi­
cations, instrumentation, strength of materials,
solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­
mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­
tories with on-line data acquisition and graphi­
cal display is the Department’s computer
laboratory which is equipped with two PDP
systems as well as with smaller digital and
analog computers. Excellent shop facilities for
both metal- and woodworking are available for
student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering
is accredited by the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.

Courses Available to Non-Majors
The Department offers courses in computer
education for students throughout the College;
courses numbered 21 through 27 serve this
purpose. Although Mechanics ( 6) is primarily
for prospective majors, other interested stu­
dents, particularly those interested in preparing
for a career in architecture, are encouraged to.
enroll. Problems in Technology (3,4) is de­
signed chiefly for students not contemplating
further work in engineering or the natural

sciences. Operations Research (57), and Envi­
ronmental Engineering (6 3 ) will also appeal to
many students majoring in other departments.
Students majoring in the physical sciences or
mathematics frequently enroll in advanced
engineering courses.
Students may minor in the External .Examina­
tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering
Department by taking appropriately related
advanced engineering courses as preparation

t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.
f t Spring semester, 1984.

103

Engineering

for external examinations. Generally the ad­
vanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites..

Program for Engineering Majors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion of
at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four
courses in the sciences including General
Physics 3 and 4, to be taken in the freshman
year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics,
including Math 5 and 6 to be taken in the
freshman year and Math 18, normally taken in
the sophomore year. The two unspecified
science courses in category (ii) and the mathe­
matics course in category (iii) may be chosen to
complement the student’s overall program of
study; in general, the Department recommends
Introduction to Chemistry (10) and Linear
Algebra (1 6 ) or Mathematical Statistics (2 3 )
or Differential Equations (30).
Within the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­
tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid
Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first
four courses are normally taken in the freshman
and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second
semester of the freshman year, Physical Systems
Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­
more year, and the remaining two in the second
semester of the sophomore year. In special
circumstances, however, students with ade­
quate preparation in mathematics and physics
can begin the engineering curriculum as late as
the second semester o f the sophomore year and
still complete all o f the core requirements and
elective work in the Department. The course
Engineering Design, the culminating experience
for engineering majors, is taken in the second
semester o f the senior year.
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced
work in the Department. These programs,
normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­
mitted to the Department when the student
formally applies for a major in engineering
during the spring semester o f the sophomore
year.
The program constitutes the student’s elected

104

field o f concentration which may or may not
conform closely to the traditional areas of
engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical,
mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for
advanced work, the Department requires a
coherent program that, in its judgment, meets
the student’s educational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required o f each major:
Problems in Technology I, II, Digital Compu­
ters I, II, Values and Ethics in Science and
Technology, Energy Policy, and Environmen­
tal Policy.
Several suggested fields of concentration follow:
(1) General civil engineering: Mechanics of
Solids, Structural Theory and Design, Soil
and Rock Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics,
and Operations Research. Students with a
particular interest in environmental topics
may replace several of the above courses
with Environmental Engineering or Solar
Energy Systems.
(2 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communication
Systems, and Control Theory and Design.
Students having an interest in digital
systems might replace one or more of
these courses with Digital Logic, Computer
Organization, Computer Systems, or Lab­
oratory Computer Applications.
(3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­
ics of Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­
ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat
Transfer, and Control Theory and Design.
Students with a special interest in the field
o f energy may wish to include Solar
Energy Systems or Energy Policy.
(4) Computer engineering and general compu­
ter science: Digital Logic, Computer Or­
ganization, Computer Systems, and Labor­
atory Computer Applications. Students
with an interest in computer hardware
may include Electronic Circuit Analysis
and Design I and II, or Control Theory and
Design. Courses in mathematics can be
used to broaden the theoretical foundation
of the program.

ENGINEERING
3,4. Problem s in Technology I and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth of understand­
ing o f technology and its impact by examining
in each semester a particular technology.
Technical considerations underlying policy
issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester
topics are: aspects o f the energy problem,
satellite communications, managing environ­
mental hazards, and developments in data
processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­
ratory. Credit may be given for either semester,
or both.

6. M echanics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion,
and stress transformations. Laboratory work is
related to experiments on deformable bodies.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

11,12. P h y sic a l S y ste m s A n a ly s is I and
II.
These courses are devoted to the study of
physical phenomena which may be represented
to a good degree o f approximation by a linear,
lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is
oriented mainly toward electrical devices and
the development o f mathematical techniques
for the analysis o f their linear behavior. EI2
(spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but
emphasis throughout both courses will be
placed upon the unity resulting from the
common mathematical representation and an­
alysis o f diverse physical systems. The content
o f E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural
and forced transient response, steady-state
harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­
vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in
circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­
ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree p f
freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­
mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and
matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the
eigen-value problem and state space techniques.
Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­

sions, energy methods, coupled modes o f
motion. Transition from many degree of
freedom systems to continuous systems; the
Fourier integral with applications to wave
motion.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both. Staff.

14. Experimentation for Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measurement
are presented and are related to engineering
design and research projects. Lectures present
probability theory and its applications in
experimentation. Topics include random vari­
ables, probability distributions, measurement
errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­
tical analysis o f experiments and simulated
experiments, and decision making with experi­
mental results. The laboratory section treats
the analysis o f measurement systems and
involves the experimental determination of
measurement system parameters.
Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrently)
Spring semester. Staff.

21. Digital Logic.
An introduction to the theory and design o f
digital logic circuits. Following a discussion o f
number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­
zation and realization techniques are studied
for combinational systems. The latter part o f
the course will be concerned with the treatment
o f sequential systems. Switching devices will be
characterized only as to their terminal behavior
and no consideration will be given to the
physical basis for their operation. The course is
intended for students with a good background
in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes
laboratory.
Fall semester.

22. Com puter Organization.
A study o f the ways in which the functional
units o f a typical digital computer may be
interconnected. Hardware implementation of
registers, counters, adders and the functional
units themselves. Micro-programmed control.
Characteristics o f the several types o f memory.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21.
Spring semester.

105

Engineering

23. Digital Com puters I: Program m ing
and Applications.

Prerequisite: Math 6 and E23 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

An introduction to problem solving by com­
puters. A high-level computer language will be
taught with a brief introduction to an assembly
language. Examples of computer applications
in education, industry, commerce, and govern­
ment will be presented. Extensive use o f the
Computing Center facilities.
Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science
and non-engineering majors. (Does not satisfy
distribution requirement.)
Fall semester.

34. V alues and Ethics in S cie n ce and
Technology

24. Digital Com puters II: Advanced
Com puter Applications.
Advanced features of programming languages;
use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting
and searching algorithms, file processing, oper­
ating systems, and introduction to simulation
languages and statistical packages.
Prerequisite: E23, or equivalent. Intended for
non-science and non-engineering majors.
Spring semester.

25. Laboratory Com puter Applications.
The study and selection of microprocessor
architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces
for use in laboratory instrumentation. The
laboratory exercises are designed for the
development o f a working microprocessorbased system.
Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. Intended
for engineering and science majors.
Fall semester.

26. Com puter Sy ste m s: O rganization
and Program m ing.
An introduction to the organization and sys­
tem design o f a small computer. Machine
language, addressing techniques, assembly lan­
guage, and macro instructions. Re-entrant and
recursive programming techniques. Input/output programming. Operating systems and
system interrupts. Extensive use of computer
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E23, or Mathematics 7 or equiv­
alent.
Spring semester.

27. Num erical Methods.
(Also listed as Mathematics 67). This course
will deal with the numerical solution o f various
mathematical problems, pure and applied. The
computer will be used extensively.

106

(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following:
historical and current attitudes toward tech­
nology; the nature of ethics; origins and impact
of professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering
professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi­
neers and scientists; values in the technological
society; forecasting and assessment o f techno­
logical growth; how policy decisions about
technology are made; the role o f personal
ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have completed the science
distribution requirement.
Spring semester. Barus.

35. S o la r Energy Syste m s.
Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design of systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms of solar energy.
Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems. Cost
functions are developed for use in economic
a ,essments. Techniques for system optimiza­
tion are discussed.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester. McGarity.

41. Therm ofluid M echanics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics;
first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas,
applications using system and control volume
formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics;
development of conservation theorems, hydro­
statics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid
motion. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester. Macken, Orthlieb.

57. Operations Research.
(Also listed as Economics 57). The principal
mathematical tools for optimal decision making
are presented and applied through case studies
from the private and public sectors. Topics
include assignment and transportation prob­
lems, linear and dynamic programming, deci­
sion making under uncertainty, game theory,

stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also,
the working principles o f engineering economy
are introduced and combined with operations
research topics. This course may precede or
follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­
gramming) for a strong introduction to the
theory and practice o f optimization. Normally
for sophomore and junior students.
Fall semester.

58. Control Theory and Design.
An introduction to the control of engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re­
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and
numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­
cludes design o f both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Dunn.

59. M e c h a n ic s of Solids.
This course deals with the internal stresses and
changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­
ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fail semester.

60. Structural Theory and Design I.
Principles o f structural analysis. Statically
determinate analysis o f frame and trusses.
Approximate analysis o f indeterminate struc­
tures. Introduction to indeterminate analysis.
Elements o f design o f steel and concrete
structural members. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6; E59 preferred.
Spring semester.

61. So il and R ock M echa n ics: Theory
and Design.
Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Subjects
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are
applied to engineering design problems. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

62. Structural Theory and D esign II.
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods of analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design of steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester; alternate years.

63. Environmental Engineering.
An introduction to the elements of water
quality managment. Effects o f human activities
on water quality and quantity. Environmental
impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of
natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water
quality models. Laboratory and field studies of
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or
engineering.
Fall semester. Willis.

64. Water Resources.
An introduction to the fundamentals o f water
resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­
drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are
included. Fundamentals are related to engi­
neering aspects of planning and designing water
resources projects. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended.
Spring semester.

66. Energy Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 66 and Eco­
nomics 66). Presentation and exploration, in
seminar format, o f political, economic, and
technological issues affecting development of
energy policy, and investigation of the influ­
ence o f energy policy on policymaking in other
areas. Possible topics include: development of
the U .S. energy bureaucracy, international political/economic decision-making and OPEC,
development and impact o f energy price
decontrol, economic and political aspects of
U.S. energy technology exports, economic and
environmental perspectives o f energy resource
development (renewable and otherwise). En­
rollment by permission o f instructors. Sug­
gested preparation includes Economics 1-2 and
Political Science 2 or 51.
Fall semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)

68. Environm ental Policy.
(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects

107

Engineering

require an understanding o f environmental
processes, including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prerequisites.
Spring semester. (Does not satisfy distribution
requirement.)

71. C ircuits and Syste m s.
Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and
other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear
system functions and their application to
system design, active systems and stability,
response to random signals, energy functions
and theorems, digital filters, state variable
analysis o f linear and non-linear systems,
optimization. Application o f theory to engi­
neering design. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Fall semester. Offered when demand and staffing
permit. Barus, Dunn.

73,74. Electronic Circuit A n a ly sis and
Design I and II.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics of semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. The remainder o f the year is
devoted to the study of analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use of
the circuit simulation program SPICE is empha­
sized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a
prerequisite for E74.
Bowler.

75. Electrom agnetic Theory.
Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment of magnetic,
dielectric and conducting materials. Forces,
motion, and energy storage. Field basis of
circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­
guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­
cludes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
18.
Fall semester. Barus.

78. Com m unication Syste m s.
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such topics
as information theory, coding, analog and

108

digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­
ing, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Batus.

81. Therm al Energy Conversion.
Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion
systems. Brief examination o f world energy
supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first
and second laws o f thermodynamics. Develop­
ment o f the concepts o f availability, reacting
and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­
clear reactions. Applications investigated in­
clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal
combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar
energy systems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198485. Macken.

82. Engineering M aterials.
Study o f the physical structure and properties
of a wide variety o f engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro­
scopic physical properties, and in-service per­
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plastics,
concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural
composites are considered, both with regard to
industrial processing and property modifica­
tion and to materials selection in engineering
design. Laboratory work includes exercises in
property testing and material selection, field
trips to materials-processing plants, and a
substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E59 (may be taken concurrently)
or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1984-85,
Orthlieb.

83. Fluid M echanics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the
conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy
are derived. These are then applied to the study

of flows of inviscid and viscous, incompressible
and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 198384 . Macken.

84. Heat Transfer.
A basic introduction to the physical phenomena
involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques
are presented together with empirical results to
develop tools for solving problems in heat
transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­
tion, boiling, condensation, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution o f conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1984-85.
Macken.

90. Engineering Design.
This project-oriented course serves as a cul­
minating exercise for all Engineering majors.
Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,

group projects are possible. At the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report and
make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.

91. Special Topics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable to
do so.

93. Directed Reading.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f engineering as an extension o f one o f his
or her courses.

96. Thesis.
With approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part of his or her program in
the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Examina­
tions in the following areas to be prepared for
by the combinations o f courses indicated.

Electronics

Energy Conversion

Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II

Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy Conversion

Digital S y ste m s
Digital Logic
Computer Organization, or Laboratory Com­
puter Applications

Water R e so u rce s Engineering

S y ste m s and Control

Structural M echa n ics

Circuits and Systems
Control Theory and Design

Mechanics of Solids
Structural Theory and Design

Environmental Engineering
Water Resources

Com m unications

M echa n ics of M ate rials

Electromagnetic Theory
Communication Systems

Mechanics of Solids
Engineering Materials

109

English Literature
T H O M A S H. BLACKBURN, Professor
LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre
HAROLD E. PAGLIARO, Professor*
SU SA N SNYDER, Professor
PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Professor and Chairman
CHARLES L. JA M E S, Associate Professor
M A R Y L. POOVEY, Associate Professor
CRAIG W ILLIAM SO N, Associate Professor*
ERIC A.G. BINNIE, Assistant Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre
PETER J. SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor^
NATHALIE F. ANDERSON, Instructor
ELIZARETH CHADWICK, Lecturer
M ARCEL L. CHERRY, Lecturer
JO ELLEN PARKER, Lecturer
ANDREA SUNUNU, Lecturer

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, and
some foreign literatures in translation. The
departmental curriculum is planned to provide
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production, in the intensive

study of works of major writers, the study of
literature of limited periods, and the study of
the development of literary types. The Depart­
ment also provides instruction in the tech­
niques o f writing, acting, and design for the
theatre.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course—English 2 through
13—or its equivalent by departmental ex­
amination, is the prerequisite for all other
courses in literature and theatre. (This prereq­
uisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it
required o f those who wish only to take studio
courses.) Introductory courses are character­
ized by syllabi with less reading than in
advanced courses, by frequent short papers,
and by considerable attention to class discus­
sion; they are viewed by the Department as
particularly appropriate for freshmen. Enroll­
ment will be limited to 25 students per course;
priority is given to freshmen and sophomores.
Students will not normally take a second
introductory course unless approved by the
instructor o f the first course. Only one such
course may be counted towards the major. The
minimum requirement for admission as a
major or as a minor in English is two semestercourses in the Department.

Ij. Absent on leave, 1983-84.

110

Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors
and prospective majors should consult a
member of the English Department for in­
formation about courses in other departments
complementary to their work in English; work
in foreign languages is especially recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course of professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should see
a member of the Department for early help in
planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature or
Medieval Studies. Students planning to qualify
for teacher certification in English are re­
minded that work in American literature and
in linguistics or the history o f the English
language is required in addition to other
requirements o f the major.

Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight
semester courses in the Department, including
Shakespeare (English 97), at least two courses
in literature written before 1800 (such courses
are marked with a *), and one course featuring
critical theory (such courses are marked with a
**). The Comprehensive Examination, taken
at the end o f the spring semester o f the senior
year, will be based on a list of major authors.
This list will be available to majors and
prospective majors at least two years before the
date o f the exam itself.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Department,
two o f which must be on subjects covered in
seminars in Group 1 or on other early material
decided upon after consultation with the
Department. Majors must also take a course or
seminar that features critical theory (such
courses and seminars are marked by **).
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.
Theatre Concentration: The work of a major in
Course with a concentration in Theatre con­
sists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in
the Department, including Shakespeare (Eng­
lish 97), Play Directing (English 78), Intro­
duction to Design (English 76), and one other
course in dramatic literature written before the
modern period. The remaining work in Theatre
may include studio courses to a maximum of
two credits. The Comprehensive Examination
in the Theatre Concentration (taken at the end
o f the spring semester of the senior year) will
consist o f two parts: 1 ) a take-home essay
describing solutions to artistic and critical
problems; 2) a regular three-hour examination
covering a reading list and some cultural/
historical aspects o f materials covered in
courses.
Students are urged to consult the announce­
ments o f other departments which offer courses
appropriate to the concentration. It is useful
for those anticipating a theatre concentration"
to plan their programs early to avoid possible
conflict with the twenty-course rule.

ration for further work and with applications
to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the
course is recommended. Does not meet the
distribution requirements. May be taken in
more than one semester, but for a maximum of
one and one half credits.
Each semester. Cherry.

IB. English for Foreign Students.
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds. Does not meet distribution require­
ments.
Each semester.

2. Scie n ce and the Literary
Imagination.
An introduction to the critical reading o f
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact of science
and scientific thinking on individual and
society.
Spring semester. Blackburn.

3. M a rria g e in Literature.
Marriage has been portrayed in literature as
comic and as tragic, as poetic and as prosaic; as
a topic, marriage involves at once the political,
economic, sexual, spiritual, and psychological
aspects o f human life. In this course we will
examine marriage as a theme in the works of
several major authors, including Chaucer,
Shakespeare, Austen, Bronte, Tennyson, and
Fitzgerald.
Each semester. Parker.

4. The Outsider.
Alienation as stance and theme in drama,
narrative, and lyric poetry: close study o f
works by Shakespeare, Milton, Marvell, Con­
rad, Charlotte Bronte, T. S. Eliot, and Margaret
Atwood.
Spring semester. Snyder.

5. Com ing of Age.
This course will deal with various treatments of
growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from
ancient Greece to contemporary America.
Writers to be studied include Sophocles,
Shakespeare, Dickens, Morrison and several
contemporary poets.
Fall semester. Poovey.

6. Rites of Passage .
1A. Expository W riting (Workshop).
Individual and group work as intensive prepa­

The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial

111

English Literature

changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously re­
flected in different literary modes, and will
examine the shared literary experience itself as
ritual process. Topics will include innocence
and experience, transition and stasis, commu­
nity and liminality, and the mediation of the
sacred and the profane. Major authors will
include the Beowulf poet, Blake, Shakespeare,
Conrad, and Lawrence.
Not offered 1983-84. Williamson.

7. Quest Rom ances.
Unlike tragedy (which dramatizes death) and
comedy (which dramatizes the pleasures of
reform), romance deals with the possibility of
rebirth and renewal. Versions o f romance will
be examined in works by Shakespeare, Dickens,
James, Yeats, Raymond Chandler, and Samuel
Beckett.
Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt.

8. The Iro nic Spirit.
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­
modates responses to fundamental contradic­
tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­
speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson,
Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison.
Fall semester. James.

9. Four Se c u la r M en of the Spirit.
A study of iconoclastic authors—Blake, Shaw,
Lawrence, and Heller—whose works attack
orthodox ways and offer moral alternatives as
necessary to human well-being.
Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro.

10. Ruin and Re-begetting.
An introduction to the artist who, through
skillful geometry and the power o f the word,
counters fragmentation, chaos, or oblivion.
Our study o f the imagery o f ruin and re­
begetting will include works by the Pearl poet,
Shakespeare, Donne, Herbert, Browne, Mel­
ville, Eliot, and Woolf.
Each semester. Sununu.

11. Figures in the Veil.
A study o f the phenomenon o f double­
consciousness in selected narratives and poetry
written by Afro-Americans since the Civil
War. Authors will include Chesnutt, W .E.B.
DuBois, Ellison, Hughes, Zora Hurston, J.W .
Johnson, and selected poets.
Spring Semester. James.

112

12. The Picaresque.
This course will consider the western devel­
opment of a resilient theme in literature:
adventures o f a rogue or scoundrel. The class
will identify structural and thematic concerns
typical of the literature of roguery and discuss
the theoretical problems involved in the
definition of literary genre. Readings will be in
English but will be drawn from more than one
linguistic tradition. Major authors will include
DeFoe, Twain, Jonson, Shakespeare, Byron,
and a choice among such twentieth-century
authors as Bellow, Kerouac, Ellison, and
Beckett.
Spring semester. Chadwick.

13. Studies in the Literature of
the Fantastic.
Drawing on writings of Freud, Jung, Bettelheim,
and others, this course will examine the literary
uses of folk and fairy tale material. Authors to
be studied will indude Shakespeare, Keats,
Bram Stoker, Yeats, Anne Sexton, and others.
Each semester. N. Anderson.

16. Su rv e y of English Literature, I.*
An historical and critical survey of poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro.

17. S u rv e y of English Literature, II.
An historical and critical survey of poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro.

19. Introduction to Old English:
Language, Literature, and Culture.*
The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with
an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. One day a week will be spent on
a cultural topic such as history, art, architecture,
religion, or Germanic traditions. The latter
part o f the course will be devoted entirely to
the study o f Old English poetry. W ith the
permission of the instructor this course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;
however, it may not serve in the place o f a
prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Not offered 1983-84. Williamson.

21. M edieval English Literature.*
The course is a survey o f English literature,
primarily poetry, from the 8th through the

15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and
Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays,
Everyman, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s
LeMorte d’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury
Tales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge o f Middle English is
required.
Not offered 1983-84. Williamson.

22. Satire.
This examination of satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­
phasis is placed on distinguishing between two
main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two
different types of satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Petronius,
Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain,
Huxley, and Ishmael Reed.
Spring semester. James.

23. Stu d ie s in English Fiction.
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce.
Fall semester. Weinstein.

24. Female Voices, Feminine W iles.
An examination o f novels in which 19th and
20th century women writers explore issues
central to women and attempt to create a
female literary tradition. Topics we will discuss
include Anger and its Relationship to Power,
Mother-Daughter Relationships, Madness and
Monstrosity, and Women’s Place in Language
and Literary History. Authors to be studied
include Shelly, Austen, Bronte, Eliot, W oolf,
Rhys, Lessing, and Drabble.
Fall semester. Poovey.

25a, 25b. Shakespeare.
(Advanced courses for non-majors, with nor­
mal prerequisites for admission.) Each course
will be complete in itself, will aim at covering a
wide range o f Shakespeare’s career, and will
avoid duplicating material used in the other
course. (Students may take both 25a and 25b.)
Fall semester, 25a—Henry IV Parts 1 and 2 , Henry
V, Midsummer Night’s Dream, Merchant o f
Venice, As You Like It, Measure for Measure,
Othello, King Lear, Coriolanus, The Tempest.
Blackburn.
Spring semester, 25b—Richard III, Richard II,

Much Ado about Nothing, Romeo and Juliet,
Twelfth Night, Troilus and Cressida, Hamlet,
Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Julius Caesar,
The Winter’s Tale.
Binnie.

27. Theory of the Novel.**
An examination of various novel types and
conventions, the interpretive problems raised
by the genre, and some of the critical ap­
proaches contemporary theorists have taken to
these problems. Novelists to be read include
Defoe, Sterne, Austen, Bronte, Conrad, and
Nabokov. This course will be a Writing Course
o f 1.5 credits (see p. 52).
Fall semester. Poovey.

29. The Black Am erican Writer.
This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and " antipastoral” as thesis and
antithesis. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Not offered 1983-84. James.

31. Chaucer.*
Reading in Middle English of most of Chaucer’s
major poetry with emphasis on The Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course
attempts to place the poetry in a variety of
critical and cultural contexts—both medieval
and modem—which help to illuminate Chaucer’s
art.
Not offered 1983-84. Williamson.

33. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.*
Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Fall semester. Snyder.

34. R e n aissa n ce Com parative
Literature.*
Humanism and "Counter-Renaissance” devel­
opments in major writings o f Renaissance
Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabelais, Petrarch,
Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Marguerite de
Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and Cervantes
(all studied in translation).
Not offered 1983-84. Snyder.

35. Tudor-Stuart Drama.*
Development o f the English drama in the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

113

English Literature

36. Milton.*
Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular
emphasis on Paradise Lost. This course will be a
Writing Course o f 1.5 credits, (see p. 49).
Spring semester. Blackburn.

37. Eighteenth-Century Literature.*
A study o f English prose and poetry from
1660-1800, with attention given to the cultural
and intellectual setting.
Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro.

38. Rom antic Poetry.
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure of their works.
Not offered 1983-84. Pagliaro.

39. im age s of Women in the
Eighteenth-Century Novel.*
An examination o f selected eighteenth-century
novels which focus on the maturation o f a
young woman. We will read novels by both
men and women in an attempt to discover
major cultural stereotypes and the extent to
which these stereotypes were internalized or
resisted. Writers to be studied include Defoe,
Richardson, Rousseau, Burney, Wollstonecraft,
and Austen.
Not offered 1983-84. Poovey.

40. Topics in A m erican Literature.
A survey o f several enduring issues in American
'literature, among them the myth o f the selfmade man or woman, the "plain style” in prose
and poetry, and the concept of manifest destiny
in Puritan, Deist, and Romantic historiography.
The reading will include a variety o f texts, from
autobiographies, histories, essays, diaries, and
political tracts, to poems and fiction. Among
the authors we will study this year are the
Puritans Bradstreet, Winthrop, Taylor, and
Edwards; the Deists Franklin, Jefferson, and
Paine; and Douglass, Hawthorne, Emerson,
Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, Cho­
pin, and Fitzgerald.
Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt.

41. Stu d ie s in A m erican Fiction.**
A sustained examination of Faulkner’s major
novels, from a variety of critical perspectives
that draw on the following orientations: textual,
New Critical, psychological, mythopoeic, so­
ciological, philosophical, and structuralist/
post-structuralist.
Spring semester. Weinstein.

114

42. Em inence and Decadence:
The Victorian Poets.
A study o f the poetry of Tennyson, Robert and
Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Meredith,
the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with particu­
lar attention to each artist’s response to the
stresses of the era.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

43. Contem porary Poetry.
An examination of representative volumes by
contemporary British and American poets,
including the famous (Lowell’s Life Studies,
Plath’s Ariel), the infamous (Ginsburg’s Howl,
Hughes’s Crow), and the relatively obscure
(Forche’s The Country Between Us).
Not offered 1983-84. N. Anderson.

44. Twain, Faulkner, Richard Wright,
and Flannery O’Connor.
Selected works, with emphasis on Faulkner.
The course will focus on the ways in which the
writer’s imagination confronts some o f the
ideals and contradictions o f American life
(with special attention to relations between
blacks and whites).
Not offered 1983-84. Weinstein.

45. M odern A m erican Poetry.
Selected poems and prose by Williams, Pound,
Stevens, and Moore, with special attention
given to how each poet invents early, middle,
and late styles.
Not offered 1983-84. Schmidt.

46. M odern Rritish Poetry.
A consideration o f the major British poets
from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular
attention given to each poet’s individual
response to the circumstances o f modern life.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

47. The Contem porary Rlack W riter of
the United States.
An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into
metaphor, ritual, and motif by comtemporary
Afro-Americans. Writers discussed will include
Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Morrison,
Alice Walker, and selected poets.
Fall semester. James.

48. M odern Drama.
See CEL 48. An examination of the range o f
dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical
theories and production styles since Ibsen.
Fall semester. Devin.

49. The Am erican Autobiography.
In addition to an examination of the creative
impulse to order that is key to the nature and
form o f autobiography, this course suggests
pairings o f interrelated black and white auto­
biographies. Writers include Benjamin Frank­
lin, W .E.B. DuBois, Mark Twain, Gertrude
Stein, Henry Adams, Richard Wright, Mal­
colm X, and Maya Angelou.
Not offered 1983-84. James.

50. The M odern English Novel.
Study o f the development o f the modern novel
beginning with James and continuing to the
present.
Spring semester.

51. Contem porary Am erican Prose.
An examination of the myriad regional accents,
aims, and styles—from documentary realism
to symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­
ican prose since World War II. Writers to be
studied include Eudora Welty, Peter Taylor,
Vladimir Nabokov, Thomas Pynchon, Donald
Barthelme, Ann Beattie, Raymond Carver,
Toni Morrison, and John McPhee.
Not offered 1983-84 . Schmidt.

54. Proust, Joyce, and Faulkner.
Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things
Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses
entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis
on fictional autobiography, the writers’ pre­
occupation with time and the past, and the
ideological and formal tenets of modernism.
Not offered 1983-84 . Weinstein.

55. The Black African Writer.
This study gives particular attention to the way
black African writers portray Africa emerging
from the age o f myth—where the conceptuali­
zation o f time shaped and was shaped by a
traditional way o f life—into a conception of
time as we know it in our industrialized culture.
Readings will be chosen from works written in
English and in translation, including Achebe,
Armah, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, and
Soyinka.
Spring semester. James.

56. Fictions of Am erican Naturalism .
This course examines several important at­
tempts by American writers of fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­

verged in their imaginations. Writers will
include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore
Dreiser, W . D. Howells, Jack London, Frank
Norris, and Richard Wright.
Fall semester. James.

57. The Nineteenth-Century English
Novel.
A study o f the development of the novel during
the Romantic and Victorian periods. The
novelists discussed will include Austen, the
Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Trollope,
and Hardy.
Fall semester. Parker.

58. Introduction to A n glo -Irish
Literature.
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings from
The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from
Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Spring semester. Durkan.

60. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop.
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week for
three hours. In addition to receiving practical
help from fellow writers, students have an
opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­
cal aspects of fiction writing. Students should
submit one story for admission, at a time
announced during the fall semester. Admission
and credit are granted at the discretion of the
instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Williamson.

61. Poetry W orkshop.
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
We will emphasize the discovery and develop­
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns,
within the context o f contempory poetics.
Students should submit 3-5 pages of poetry for
admission, at a time announced during fall
semester. The workshop will meet once a week
for three hours. Admission and credit are
granted at the discretion of the instructor.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

62. Theatre: Play w riting W orkshop.
Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by some reading and analysis

115

English Literature

o f appropriate models. Students should submit
a completed one-act play in the fall preceding
the semester they wish to take the course.
Admission and credit are granted at the
discretion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Devin.

scenes. The class meets three days a week, and
some Sunday evenings; it may be repeated for
credit with the instructor’s permission. Pre­
requisite: Techniques of Acting. One semester
course credit. (Studio course)
Fall semester. Devin and Binnie.

71. Theatre: Techniques of Acting.

75b. Theatre: Ensem ble II.

Identification and exploration o f some funda­
mental acting techniques through exercise and
scene study, including rehearsal practice, scene
analysis, and warm-up. (Studio course)
Fall semester. Devin.

Study and rehearsal o f a full-length play.
Tryouts as announced. One semester course
credit. This course may be repeated with the
instructor’s permission. (Studio course)
Spring semester. Devin and Binnie.

72. Theatre: Scene Study.

76. Theatre: Introduction to Design.

A studio for intermediate and advanced actors.
Emphasis on scene study o f scripted material,
using exercises, improvisations and studio
games as tools for character development and
interaction. One-half semester course credit.
Prerequisite: English 71 or the instructor’s
permission. This course may be repeated for
credit, with the instructor’s permission. (Studio
course)
Each semester. Devin.

73. Theatre: Production W orkshop.
Introduction to theatre technology: problems
in lighting, costume, sound, and scene design.
One-half semester course credit. This work­
shop may be repeated for credit with the
instructor’s permission. NOTE: Two sections
o f this course are offered each semester. Each
section will be devoted to different aspects of
technology selected from those mentioned
above. Interested students should consult with
the instructor in choosing the section appro­
priate to their interests. (Studio course)
Each semester. Binnie.

74. Theatre: Topics in Theatre History.
An historical approach to dramatic literature
and its performance. Social and intellectual
backgrounds, together with theatre architecture
and technology, as they influence dramatic
artists and the audience.
Not offered 1983-84.

75a. Theatre: Ensem ble I.
An intensive course in theatre technique
consisting o f a rehearsal and performance of
scenes in association with classes in dramatic
literature, principally Shakespeare. Members
o f the ensemble deliver short presentations on
the performance history o f selected plays, and
work with the literature classes preparing

116

The theoretical and historical foundations of
contemporary theatrical design. Lab work
investigates theory through the practical appli­
cation o f basic techniques.
Fall semester. Binnie.

77. Theatre: Advanced Design.
An intensive course in theatre technique
consisting o f rehearsal and performance of
literature. Development o f design presentation
techniques through lab work. Normally offered
on an individual basis to qualified students
completing an actual design project for produc­
tion. Prerequisite: English 76, or the instruc­
tor’s permission.
Spring semester. Binnie.

78. Theatre: Play Directing.
Analysis o f dramatic literature for production.
Exploration o f performance and production
possibilities. Lab sessions held jointly with
Theatre: Design. Prerequisite: one credit of
studio course work in theatre, or the instruc­
tor’s permission.
Spring semester. Devin.

83. Restoration and EighteenthCentury Dram a.*
An examination of the English theatre in search
o f a new identity of purpose, genre and style,
following eighteen years o f Puritan suppres­
sion, focusing on plays by Dryden, Wycherley,
Congreve, Gay, Goldsmith, and Sheridan, with
appropriate attention to related developments
in English opera and visual arts.
Fall semester. Binnie.

85. European Rom anticism .
(Crosslisted CEL 85 ). The class will elaborate a
definition of literary romanticism in a European
context. W e will consider popular forms such
as ballads and folk tales, as well as hymns,

poems, gothic and epistolary novels, and
drama. Discussion o f such themes as Orien­
talism, medievalism, the supernatural and the
scientific. Authors include: Shakespeare, Words­
worth and Coleridge, Shelley, E.T.A. Hoffman,
Goethe, Novalis, Chateaubriand, Beckford,
Constant, Foscolo. All texts available in trans­
lation; students with working knowledge of
French and German are encouraged to read in
the original language.
Fall semester. Chadwick.

86. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
An introduction to the major forms of folklore
and selected forms of folklife materials. The
course includes the study o f myth, legend,
folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other
verbal arts including folk music. It explores
superstition, witchcraft, magic and popular
beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore
in highly industrialized modern societies as
well as in traditional ones. Crosslisted as
History 86.
Spring semester. Morgan.

93. Directed Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by way
of application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the receipt
of written applications are the second Monday
in November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.

96. Criticism /Theory Colloquium .**
A study of some o f the theoretical and practical
problems of representation. Texts will include
plays and narratives by such authors as
Shakespeare, Artaud, and Ann Beatty and

theorists such as Freud, Derrida, Barthes, and
Foucault. W e will also examine films and live
performances. Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Devin and Poovey.

97. Sh akesp e are Conference.
(for course majors only) Study o f at least
twenty-two plays, tracing the development of
Shakespeare’s craftsmanship and ideas. Re­
quired of course majors in the Department,
who meet weekly in small groups during the
fall semester. Students should read through the
plays before beginning the course.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Staff.

98,99. Sen io r Essay, Sen io r Thesis.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a literary
project (English 98) o f their own choosing.
The major part o f the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the
supervision o f a member o f the Department. A
brief prospectus for the project must be
submitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting this
prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.
The project, culminating in an essay (or essays)
o f 20-25 pages, will be completed in December
o f the senior year. Students who do well on this
project and wish to develop it into a compre­
hensive thesis will take English 99 in the spring
semester. The work on the thesis will normally
deepen or expand work completed during the
fall; the relation o f the thesis to the fall essay
(essays) will o f course vary according to the
nature o f the student’s project.

Courses Projected for Subsequent Years:
52. Representations of W om en’s
Identity.
53. Pro u st and Joyce.

59. Religion and Literature.
82. Colloquium: The Harlem
Renaissance.

117

English Literature

SEMINARS
Group I
101. Shakespeare.
Study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading of the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through all
the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Staff.

102. Chaucer and M edieval Literature.
A survey o f English literature, primarily
poetry, from the 8th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beowulf and other selected Old English
poems, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Chaucer’s Troilus and Criseyde and a major
portion of The Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman,
Pearl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and
portions o f Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Back­
ground readings will include selections from
Andreas Capellanus and Boethius. Works in
Chaucerian dialect will be read in Middle
English; other works will be read in translation
or in modernized versions.
Fall semester, 1984. Williamson.

104. Milton.
Study of Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Spring semester, 1985. Blackburn.

105. Tudor-Stuart Drama.
The development o f English drama from
medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy
and comedy.
Not offered 1983-84. Blackburn.

106. R e n aissan ce Epic.
The two major English epics of the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context of the work of
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered.
Spring semester 1984. Snyder.

108. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.
Poetic modes and preoccupations of the
English Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Not offered 1983-84. Snyder.

109. Eighteenth-Century Literature.
Examination of the literary forms and critical
values of the age, with special attention given to
the works of Dry den, Swift, Pope, and Johnson.
Spring semester, 1985. Pagliaro.

Group II
110. The Rom antic Poets.
Examination of the poetry o f Blake, Words­
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fall semester, 1984. Pagliaro.

112. The Nineteenth-Century English
Novel.
Studies in four novelists: Austen, Dickens,
Eliot, and Hardy.
Spring semester, 1985.

113. The M odern Novel.
Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad,
Joyce, and Woolf.
Spring semester, 1984.

115. M odern Com parative Literature.
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to
the present. Students are advised to read

118

Ulysses before taking the seminar. Fall and
Spring reading lists will be different.
Each semester. Weinstein.

116. Am erican Literature.
This year, Emerson, Whitman, Hawthorne,
and James. The writers will be studied individ­
ually, but they will also be considered as
"fathers and sons” in literary history: Emerson
and Hawthorne as the parental figures, W hit­
man and James as their progeny.
Fall semester, 1984. Schmidt.

118. M odern Poetry.
A study of the poetry and critical prose of
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

119. M odern Dram a.**
A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. The seminar will visit
various theatres, meet with actors and direc­
tors, and shape appropriate acting exercises.
Secondary readings on dramatic theory, criti­
cism, and intellectual history relevant to the
plays under discussion will be assigned each
week.
Spring semester, 1985. Devin and Williamson.

120. Theory of C riticism .**
A course designed to provide a working
knowledge o f the major schools of contempo­
rary criticism. In addition to questions of
interpretation, issues addressed by these critics
include the nature o f language, the formation
o f the literary canon, and the social and
political role o f the critic. Theories to be
studied include New Criticism, Structuralism,
Post-structuralism, Psychoanalysis, Feminism,
and Marxism.
Spring semester, 1984. Poovey.

121. M odern Black Fiction.
A comparative approach to black fiction o f the
United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. This

study attempts a unity o f themes arising out of
shared experiences o f heritage and exile—exile
from sources, tradition, and landscape. Empha­
sis will be on works by Wright, Baldwin, and
Morrison (U .S.A .), Achebe and Tutuola (Ni­
geria McKay and Harris (Caribbean).
Not offered 1983-84. James.

180. Thesis.
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than the
end o f the junior year. Normally, the student
writes the thesis, under the direction o f a
member o f the Department, during the fall of
the senior year.
Staff.

183. independent Study.
Students may prepare for an Honors Examina­
tion in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead­
lines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.

119

History
ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor and Chairman!
J A M E S A. FIELD, JR., Professor*
BERNARD S. SM ITH , Professor
JERO M E H. WOOD, JR., Professor*
HARRISO N M. WRIGHT, Professor and Provost§
MARGARET ANDERSON, Associate Professor
ROBERT S. DU PLESSIS, Associate Professor
LILLIAN M. LI, Associate Professor
KATHRYN L MORGAN, Associate Professor
M ARJO RIE MURPHY, Assistant Professor
ANDREW M. VERNER, Instructor
LEE V. CASSANELLI, Visiting Lecturerff

COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Department o f History offers a range of
courses o f value to all students, from surveys to
more specialized courses focusing on a specific
period, theme, or subfield. All courses attempt
to give students a sense o f the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments which have pro­
duced the world of today, and an understanding
o f the nature of history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation o f
data than the investigation, from various
points of view, o f those ideas and institutions—
political, religious, social, and economic—by
which people have endeavored to order their
world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range o f upper-level courses. Freshman sem­

inars explore particular issues or periods in
depth. Although these entry-level courses vary
somewhat in approach, they normally consider
major issues of interpretation, the analysis o f
primary sources, and historical methodology.
Prerequisites: Surveys (numbered one through
nine) are open to all students without pre­
requisites. Freshman seminars are open only to
freshmen on the same basis. Upper-level
courses are generally open to all students who
have taken a survey in the same area, or who
have Advanced Placement scores o f 3-5 in the
same area, or by permission o f the instructor
based on work in fields related to the subject of
the course. Exceptions are courses "not open
to freshmen" or where specific prerequisites
are stated. For courses not clearly in the area of
one of the surveys, please consult the instructor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission to
the Department as a major in the Course of
External Examination (Honors) Program or as
a minor in the Honors program is normally at
least two History courses taken at Swarthmore
and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
courses. At least one o f these history courses
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983.
f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.
§ On administrative leave, 1983-84.

120

should be taken within the History Department,
and preferably two for admission to Honors.
Ideally preparation for the major should in­
clude at least one survey, and either a freshman
seminar or upper-level course. Students who
intend to continue their studies after graduation
should bear in mind that a reading knowledge

^Absent on leave, 1983-84.
f t Spring semester, 1984.

o f one or two foreign languages (particularly
French and German) is now generally assumed
for admission to graduate school.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
normally no more than eleven) semester
courses in the department plus a thesis, chosen
so as to fulfill the following requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain departmental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe through the 18th century; (2)
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa, Asia,
and Latin America. Course majors must
take at least one course from each o f these
areas. Beyond that, majors are encouraged
to concentrate informally in topics or
areas of special interest to them, including

at least three courses in the area o f the
senior thesis.
(b) Course majors must take History 91
(Junior Seminar) in the spring o f the
junior year. This course considers the
nature and methods o f historical research,
and involves the writing o f an historio­
graphical essay related to the topic o f the
senior thesis.
(c) Course majors in the fall o f the senior year
complete a single credit thesis (History
9 2 ) on the topic developed in the junior
seminar.
Major and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs.
Majors in the Honors Program may take either
three or four seminars in the Department.
Minors in the Honors Program are ordinarily
expected to take at least two seminars.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
Advanced Placement. The Department will
automatically grant one semester’s credit for
incoming students who have achieved a score
o f 5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This
credit may be counted toward the number of
courses required for graduation. It may be used
in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution
requirements. For majors, it may serve as
partial fulfillment o f the departmental distri­
bution requirements listed above. Grades o f 3
and 4 may serve as prerequisite for advanced
courses in history in the same area (European
or American) as the Advanced Placement
course.
Language Attachment. Certain designated
courses offer the option of a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per­
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises the
profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this option
should be made with the instructor at the time
o f registration.

1. Early Europe.
Europe from the rise o f Christianity to the end

o f the Middle Ages. This course will stress the
uses o f primary sources.
Fall. Smith.

2. Early M odern Europe.
From the late Middle Ages to the mid­
eighteenth century, focusing on intellectual
movements, varieties o f state formation, and
economic and social change.
Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis.

3A. M odern Europe.
A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,
institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modern Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise o f the modern nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Spring. Anderson.

3B. M odern European Society and
Culture.
An introduction to the history o f major ideas
and intellectual movements in relation to social
realities and political action from the eighteenth
to the twentieth century. Changing conceptions

121

History

o f the individual, state, and society are exam­
ined in historical context.
Fail. Verner.

4. Latin Am erica.
The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Empha­
sis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina,
and on recent attempts at radical transformation.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

5. The United State s to 1877.
The colonial experience and the emergence o f
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
systems; humanitarianism and social control in
the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil War,
and Reconstruction.
Fall. Bannister.

6. The United State s sin c e 1877.
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring. Murphy.

7. African-A m erica n History.
A survey of the African-American experience
from its African background to the present.
Topics will include politics, economics, educa­
tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected
forms o f expressive culture.
Fall. Morgan.

8. Africa.
A survey o f African history since 1800.
Themes include nineteenth century political
change; Islamic reform and revolution; the
scramble for Africa; the culture o f colonization
and independence; roots o f ethnic and "tribal
conflict. Examples to be drawn from north and
sub-Saharan Africa.
Spring. Cassanelli.

9. C hinese Civilization.
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul­
ture—language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts of
Asia will be examined briefly.
Fall. Li.

122

IOA. Freshm an Sem inar:
The Crusades.
The history o f the crusading movement from
its beginnings in eleventh century papal ideol­
ogy through the fall o f Constantinople to the
Turks in 1453. The emphasis will be less on the
military campaigns than on West European
political and social change brought about by
exposure to Islam. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with Advanced Placement
score o f 3 or more in European History.
Fall. Smith.

IOB. Freshm an Sem inar: The Third
Reich and the Holocaust.
An intensive examination o f the origins,
ideology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its
extension across Europe, and responses of
victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to freshmen entering with Advanced
Placement score o f 3 or more in European
History.
Fall. Anderson.

C la s s ic s 21. Ancient Greece.
(See listing under Department of Classics.)

C la s s ic s 31. H istory of Greece.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

C la s s ic s 32. The Rom an Republic.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

C la s s ic s 42. Greece in the Fifth
Century B.C.
(See listing under Department of Classics.)

C la s s ic s 44. The Rom an Empire.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

11. Early M edieval Europe.
The history of western Europe from the
accession o f Diocletian to the last Carolingians.
Fall. Smith.

12. Later M edieva l Europe.
The history o f western Europe from the tenth
to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on the
role o f the Papacy.
Spring. Smith.

13. England to 1509.
The political, cultural, and religious history of
England from the Roman occupation to the
accession o f Henry VIII.
Spring. Smith.

14. M edieval European Intellectual
History.
The history o f ideas in western Europe from
the fifth to the fourteenth century, with
roughly equal attention being paid to the
development o f political theory, theology,
philosophy, education, and science.
Spring. Smith.

15. M edieval European Historiography.
Writings on history, from Augustine to Frois­
sart, and the Middle Ages, from the fifteenth
century to the present, will be studied. The
course’s purpose is to identify changes in each
period’s conception of the Middle Ages.
Not offered 1983-84. Smith.

16. The Twelfth Century.
A study of the most rapid period o f change in
the Middle Ages, seen through the careers of
six representative figures: Abelard, Bernard,
Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis VII, and
Pope Alexander III.
Not offered 1983-84. Smith.

19. The Renaissance.
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and early
sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to the
political, economic and social context. Empha­
sis on cultural developments including human­
ism, art, historiography, and political thought.
Christian humanism and the adoption of as­
pects of the Renaissance cultural achievement
in other parts of Europe are also considered.
Optional Language Attachment: French.
Fall. DuPlessis.

23. Tudor and Stuart England.
The transformation o f England in the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma­
tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics
include the Tudor polity, political revolt and
the emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the
recasting of the social structure, the rise o f a
capitalist economy, and the course of religious
conflict and change.
Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis.

24. The R ise of Capitalism.
The transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the
fourteenth to the nineteenth centuries. Empha­
sis on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma­
tion, restructuring of industrial production,
expansion of the market, class formation,

economic thought, and ideology. Analysis of
theories about the origins o f capitalism and
industrialization. Some discussion of devel­
opment in Eastern Europe, but most attention
is given to Western Europe, particularly
England and France.
Fall. DuPlessis.

25. Women, Society and Change in
M odern Europe.
A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the twentieth century.
Issues to be considered include working women
in preindustrial and industrial economies,
family life, sexuality and reproduction, wom­
en’s collective action, the rise of feminism.
Optional Language Attachment: French.
Spring. DuPlessis.

29. Victorian England.
England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor, and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures of the
age.
Fall. Anderson.

31. Revolutions and Revolutionaries.
Comparison o f the revolutions in France,
Germany, and Russia from the late eighteenth
to the early twentieth century. Old regime state
and social structure, values and aspirations of
masses, crowd behavior and changing nature of
collective violence, revolutionary terror, role
o f charismatic leadership, spontaneity versus
organization.
Not offered 1983-84. Verner.

32. Europe of the Dictators,
1914-1945.
The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on
the social and political fabric of Europe; the
interaction o f domestic and international con­
flict; the crisis of industrial capitalism; national­
ism, militarism, racism; the first effective
experiments in the use o f ideology, technology,
and terror as means of social control.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1983-84. Anderson.

33. The European Left.
Leftist movements and ideologies in the nine­
teenth and twentieth centuries from preMarxian socialism to post-Leninist commun­

123

History

ism. Topics include the changing nature of
social protest, the transformation from corpo­
rate to class society, "utopian and scientific’*
Marxism, anarchism, trade unionism and elec­
toral politics, class consciousness and mass
action, war and revolution, the responsibilities
and alienation o f power.
Spring. Verner.

35. Culture and Politics of M odern
France.
An examination o f nation, citizen, and class
from the July Monarchy to the Fifth Republic.
Topics include the revolution of 1848, middle
classes and bourgeois culture, rise o f the
working class, Bonapartism and Commune,
Republican synthesis and stability, radicals and
the church, anti-Semitism, polarization and
disintegration, World War II—collaboration
and resistance, rebirth of the republic and end
of empire, Gaullism.
Fall. Verner.

36. M odern Germany.
The development of Germany from a collection
o f small towns and small states to the lynch-pin
o f the present European balance of power.
Topics will include: the formation o f an
imperial state and its grasp for world power;
the conflict between agrarian ideals and indus­
trial imperatives; democratization and the
search for a national identity; cultural efflores­
cence and political breakdown; the youth
movement, anti-semitism, and National Social­
ism; divided Germany and the "undigested"
Germany past.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Spring. Anderson.

37. M odern Russia.

tionalism and religious toleration; the emer­
gence o f a new social structure; racism and
ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

42. The A m erican Revolution.
The conflict between intensive self-government
in the colonies and English ideas and projects
for empire; the revolt against colonial status
and the elaboration o f a "republican" ethos
and "republican" institutions, 1763-1789.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

43. Je ffe rso n ia n ism and the Am erican
Experience.
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu­
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

44. Am erica in the P ro g re ssiv e Era,
1896-1920.
Modernization, social control, and the rise of
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism
and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
and birth control, the women’s movement,
social science and the rise o f the "expert,"
advertising and the roots of consumerism.
Not offered 1983-84. Bannister.

45. The United States Sin ce 1945.
The Cold War and McCarthy ism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza­
tion, technological change and mass society;
the New Left and the counterculture; Civil
Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation;
Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet­
nam; revival on the Right.
Spring. Murphy.

From the end o f serfdom to the demise of
Khrushchev: A century o f continuity and
change in the history o f Tsarist and Soviet
Russia. Topics include the role of the autocratic
state, the intelligentsia tradition, bureaucratic
reform and reaction, the transformation o f an
agrarian economy, the dilemma o f Russian
liberalism, origins o f Russian Marxism and the
nature o f Russia’s revolutions, Leninism versus
Stalinism.
Spring. Verner.

46. Topics in A m erican Intellectual
History.

41. The A m erican Colonies.

47. Am erica and the Worlih to 1900.

The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­
ment o f representative government; denomina-

The American role in world affairs from the
Revolution through the War with Spain;
independence and westward expansion; ideo-

124

Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Tentative topic for 1984-85: Science and
Society. Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1983-84. Bannister.

logical and economic interaction with Europe
and the outer world; the growth o f industrial
power and the problem o f "imperialism.”
Spring. Field.

48. Am erica and the Wbrld: sin ce 1900.
New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the
Far East; the expansion o f American economic
and cultural influence; two world wars and the
effort to prevent a third; the American "chal­
lenge” and the American "empire.”
Not offered 1983-84. Field.

49. A m erican Econom ic History.
(Also listed as Economics 49 .) Economic
development from the colonial period to the
New Deal with emphasis on patterns of
growth, the quantitative expansion o f the
economy, changing institutional and social
structure, and the culminating economic and
social crises o f each stage o f development.
May be taken for History credit only by those
who have satisfied the departmental prerequisites.
Not offered 1983-84. Weiman (Department of
Economics).

52. Education in Am erica.
(Also listed as Education 52.) A history of
primary, secondary, and higher education in
America from the European and colonial
origins to the present. The course will consider
both theory and practice within the context of
American society and culture, and in relation
to other agencies o f socialization.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Bannister.

1

1

53. Black Culture and Black
C o n sciou sn e ss.
j

Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century America.
Prerequisite: History 5 , 6,7 , or 8, or permission
of the instructor.

I
J

Spring. Morgan.

54. Women, Society, and Politics.

teenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include:
the labor process in the pre-industrial village,
mill operatives in New England towns, com­
pany towns in the making o f steel, the city and
economic diversity, industrial neighborhoods
and ethnic conflict, suburbanization and white
collar work.
Fall. Murphy.

56. Ex-Slave Narratives.
An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship of the narratives to
the understanding o f the black experience in
the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5 , 6,7, or 8, or the permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Morgan.

57. Oral History.
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to
modern life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion of an
original research project that involves the
collection, classification, and analysis of data
selected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk religion,
the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done o ff campus.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­
sion o f instructor.
Fall. Morgan.

58. The World of W.E.B. DuBois.
A study o f DuBois’ thought on important
issues as reflected in a selection o f his creative
writings, speeches, addresses, and major histor­
ical works. Topics include DuBois’ views on
the economic and political position o f blacks in
the United States, on Pan Africanism, and on
imperialism.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6, 7, or 8, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Fall. Morgan.

Women in American society from the colonial
Religion 17. H istory of Religion in
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of Am erica.
(See listing under Department of Religion.)
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resistance
to women’s rights. Not open to freshmen.
Religion 18. Quakerism .
Fall. Murphy.
(See listing under Department o f Religion.)

I

55. W ork and Community in the
Am erican P a s t

63. South Africa.
A survey of South African history with an

Industrialization and urbanization in the nine­

125

History

emphasis on Bla^ck-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Not offered 1983-84. Wright.

66. T opics in Latin A m erican History.
Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year. Topic
for spring 1985: Revolution and Social Change
in twentieth century Latin America.
Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission of the
instructor.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

67. The African in Latin Am erica.
The history o f black people in French, Portu­
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emancipa­
tion, the contemporary scene. Special attention
will be given to the impact o f African civiliza­
tion on Latin countries, as well as to compara­
tive analysis o f the experience of blacks in that
region and in the United States.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1983-84. Wood.

68. Food and Famine: Past and Present.
The production, distribution, and consump­
tion o f food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ­
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from
historical subsistence crises, and how food
affects economic development and interna­
tional relations.
Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis­
sion of the instructor.
Not open to freshmen.
Spring. Li.

72. Japanese Civilization.
Japan’s history from its origins to the early
nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­
cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns.
No prerequisite.
Spring. Li.

74. M odern China.
The history o f China since the early nineteenth
century. Topics include the impact o f the west,
reform and revolution, nationalism, and the
development o f the communist movement.
No prerequisite.
Spring. Li.

126

75. M odern Japan.
The transformation o f Japan into a modem
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
No prerequisite.
Fall. Li.

77. China: The P o litics of History.
This course will examine, with particular
emphasis on political influences, the historiog­
raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the
relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of
the past to the Confucian state; 2) major
ideological controversies from the late nine­
teenth century to the present; 3) the changing
views o f Western observers and historians,
both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Li.

86. Folklore and Folklife Studies.
(Also listed as English 86.) An introduction to
the major forms o f folklore and selected forms
o f folklife materials. The course includes the
study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs,
jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including
folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft,
magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the
function o f folklore in highly industrialized
modern societies as well as in traditional ones.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­
ture.
Spring. Morgan.

88. H istory Through Folklore and
Literature.
A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­
ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not
exclusively in the United States. Themes
include loneliness and friendship, love and
death, vocation and avocation, life after death,
and the resurgence o f the occult in United
States popular culture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History/Literature 86, or per­
mission o f the instructor.
Spring. Morgan.

9!. Junior Sem inar.
Required o f all course majors, this seminar
considers issues in the research and writing of
history. In the first part of the semester, works
embodying various conceptual and methodo-

logical perspectives will be discussed; in the
second, students will prepare historiographical
essays related to the topics o f their senior
theses.
Spring. Members o f the Department.

92. Thesis.
A single credit thesis, required o f all course
majors, on a topic developed in the junior
seminar.

Fall.

Members of the Department.

93. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.

SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for a
degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

111. M edieval Europe.
Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish
alliance o f the eighth century to about 1300.
Spring 1985. Smith.

116. The Renaissance.
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth centuries.
Issues addressed include forms o f political and
economic organization, varieties of humanism,
political theory, changing historical conscious­
ness, art and society. Much attention is
devoted to historiography.
Fall 1983. DuPlessis.

117. Europe in the 16th and 17th
Centuries.
State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid­
eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France,
Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the
disparate patterns o f state formation, economic
development and social change; the relations
between economic and political transforma­
tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­
able attention will be given to comparisons
among states, the transition to capitalism, the
crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins
and functions o f absolutism.
Not offered 1983-84 . DuPlessis.

118. Tudor and Stuart England.
The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and
capitalist economy through religious reform,
political revolution and socio-economic trans­
formation. Topics included popular rebellion,
the causes and nature o f the two revolutions of
the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry
and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and
agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­
nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt,
the relation between science and religion.
Not offered 1983-84. DuPlessis.

119. Early M odern European
Intellectual and Cultural History.
European thought and culture in its social
context from the breakup o f cultural unity
following the Renaissance to the emergence o f
a new synthesis during the Enlightenment.
Topics include the theology, appeal and institu­
tionalization of the magisterial, radical and
counter Reformations; rationalism and pes­
simism; popular mentalities and witchcraft;
intellectual and educational institutions; print­
ing, literacy, and the diffusion o f learning;
"high” and "low” Enlightenments. Attention
will be given to conceptual and methodological
issues in the study o f cultural history.
Spring 1984. DuPlessis.

122. Europe 1760 to 1870.
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and
Germany from the ancient regime to German
unification. Special emphasis on the origins
and nature o f the French Revolutions, the
Industrial Revolution in England and its
consequences, class structure and conflict,
German nationalism and the failure of liberal­
ism.
Fall. Verner.

127

History

124. England, 1815-1914.

135. Am erican So cia l History.

England in the liberal age. The rise o f the first
modern industrial state and its social, political,
and cultural problems and achievements.
Fall 1983, "1984. Anderson.

The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics include
fertility, mortality, and migration; industrial­
ization and the family; slavery and its aftermath;
mechanization and changing patterns of work;
social mobility, urbanization and suburbaniza­
tion; gender, class, and ethnicity.
Spring 1984 , 1985. Murphy.

125. F a sc ist Europe.
Italy, Spain, Hungary, Rumania, and Germany
in the early twentieth century.
Spring. Anderson.

128. R u ssia n Empire in the 19th
and 20th Centuries.
From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient
themes in Russian and Soviet History in­
cluding autocratic politics and bureaucratic
reform, the role o f social groups such as the
intelligentsia, nobility, peasantry, and workers,
problems o f economic development, revolu­
tionary theory and practice, Leninist and
Stalinist alternatives o f the Soviet system.
Spring, Fall 1984. Verner.

130. Early A m erican History.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects
o f the period from the explorations to the early
National era.
Spring, 1985. Wood.

132. Am erican Political History.
Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues
from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic,
and cultural context. Topics include the shaping
o f the constitution; *'republicanism,” ''democ­
racy,” and the first and second party systems;
slavery, the Civil War and the constitution; the
social bases o f campaign styles and strategies;
the emergence o f the regulatory-welfare state;
experts, interest groups, and the decline of
voter participation; the making o f the modern
presidency.
Not offered 1983-84. Bannister.

134. Am erican Diplom atic History.
A study o f the evolution since 1776 of
American relations with the outer world with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­
gic developments.
Spring. Field.

128

136. Am erican Intellectual History.
Political, social, and literary culture from the
late eighteenth century through World War I.
Fall 1984 . Bannister.

140. M odern Africa.
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800.
Not offered 1983-84.

141. South Africa.
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present.
Not offered 1983-84. Wright.

144. M odern East Asia.
Political, social, and intellectual change in
China and Japan since the early nineteenth
century, comparing the different responses to
western imperialism and the different ap­
proaches to modernization.
Fall. Li.

148. Latin Am erica.
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall 1984. Wood.

180. Thesis.
With the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for either
single or double course credit. Double-credit
theses will normally be written in the fall
semester o f the senior year for submission as
papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.

International Relations
Coordinator: RAYMOND. F. HO PKINS

Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in their
programs, during the first two years, introduc­
tory courses in economics, history, and political
science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
listed below may be incorporated in the
programs o f students who do their major work
in economics, history, political science, or
modern language.

departments with a concentration in interna­
tional relations may take a Senior Comprehen­
sive Examination planned for this concentra­
tion. Students preparing for this examination
should take eight or more courses from among
those listed below, including all those listed in
Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III, in addition to other courses
in the major Department as may be required by
that Department, so as to have a minimum of
eight courses in the major. The examination
will be administered by the major department
after consultation with the concentration coor­
dinator.

Students who wish to major in one o f these

Group I

Political Scie n ce 4.

Econom ics 30.

International Politics

The International Economy

Political Scie n ce 14.
American Foreign Policy

Group II

H istory 4.

H isto ry 47.

Latin America

America and the World: to 1900

H istory 8.

H istory 48.

Africa

America and the World: since 1900

H istory 10.

H istory 74.

Islam

Modern China

H istory 37.

H istory 75.

Modern Russia

Modem Japan

Group III

Econom ics 11.

Political Scie n ce 13.

Economic Development

International Organizations in World Politics

Econom ics 31.

Political Scie n ce 18.

Comparative Economic Systems

Political Development

Econom ics 92.

Political Scie n ce 19.

Economies o f the Middle East

Comparative Communist Politics

Political Scie n ce 3.

Political Science 20.

Comparative Politics

Politics o f China

129

International Relations

Political Science 21.

Political Scie n ce 70.

Politics of Black Africa

(also listed as Economics 70) The Political
Economy o f Communist Systems

Political Science 22.
Latin American Politics

Political Scie n ce 55.
Modern Political Theory

Political Scie n ce 63.
Advanced International Politics

130

Students who plan to enter the External
Examination (Honors) Program will find it
possible to select a similar combination of
courses and seminars in the field o f interna­
tional relations. In planning such programs,
they should consult with the chairman of their
prospective major department.

Linguistics
ALFRED H. BLOOM, Associate Professor and Program Director □
M A R C IA C. LINEBARGER, Lecturer
SU S A N G. W ILLIAM SON, Social Sciences Librarian

Linguistics is the study of language. On the
most general level it deals with the internal
structure o f languages, the history o f their
development and the role they play in influ­
encing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
Descriptive linguistics involves an attempt to
arrive at an adequate description o f the
phonological, syntactic, and semantic compo­
nents o f language, differentiating those ele­
ments which are generic to all languages from
those which are particular to any given language
or family o f languages. Diachronic or historical
linguistics looks at the evolution o f these
components over time. Sociolinguistics centers
on the link between language and the social
context in which it is spoken; mathematical
linguistics on the formal analysis o f linguistic
structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay
between language and the processes o f percep­
tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic
variables influence interaction at the individual
and societal levels, play a central role in shaping
the form and meaning o f literary expression
and constitute a significant area of philosophi­
cal inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics
and the humanities or the social sciences are
encouraged for Course students. All such
programs are designed on an individual basis to
suit the interests of the student, but it is highly
recommended that Linguistics 108 be included
at some point in the course sequence.
The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a
minimum of three external examination prepa­
rations. Honors candidates in addition are
required to include in their programs at least
one seminar in theoretical linguistics and to
have developed competence in at least one
foreign language beyond the intermediate level
through an advanced course or an introductory
literature course.

1. Language— An Introduction.
An introduction to language and its multi­
faceted interaction with human thought and
behavior. The first part o f the course will

concentrate on the description of the internal
structure o f language, providing a grounding in
the principles o f structural linguistics, trans­
formational grammar, and semantic theory.
The second part will turn from a description of
internal structure to brief explorations into the
role played by linguistic variables in psycholog­
ical processes and development, philosophical
inquiry, socio-political interaction, and artistic
creation.
Spring semester. Bloom.

20. O verview of Transform ational
Generative Grammar.
A brief introduction to the theory o f trans­
formational generative grammar as developed
by Noam Chomsky and others. Specifically
designed to prepare students for Linguistics
108. No prerequisite. One-half or one credit.
Fall semester. Linebarger.

25. Language, Culture, and Society.
An investigation o f the influence of cultural
context and social variables on verbal com­
munication. We will discuss theories o f lan­
guage acquisition and language change in light
o f cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields o f language and culture studies;
ethnography of communication, sociolinguis­
tics, and sociology o f language. Language
projects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the
instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/Anthro­
pology 25.)
Fall semester. S. Williamson.

27. Philosophy of Language.
(See Philosophy 27.)
Not offered 1983-84.

34. The P syc h o lo gy of Language.
An exploration into the ways in which the
syntactic and meaning elements o f language are
represented in the mind and into the effects
these psycholinguistic structures may have on
the way we think, with special emphasis on an

DJoint appontment with Psychology.

131

Linguistics

attempt to interpret philosophical and sociological (including feminist) views in terms of
psychological theory and research and on
cross-cultural perspectives.
Fall semester. .Bloom.

52. Diachronic Linguistics.
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and their
interrelationships, and the examination of
processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.

56. Cognitive Patterns in Moral,
Linguistic and Political Behavior.
(Crosslisted as Psychology 56.) An investiga­
tion into the role played by cognitive dimen­
sions in influencing linguistic, moral, and
political behavior, with emphasis on adoles­
cence and beyond. An attempt will be made to
place the investigation within a framework
provided by current trends in cognitive psy­
chology, existential philosophy, and linguistics
and to draw on the implications o f these
dimensions with respect to the relationship of
the individual to the nation-state and the
international system.
Spring semester. Bloom.

61. Aphasia.
The disruption o f language by brain damage is
examined, with particular concern for any
evidence that it may provide about localization
o f language in the brain and the functional
organization o f the language processing system.
Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1 or Psychol­
ogy 3 or their equivalent. (Crosslisted as
Psychology 61.)
Fall semester. Linebarger.

93. Directed Reading o r Research.
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission of the instructor required).
Each semester. Staff.

96,97. Sen io r Paper.
Both semesters. Bloom.
Other courses of particular interest to students
o f Linguistics:

Chinese1B-2B. Introduction to
M andarin Chinese.
R u ssia n 16. H istory of the R u ssia n
Language.
French 20. H istory of the French
Language.
Creek 19. Com parative Gram m ar
of Greek and Latin.

SEMINARS
104. Human Nature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.
(see Sociology 104).
Not offered 1983-84.

107. Language and Thought.
An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic,
psychological and philosophical approaches to
the elusive interaction o f language and thought.
Emphasis will be placed on developmental and
cross-cultural perspectives, and students will
be encouraged to undertake independent re­
search projects in their specific areas of
interest.
Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1, or Psychol­
ogy 3, or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Bloom.

132

108. Syntactic Theory.
A comparison of models of linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
syntax and semantics. (Formerly Contempo­
rary Approaches to Descriptive Linguistics.)
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 and 20 or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Linebarger.

116. Philosophy of Language.
(See Philosophy 116.)
Not offered 1983-84.

180. Thesis.
Each semester. Staff.

Literature
Coordinator: GEORGE C. AVERY
The Literature major is administered by a Lit­
erature Committee representing the Depart­
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Com­
mittee a proposed program of integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle of coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the student.
Subject to the requirement o f serious study of
at least two literatures in the original language,
one o f which may be English, work in
translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists o f thematic or comparative courses. In
lieu o f a regular course, the Literature Commit­
tee will consider proposals for an individual or
cooperative project, for one or more research
papers written as course attachments, or for
the substitution of a thesis for course credit
when these projects have as their purpose
either the integration o f work within the major
or the relating o f work outside the major to
some portion of the major.
For a major in the Course Program the requirements
are as follows:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one of the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents of the Literature
major. O f English courses numbered 2 through
10, only one may be counted for the major.
The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer­
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:

CEL 13. M edieval Com parative
Literature.
CEL 14. M odern European Literature.
English 34. R e n aissan ce Com parative
Literature.

2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program of
work is developed. In some cases the Commit­
tee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester of the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follows:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose of
integrating the work of the major in accord
with the principle of coherence on which the
program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal of study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina­
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus of their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

English 48. M odern Drama.
S A L 50. Contem porary Spa n ish A m erican Literature.
English 53./French 75. Proust/Joyce.
English 54. Proust, Joyce, Faulkner.
English 55. The Rlack African Writer.
English 115. M odern Com parative
Literature.

133

Mathematics
GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statistics and Acting Chairman (spring semester, 1984)
EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor
DAVID ROSEN, Professor
J. EDWARD SKEATH, Professor and Chairmanf
STEPHEN D. MAURER, Associate Professor^
CHARLES M. 6RINSTEAD, Assistant Professor
IRENE MULVEY, Assistant Professor
HELENE SHAPIRO, Assistant Professor^
DOMINIQUE HAUGHTON, Instructor

Mathematics is one of the most powerful tools
available to the physical, biological, and social
sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim o f the
Swarthmore Mathematics Department to en­
able those who so wish, to study mathematics
as a discipline in its own right, while providing
the skills and structural insights necessary to
those in need o f its power.
We live in a time when mathematics is cutting
across more and more disciplines; there now
exist such specialties as mathematical econom­
ics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical so­
ciology, mathematical psychology, and mathe­
matical biology, along with more traditional
areas such as mathematical physics. Other
relatively new disciplines such as Computer
Science and Operations Research rely heavily
on both mathematics and engineering. In
recognition of this, the mathematics curriculum
includes a wide variety o f courses in applica­
tions related areas in addition to the many
courses in areas o f pure mathematics. More­
over, the Mathematics Department is quite
interested in facilitating the creation of joint
majors, and also in developing carefully worked
out programs which involve a concentration in
mathematics and some other discipline.
Mathematics courses available to first semester
freshmen with normal high school preparation
include Math 1 (Statistics for Observational
Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5
(Calculus I), and Math 7 (Introduction to
Computer Science). Math 2 (Statistics for
Experimental Data), Math 4 (Calculus Con­
cepts), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics) are
available in the second semester, again with

f Absent on leave, spring 1984.
Absent on leave, 1983-84.

134

only normal high school preparation. Students
with some calculus background from high
school may take Mathematics 6 by passing the
Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics 16 by
passing the departmental Calculus II placement
exam, or Mathematics 16H by passing the
departmental Calculus II placement exam and
receiving departmental approval. All freshmen
planning to enroll in Mathematics 3, 5, 6, 16,
or 16H are required to take the appropriate
departmental placement exams given during
freshman orientation.
Programs for premedical students: Most medical
schools require a year of college mathematics.
Many require that one semester be calculus,
and a few require the full year to be calculus.
For a semester o f calculus most premedical
students should consider Math 4 or 5. In
addition, premedical students should consider
the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second
semester calculus course 6, the discrete mathe­
matics course 9, and the post-calculus statistics
course 23. Sometimes medical schools will give
credit for calculus taken in high school, but
only if it is acknowledged on the college
transcript, as an AP or placement credit.
Programs for social science majors: Most leading
graduate departments in the social sciences
regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has
had calculus, statistics, and computer experi­
ence. Economics graduate departments often
go further, requiring a year o f calculus and
hoping for much more: multivariate calculus,
linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­
ity, operations research. Mathematics courses
o f particular interest to social science students

include: Elementary, 1, 2, 3, 4, 13; Intermedi­
ate, 5 ,6 ,7 ,9 ,1 6 ,1 8 ; Advanced, 2 3 ,3 0 ,4 1 ,5 3 ,
61, 64.
Programs for stiidents in Chemistry and Engineer­
ing: Students interested in Chemistry and
Engineering might plan to take a minimum of
Mathematics 5, 6, 18 and either 16 or 30, or
(with proper Advanced Placement), Mathe­
matics 16,18, and 30. Other courses o f general
interest to students in these areas include
Mathematics 23, 41, 67, 81 and 82. Special
interest courses include Mathematics 48,49,
67, 85 or related seminars.
Programs for Physics majors: See Physics section
for basic requirements. Other useful courses
are Math 4 1 ,4 8 ,4 9 ,5 3 ,6 7 , and 85. Any o f the
seminars listed could be appropriate as past of
a mathematics minor. In addition, Math 81 ,8 2
can be taken as a seminar.
Mathematics majors: The normal preparation
for a major in mathematics consists o f the
sequence o f Mathematics 5, 6, 16 and 18 (or
with Advanced Placement 16 or 18).
A student who wishes to major in mathematics
in Course must complete a minimum o f five
courses numbered 20 or above and the Senior
Conference or the departmental comprehen­
sive examination, in addition to the normal
sequence o f four courses just listed. An
Honors candidate with a major in mathematics
will normally take Math 101 and 102 in the
junior year, and two other mathematics semi­
nars in the senior year.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in some
depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­
matics. All mathematics students are urged to
acquire some facility with the computer. Stu­
dents bound for graduate school in mathema­
tics should obtain a reading knowledge of
French, German, or Russian.
Secondary accreditation: A Course or Honors
major in mathematics will normally qualify a
student for secondary school certification in
mathematics. In view o f the impact o f compu­
ters on mathematics, the department urges
prospective teachers to obtain a facility in the
use o f computers. A student who is not a
mathematics major can achieve certification b y
taking the following courses: Math 5 and 6 and
four more advanced courses such as 16, 18, 45
and 49. All persons asking for certification

should register for a directed reading with the
department in order to become familiar with
mathematics texts that will be helpful in their
teaching career.
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice
determined by their intended major. Both
courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate
statistical analysis. Students who know calculus
should take Math 23 and students with a strong
background in mathematics can take the more
theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math
5 7 on multivariate analysis. Students who want
a seminar in statistics can take Math 111.
Computer Science: The Departments o f Mathe­
matics and Engineering are working together
on a curriculum in computer science. This
curriculum will include the courses Math 7 and
Math 9.

1. Sta tistic s for Observational Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using meth­
ods such as chi-square, rank correlation, and
regression analysis. The main examples are
taken from sample surveys and governmental
data, and the course is intended for students in
political science, sociology, and related disci­
plines making use o f observational data. The
course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­
requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.

2. S ta tistic s for Experimental Data.
Data for one variable are examined through
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlation,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The main examples are taken from experimen­
tal research, and the course is intended for
students in biology, psychology, and related
disciplines making use o f experimental data.
The course does not satisfy any mathematics
prerequisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be
counted toward a major or minor in the
Department.
Spring semester. Iversen.

3. B a sic M athem atics.
This course focuses on two objectives (1)

135

Mathematics

review and remedial work, and ( 2) preparation
for calculus. Some special attention will be
given to those whose previous experience with
mathematics has not been entirely prosperous.
Prospective students should take the Basic
Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably
at the Math Exam time. (The results will be
used to help determine both classroom topics
and individual strengths and weaknesses.)
Subject matter will be taken from logic,
algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
Fall semester. Mulvey.

4. Calculus Concepts.
This course, which covers the basic concepts of
one variable calculus, is particularly useful for
biology and social science majors. Topics to be
included are sequences, series, differentiation,
integration, transcendental functions, and extremal problems.
Spring semester. Staff.

5, 6. C alculus I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in differen­
tiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations, and
techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be taken
in the fall semester by passing the departmental
Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­
ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are
required to pass the appropriate departmental
placement exam. Students taking Math 5 or 6
in the fall semester are strongly urged to take
the half credit attachment, Math 6A (cross
listed as Physics 5, Economics 5), Computing
from the User’s End, see course description
below.

6A. Com puting from the U se r’s End.
(Also listed as Physics 5 and Economics 5.)
A practical introduction to computer use
including interactive operating protocol, the
BASIC language, and graphics and statistical
packages. Assumes no prior background in
computing or physics. One intensive lecture
plus a workshop session per week; one-half
credit course. Some o f the workshops will be
included in regular Physics Labs. There will be
a separate workshop stressing applications
appropriate to Math 5 and 6 for students
taking 6A but NOT taking Physics 1 or 3.
Fail semester. Boccio.

136

7.lntroduction to Com puter Science.
This course is intended to form the normal
introduction to computer science for students
interested in this discipline and also to offer an
introduction to the computer for students in
the natural sciences, engineering, and mathe­
matics. The course includes a survey o f the
computer science field, with emphasis on
detailed attention to algorithms and the struc­
turing o f programs. The approach will stress
problem solving in general with programming
implemented in a high level language.
Fall semester. Staff.

9. Discrete Mathem atics.
An introduction to noncontinuous methods in
mathematics, this course is o f special value to
students interested in computer science or
applications of mathematics to the social and
management sciences. Topics include sets,
functions, number systems, induction, and an
introduction to logic, counting methods, dif­
ference equations, finite probability, graph
theory, and the algorithmic way o f thinking.
This course will be taught at a level o f
sophistication similar to Math 5 and 6 and may
be taken before, during, or after calculus.
Spring semester. Klotz.

13. M ultivariate Statistical A n a lysis.
Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the
course deals mainly with the study o f relation­
ships among three or more variables. Included
are such topics as multiple regression analysis,
with multiple and partial correlation, several
variable analysis o f variance and the analysis of
multidimensional contingency tables. The.
course ends with an introduction to Bayesian
methods. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted
toward a major or minor in the Department.
Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4
or Psych 13.
Alternate years.
Fall semester 1983. Iversen.

16. Linear Algebra.
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transforma'
tions with application to solutions of systems
o f linear equations, determinants, and the
eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6

or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus
II placement exam.
Each semester.

16H. Linear Algebra H ono rs Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situations,
but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who enter with BC Advanced Placement
calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6
or a passing grade on the departmental Cab
cuius II placement exam.
Fall semester. Haughton.

18. Several Variable Calculus.
This course considers differentiation and inte­
gration o f functions o f several variables with
special emphasis on two and three dimensions.
It is the normal sequel to Math 6 and is a
prerequisite for several other mathematics
courses.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent.
Each semester.

18H. Several Variable C alculus
H on ors Course.
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situations,
but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is
intended for students with exceptionally strong
mathematical skills, and primarily for students
who have successfully completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.

23. Statistics.
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a
higher mathematical level. The course is in­
tended for anyone who wants_an introduction
to the application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Fall semester. Iversen.

30. Differential Equations.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation

methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math 18 and 16 or permission of
the instructor.
Spring semester.

33. Foundations of Real A n a lysis.
This course is designed to give the student an
understanding o f basic theorems of calculus.
The student is also expected to learn how to
construct a mathematical proof. This course is
recommended for students majoring in mathe­
matics in course and for students planning to
major in mathematics in honors.
Spring semester.

37. Num ber Theory.
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory of multiplicative number theory
will be developed. Potential secondary school
teachers should find this course valuable.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Alternate years, spring semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

41. Probability.
This course deals with the mathematical theory
and concepts o f probability including an
introduction to stochastic processes.
Prerequisite: Math 5, 18, or permission.
Alternate years, fall semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

45. Geometry.
Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will
be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­
ean geometry will be developed as special cases.
Recommended for potential secondary school
teachers.
Alternate years.
Fall semester 1983. Rosen.

48. T opics in Algebra.
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offering have included Algebraic Coding
Theory, Groups and Representations.
Alternate years.
Spring semester 1984.

49. Introduction to M odern Algebra.
The course will survey some o f die important
topics o f modern algebra, such as groups,
integral domains, rings, and fields.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f the
instructor.
Alternate years, fall semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

137

Mathematics

53. Mathem atical Statistics.
Based on probability theory, this course exam­
ines the statistical theory for the estimation of
parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small
and large sample properties of the estimators
are studied. The course concludes with the
study of models dealing with relationships
between variables including chi-square and
regression analysis.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18.
Alternate years.
Spring semester 1984. Iversen.

57. M ultivariate Statistics.
Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the
course deals mainly with statistical models for
relationships between variables. The general
linear model, which includes regression, vari­
ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in
detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory, and Bayesian
statistics.
Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53.
Alternate years, fall semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

61.Modeling.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard meth­
ods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to apply
these subjects to specific modeling problems,
not on their systematic theory. The format of
the course will include projects as well as
lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years, spring semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

64. Mathem atical Program m ing.
Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment problems,
network flows, two-person game theory, and
an introduction to non-linear programming.
Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there
will be opportunities for computer imple­
mentation. A different perspective on mathe­
matical programming is available in Engi­

138

neering/Economics 57, Operations Research.
In comparison, Mathematics 6 4 is more ad­
vanced mathematically in that there is more
emphasis on theory, and linear algebra is used
to present it. However, Engineering 57 is more
extensive in that engineering economics and
probabilistic decision models are also covered,
and case studies are involved. A student may
take both courses; together they form a strong
introduction to the theory and practice of
optimization.
Prerequisites for Math 64: Math 16 and 18, or
instructor’s permission.
Alternate years.
Spring semester 1984. Grinstead.

67. Num erical M ethods.
This course will deal with the numerical
solution o f various mathematical problems,
pure and applied. The computer will be used
extensively. Also listed as Engineering 27.
Prerequisite: Math 6 and Math 7 or E23 or
equivalent.
Alternate years, fall semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

70. Data Structures.
Topics to be considered may include: Trees,
lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and
searching, garbage collection, applications of
use in doing algorithms in computer science
(parsing, efficient storage, and use o f sparse
matrices, etc.)
Not offered 1983-1984.

73. Algorithm s.
The course considers the construction, analy­
sis, and theory o f algorithms for solving
mathematical problems. This includes algo­
rithms for constructing all or random combina­
torial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­
tions), algorithms on graphs (graph coloring
and shortest paths), and com plexity o f
algorithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematics 64, Mathe­
matical Programming, and Mathematics 70,
Data Structures, will be minimized by avoiding
lengthy discussion o f algorithms studied in
those courses.
Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in
mathematics and computing.
Alternate years.
Fall semester 1983. Grinstead.

81. Applied A n a ly s is I.
Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier

transform, orthogonal functions, introduction
to Hilbert space, and operators. The motivation
for these topics will be in partial differential
equations arising in the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 3 0 or permission o f the
instructor.
Fall semester.

82. Applied A n a ly s is II.
Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s
Theorem, power series, residue calculus, con­
formal mapping, and harmonic functions will
be considered. The emphasis o f this course is
on applications to the physical sciences.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester.

85. T op ics in A nalysis.
Course content varies from year to year and is

dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Functional Analysis.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Alternate years.
Fall semester 1983. Skeath.

93. Directed Reading.
96. Thesis.
97. Sen io r Conference.
This half course is designed to give students an
overview o f all o f their mathematics courses by
solving a variety o f mathematical problems.
When offered, this course replaces the depart­
mental comprehensive examination.
Half course credit.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
101a and b. Real A n alysis.
This seminar concentrates on the careful study
of the principles underlying the calculus o f real
valued functions o f real variables.
Fall semester 101a; Spring semester 101b. Mulvey.

102a and b. M odern Algebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical proper­
ties o f such formal systems as groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces. While these concepts
will be illustrated by many concrete examples,
the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of
the subject.
Fall semester 102a; Spring semester 102b. Klotz.

103. Com plex A n alysis.
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed.
Alternate years, spring semester.
Not offered 1983-84 .

104. Topology.
The subject matter of this seminar will include
such topics as point set topology with some
applications, piecewise linear topology, homol­

ogy, and homotopy theory.
Alternate years.
Spring semester 1984 .

105. Probability.
The purpose o f this seminar is to give the
mathematical background necessary for an
understanding o f the mathematical analysis of
statistical data. In addition, the modern devel­
opment of the subject provides a valuable
application o f the concepts and techniques
acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The
topics treated may include: the axiomatic
approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correla­
tion and regression, some special distributions,
sampling theory, and a short introduction to
the theory o f statistical estimation.
Alternate years.
Fall semester 1983. Grinstead.

106. Com binatorics, Optimization, and
Algorithm s.
A selection, in seminar format and at a higher
level o f sophistication, o f topics related to
Math 9, 64, 70, and 73. The emphasis will
depend on student interest. Possible topics are:
advanced enumeration, combinatorial struc­
tures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs), optimi­
zation, game theory, social choice theory,
theory o f computational complexity. If slanted
towards combinatorics and theory o f algo­
rithms, this seminar will be o f special interest

139

Mathematics

to those studying computer science. If slanted
towards the other topics, it will be o f special
interest to those studying mathematical economics.
Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.
Alternate years, fall semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

140

111. Mathem atical Statistics.
Properties o f random variables are studied
together with ways of inferring about param­
eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is
put on the study o f models for relationships
between random variables.
Alternate years, spring semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

Medieval Studies
Coordinator: BERNARD S. SM ITH

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study of European and Mediterranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical
importance for the understanding of Western
culture, can be approached best through a
combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight
Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion,
and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course
o f study which may be offered as a major in
either the course Program or the External
Examination (Honors) Program.
For a major in the Course Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or
12)
Either Religion 37 /Philosophy 19 or His­
tory 14
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1.
2. Five other courses chosen from three of the
following fields:
Art (15,16, 17).
History (11,12,13, 14,15).
Religion (35, 37).
Literature (Classics 35; English 19, 20, 21,
31; CEL 13, French 20 and 30; Spanish 30).
Music (15).
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.

Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester of the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the
requirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f the
fields, included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­
ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy),
History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art 117
(Gothic Art), English 102 (Chaucer and
Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Littér­
ature du Moyen-Age).
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the
Honors Program beyond these five sem­
inars.
The minor program should be planned with
the coordinator so as to insure a close relation
to the major. No minor in Honors is offered.
Students wishing to minor in subjects included
in this field should take them as minors in the
department in which they are normally offered.

141

Modera Languages and Literatures
GEORGE C. AVERY (German), Professor
GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor*
PHILIP M ETZID A KIS (Spanish), Professor^
JEAN A SH M E A D PERKIN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1983-86
RORERT ROZA (French), Professor
FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 0 -8 3 f f f
EUGENE W ESER (German), Professor
THOMPSON BRADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor
M ARIO N J. FABER (German), Assistant Professor
JOHN J. HASSETT (Spanish), Associate Professor
GEORGE M O SK O S (French), Associate Professor*** and f
SIM O N E VOISIN SM IT H (French), Associate Professor D
KENNETH C. LUK (Chinese), Assistant Professor
DARIA J. MONTERO— PAULSON ((Spanish), Assistant Professor
ANNE FRYDMAN (Russian), Lecturer
EVGENIYA L. KATSENELINBOIGEN (Russian), Lecturer
M ARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer
LI-CHING CHANG M A IR (Chinese), Lecturer
ELKE PLAXTON (German), Lecturer
BRIGITTE COTTE (French), Assistant

The purpose of the major is to acquaint stu­
dents with the important periods and principal
figures of the literatures taught in the Depart­
ment, to develop an appreciation o f literary
values, to provide training in critical analysis,
and to foster an understanding o f the relation­
ship between literary phenomena and the
historical and cultural forces underlying the
various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally complete
seven credits in literature courses or seminars,
take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­
sive examination. Students whose interests lie
primarily in language or civilization are advised
to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in
combination with Linguistics, History, or some
other appropriate department. Students inter­
ested in studying literature in more than one
language are encouraged to consider a Litera­
ture major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
Program Director, Hamilton Program
in Madrid, 1983-84.
□ Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Pro­
gram.
f Absent on leave, spring semester 1984.

142

designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary studies
in a foreign language through work with the
language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description of the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered 11
or above emphasize the study o f literature as a
humanistic discipline as well as competence in
the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to
present sufficient credits on admission to
enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11
and 12 in their freshman year. Students who
enter with no previous knowledge o f the
language and are interested in majoring in a
foreign literature should register for the inten­
sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through 5

*Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983.
***Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1983.
f f f Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1984.

(8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina­
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language of
specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or 'Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in
other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­
guistics, or art history. The Department also
recommends participation for a minimum o f a
summer and a semester in an academic program
abroad. Linguistically qualified students may
apply to the Swarthmore Program at the
University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This
program is particularly suited for majors in the
humanities and the social sciences. Students

competent in Spanish should consider the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain,
which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­
more. Students on scholarship may apply
scholarship monies to designated programs of
study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton
College Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore
Program in Grenoble (see Education Abroad,
p. 52-54).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program o f
language and literature courses required for the
major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered in
the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under­
standing o f the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers of
a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

Continental European and Spanish American
Literatures (in translation)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
iterature course taught in the original language.
CEL/SAL courses provide students with the
opportunity to study literature which they
cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require­
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or
12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the
original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL
courses may form an appropriate part o f
supporting upper-level work, part of a Litera­
ture Major, or they may serve as the basis of
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations
might apply should consult with the Depart­
ment.

Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an­
nounced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature
in translation are listed after SAL 50.

12R. R u ssia n Thought and Literature
in the Quest for Truth.
The development o f Russian intellectual tradi­
tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the present.
Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­
ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­
zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth
centuries: philosophical and literary polemics
within the framework o f current secular ideol­
ogies and religious thought. Russia and the
West and the dream o f a Perfect World.
Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy.

143

Modern Languages and Literatures

13R. The R u ssia n Novel.
See Russian 13.

13. M ediaeval Com parative Literature.
The tension between ideals and their realization
as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages,
especially the epic (Roland, Cid, N ibelungen)
and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The Grail).
Fall semester 1983. Perkins.

14. M odern European Literature.
Contributions in theme and form to a European
tradition o f modem fiction will be examined
and compared in seminar format (presentation
and critical discussion o f student papers).
Authors will include Rilke, Doestoevsky,
Thomas Mann, E. M. Forster, Italo Svevo,
Kafka, and Malraux. Intended especially for
freshmen and sophomores contemplating a
Literature major. Limited enrollment.
Spring semester 1984 . Avery.

206. The Germ an Novel Sin ce 1945.
A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociological
currents in East and West Germany, Austria,
and Switzerland since the end o f World War II
as they appear in representative works o f prose
fiction. Authors include Th. Mann, Boll,
Gunter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson, Peter
Handke and Christa Wolf. Lectures and discus­
sions in English. German majors will be
required to read some o f the works in German.
Not offered 1983-84.

25R. R u ssia n Folklore and R u ssia n
Culture.
A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and
artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis of
literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth
and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their
significance for the understanding o f the
collective psychological dominants in Russian
cultural outlook will be discussed. Special
attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales,
heroic epic, and lyric poetry with extensive use
of comparative evidence from non-Russian
folk traditions. Representative texts will be
analyzed in class with active participation by
students.
Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy.

506. Stu d ie s in M odern German
Literature.
Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­

144

tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to
be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modem German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Women
in Modern German Literature; German Ex­
pressionism, Austrian Writers o f the 20th
Century; Nietzsche and his Literary Influence.
In the fall, 1983, the topic will be: Literature and
Film in Weimar Germany. An examination of
German culture from 1919-33, this course will
consider examples o f the rich and diversified
literature o f the period as well as masterpieces
o f German Expressionist cinema. In addition
to aesthetic principles, the intellectual and
political trends and sociological realities mir­
rored in this art will also be o f central interest.
As necessary, there will be an extra class
meeting bi-weekly for film viewing.
Fall semester 1983. Faber.

30R. The P e tersburg Theme in
R u ssia n Literature.
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modem city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings
and discussions based on works by Pushkin,
Gogol, Chemyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy,
and Bely. This course is not a regular offering
and may not be repeated in the foreseeable
future.
Spring semester 1984. Krugovoy.

50R. R u ssia n Literature and
Revolutionary Thought.
A study of continuity and change in the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917. Special attention will be given to the
post-revolutionary literary and political strug­
gle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the 1960’s.
Not offered 1983-84. Bradley.

5OS. S p a n ish Thought and Literature
ot the Twentieth Century.
The struggle between traditionalism and libera­
lism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn of
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y
Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo Jose

Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Nor offered 1983-84.

SA L 50. Contem porary Sp a n ish A m erican Literature.
A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream of SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortázar; P ER U : Vargas Llosa;
COLOMBIA: García Márquez; GUATEMA­
LA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Pedro;
CUBA: Carpentier.
Not offered 1983-84.

tween society and the novel in Spanish America.
Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Juan
Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc­
tion with sociological patterns in contemporary
Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthropology
60.
Spring semester 1984. Hassett and Muñoz.

34. ‘ R e n a issa n ce Com parative
Literature.
See English Literature 34.

48. ‘ M odern Drama.
Offered 1983-84.

SA L 60. Sp a n ish A m erican Society
Through Its Novel.
This course will explore the relationship be­

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE
COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar
with readings from the humanities
(including literature), social sciences,
and sciences. Classes meet three times
per week and are conducted in English.
May be used to prepare for fulfilling
the reading requirement o f graduate
schools but does not prepare students
for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original
language.
Students who start in the 1-2 sequence
must complete 2 in order to receive
credit for 1. However, students placing
directly in 2 can receive credit for a
single semester o f language work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B carry one
and one-half credits per semester. Three
semesters in this sequence are equivalent to
two years o f work at the college level.
Designed to impart an active command of
the language and combine the study or
review o f grammar essentials and readings
o f varied texts with intensive practice to

develop the ability to speak the language.
Recommended for students who want to
progress rapidly and especially for those
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and who are interested in preparing for
intermediate or advanced courses in litera­
ture taught in the original language. Students
who start in this orientation can major in a
foreign language and literature not studied
previously. These courses (a) meet as one
section for grammar presentation and in
small groups for oral practice with a native
speaker o f the language, and (b) may
require periodic work in the language
laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive credit
for IB. However, students placing directly
in 2B can receive one and one-half semester
credits. Courses numbered 3B and 4B may
be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.
Although no major in Chinese exists in either
the course program or the External Examina­
tion Program, qualified students may prepare
for one External Examination in the field of
Classical Chinese Literature.

145

Chinese
1B-2B. Introduction to M andarin
Chinese.
An intensive introduction to written and
spoken Mandarin Chinese. Specifically de­
signed to prepare students for continuing study
in Taiwan, Hong Kong, or Middlebury Summer
Language School.
Luk and Mair.

3b, 4B. Seco n d-yea r M andarin Chinese.
A two-semester course designed for students
who have mastered over five hundred charac­
ters (8 0 0 words) and basic grammar and oral
practice with writing and readings in modem

Chinese literary and expository prose.
Luk.

5,6. Third-Year Chinese.
Concentrates on reading in Modern Chinese.
Principal objective of these courses is to
develop the ability to read a variety o f Modern
Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary
and journalistic materials. Emphasis is on rapid
expansion o f vocabulary and thorough under­
standing o f grammatical patterns. Classes con­
ducted in Chinese, though oral translation into
English is an important component o f students’
recitation.
Luk.

French
French may be offered as a major in the Course
Program or as a major or minor in the External
Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites
for both Course students and Honors candi­
dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the
equivalent, or evidence o f special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs, as
well as minors in the Honors Program are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken
and written French to do all o f their work in
French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses

and seminars, and all oral and written examina­
tions, including comprehensive and Honors
examinations.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics and to complete a comprehensive
examination in the Spring semester o f their
senior year. This examination is based on a
reading list o f essential works from the Middle
Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may
choose to prepare any two consecutive cen­
turies, plus one genre in any o f two other
centuries, and they are expected to devise a
suitable program o f study on this basis in the
Fall semester o f the junior year.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or minor
in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive French.
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. Prepares for
intermediate and advanced courses in language
or literature taught exclusively in French.
Recommended for students who wish to
acquire minimal linguistic competence for

study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See die explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University of
Grenoble under Education Abroad.

4B. Pratique Du Français.
This course carries one and one-half credits
and satisfies the prerequisites for intermediate
and advanced courses taught in the original
language, such as 12 or 16. Emphasis is on the
consolidation o f grammatical principles with
an aim to increasing the facility to write and
speak the language through work with formal
grammar, selected readings o f literary or

Modem Languages and Literatures

general interest, newspaper and magazine arti­
cles, radio programs, film stirps, etc. Recom­
mended for students who wish to study abroad
at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Fall semester. Roza and Cotte.

5A. French Conversation.
A half-credit conversation course concentrating
on the development o f the students’ ability to
speak French.
Spring semester. Cotte.

10. Im age s de la France.

philological details. Texts of the various periods
will be analyzed intensively. The course will be
given in English; students must have a reading
knowledge of French. This course will satisfy
the linguistics requirement for a teacher certifica­
tion and may be used for a Medieval Studies
major.
Spring semester, 1984. Perkins.

25. L’Ancien Regime.
28.

La France Contemporaine.

A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
Smith.

Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­
long struggle for human values. May include
literary works depicting life or events in a given
period (e.g. Les Diet« ont Soif—the period of
revolutionary terror) but emphasis is on social,
political, and artistic highlights rather than
belles lettres as such. Readings and discussions
in French.
Not offered 1983-84.

43. Le Théâtre.

12.lntroduction to Literary Studies.

50.

An analytical approach to French literature
through the study of particular genres or
specific modes of expression. Selected works
from Moliere to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 4B, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Each semester. Smith.

15. Freshm en Seminar.

30.

Littérature du M oyen-Age.

35.

L’Hum anism e de la Renaissance.

42. Le C lassicism e .
Le Roman avant la Révolution.

60. Le Roman du 19e Siècle.
61. Romantisme.
65. Raudelaire, Rimbaud, Mallarm é,
Apollinaire.
70. Théâtre Moderne.
Major trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
Fall semester, 1983. Roza.

For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f675 or above in French,
and satisfactory performance in the Placement
Exam for Literature courses administered
during Freshman Orientation.
Fall semester. Tafoya.

72. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.

16. Studies in Stylistics.

73. Littérateurs Engagés.

For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the written
and oral language. Original compositions are
based on a stylistic study o f texts by representa­
tive French authors from the 17th century to
the present.
Prerequisite: French 4B, 12, or the equivalent
with special permission.
Each semester. Smith.

A study o f the literature o f commitment before
and after World War II. Principally an exami­
nation o f the literary manifestations o f French
Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux,
Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Tafoya.

20. H istory of the French Language.

The French section offers a series o f advanced
survey courses (numbered 80-83), covering
the 17th, 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. These
courses are designed to familiarize all qualified

The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than on

71. Poésie Contemporaine.
From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Spring semester 1984. Roza.

74. Le Nouveau Roman.
75. P roust and Joyce.

147

Modem Languages and Literatures

and interested students with the major literary
movements, authors, and works of each century
in their historical context. They are especially
useful in preparing majors for senior compre­
hensive examinations. All these are advanced
courses which both satisfy the distribution
requirements and count towards the major.

Prévost Rousseau, Diderot, Laclos.
Fall semester, 1983. Perkins.

80. Littérature du 17e Siècle.

91. Special T opics (for se n io r majors).

Fall semester 1984. Smith.

81. Littérature du 18e Siècle.
This survey course concentrates on the fol­
lowing major aspects: Les Philosophes:
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. Le
Théâtre: Marivaux, Beaumarchais. Le Roman:

82. Littérature du 19e Siècle.
Spring semester 1985. Moskos.

83. Littérature du 20e Siècle.
Spring semester 1984. Roza.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students.
Spring semester.

93. Directed Reading.
94. Thesis.

SEMINARS
Preparation of topics for External Examinations
(Honors) may be done by appropriate courses
plus attachments only when seminars are not
available. Students preparing for External
Examinations should consult with the De­
partment on the suitability and availability of
attachments.

100. Littérature du Moyen-Age.
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and
romance.
Perkins.

101. La Renaissance.
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from
Marot through the Pléiade.
Smith.

103. L’Age des Lum ières.
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Perkins.

104. Stendhal et Flaubert.
Tafoya.

105. Proust.
Style and vision in La Recherche du Temps perdu.
Roza.

106. P oésie Sym boliste.
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.

108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle.
Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Fall semester i983-Roza.

102. Le Théâtre Classique.

109. Le Romantisme.

1%Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study of
"the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
Molière.
Smith.

Moskos

180. Thesis.

German
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

148

introductory departmental statement.
W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­
struction in courses numbered 11 and above is
German. Students are expected to have- a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate in class discussions and do
written work in German. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses listed under Groups I and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in
Course are required to select a minimum of
four courses from Group II.

1-2. German Reading and Translation.
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
Avery.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive German.
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally

followed by 8, 11 or 12.
1B-2B. Weber and Plaxton.
3B. Fall semester. Avery and staff.

4. Interm ediate German.
For entering students with high school language
training equivalent to 3B. Review of grammar,
literary readings of moderately difficult texts,
such as Brecht’s Gedichte, Diirrenmatt’s Die
Physiker, Kleist’s Marquise von O. Regular
written assignments. Normally followed by
German 8, 11, or 12. Admission contingent
upon departmental testing or permission of the
instructor.
Fall semester. Faber.

8. Writing and Speaking German.
Oral discussions and writing practice based on
general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, or by departmental
placement test.
Spring semester. Avery.

GROUP I
11. Introduction to German Literature
(early 20th century).

translation, at first theoretically, and subse­
quently—and primarily—through practice in
translating texts from various fields within the
humanities from German into English. In the
second half o f the course, students will pursue
individual projects in consultation with the
instructor. This course does not count towards
the major.
Prerequisite: German 2, 3B, or the equivalent.
Not offered 1983-84.

An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading of literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from
the beginning o f the 20th century, including
works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and
Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 4, 8 or equivalent
work.
Spring semester. Avery.

50. Die Deutsche Lyrik.

12. Introduction to German Literature
(The Age of Goethe).

Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1983-84.

An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second half
o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Representative works o f Lessing,
Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics.
Fall semester. Faber.

63. Goethe’s F a u st

13. Translation: Theory and Practice.
This course aims at exploring the act of

An intensive study of Faust I and II.
Offered 1983-84. Weber.

83. Kafka and Brecht.
A study o f the principle works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and

149

Modern Languages and Literatures

Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context o f the authors*

cultural and social environment.
Not offered 1983-84.

GROUP II
60. Aufklaerung und Sturm und Drang.
The German Enlightenment and various reac­
tions to it. Authors read include Geliert,
Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early
Goethe, and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1983-84. Weber.

62. W eim arer K lassik .
Major writings o f the authors associated with
the Weimar Court from the time o f Goethe’s
arrival in 1775. An investigation in the main of
the works and concerns o f the later Goethe,
Schiller, and Herder.
Not offered 1983-84.

70. Die Deutsche Romantik.
See German 105 below.

80. K la s s ik e r der Moderne.
A study o f German literature from the begin­
nings of Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Fall semester. Avery.

82. Literatur d e s zw a n zigste n
Jahrhunderts.
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity o f the
modern tradition under the impact of political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II
writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West
Germany.
Not offered 1983-84. Avery.

Courses to be offered in subsequent
years:
52. D a s Deutsche Drama.
A study o f German drama, concentrating on
the modern period and including also an
examination o f opera as drama. Readings
include plays by Brecht, Buchner, Hauptmann,
Kaiser, Schiller, and Wedekind as well as the
libretti to the following operas: Mozart’s Die
Zauberflote, Wagner’s Tristan und Isolde, and
Berg’s Wozzek.
Fall semester. Weber.

72. Literatur d e s neunzehnten
Jahrhunderts.
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings include
selections from essayistic writings reflecting
contemporary thought.
Not offered 1983-84.

84. Rilke, Hofmannsthal, George.
105. Die Deutsche Romantik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, H5lderlin, Kleist, Brentano,
Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine.
Also offered as a course. See 70.
Offered ig 8y 84 .Faber.

107. M oderne Prosa.
The development o f German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Doblin,
Karl Kraus, and R. Walser.
Offered 1983-84.

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and Honors
candidates are: Russian 6, 11, 12, and 13, or
equivalent work.

150

Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their

program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.

discussions in Russian.
Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen.

1-2. R u ssia n Reading and Translation.

19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev,
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely.
Silver Age of Russian poetry. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
Bradley.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Russian.
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study of grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 6, 11, and 12.

6. Advanced Russian.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, translation,
and stylistics. Readings include short stories
and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

12. Introduction to R u ssia n Literature.

13. The R u ssia n Novel.
Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the post­
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in
English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
Fall semester. Bradley.

16. H istory of the R u ssia n Language.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among the
other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­
guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics
for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Not offered 1983-84. Krugovoy.

11. Introduction to R u ssia n Literature.
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and

91. Special Topics.
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual
authors, selected themes or critical problems.

93. Directed Reading.

SEMINARS
101. Tolstoy.

106. R u ssia n Drama.

102. R u ssia n Sh o rt Story.

107. R u ssia n Lyrical Poetry.

Spring semester 1984. Bradley.

108. M odern R u ssia n Poetry.

103. Pushkin and Lermontov.

109. Chekhov.

104. Dostoevsky.

Fall semester 1983. Frydman.

105. Literature of the Soviet Period.

151

Modern Languages and Literatures

Spanish
Spanish may be offered as a major in the
Course Program but not as a major or minor in
the External Examination (Honors) Program.
Prerequisites for Course students are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the

introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehensive
examinations in Spanish. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consultation with the Department.

1B-2B, 3B. Intensive Spanish.
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command of the
language. Combines the study o f grammar with
intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in
literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally
followed by 5, 11, or 13.

5. Com position and Diction.
For majors and others who wish advanced
courses in which the emphasis is not primarily
literary. An effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve both oral and
written self-expression in the language.
Each semester. Fall semester, Hassett.

7. Fonética Española.
A course designed to improve the individual
student’s pronunciation o f Spanish and to
acquaint him with its phonetic and phonolog­
ical makeup. Extensive work in the language
laboratory.
Spring semester, 1984. Staff.

11. Introduction to Sp a n ish Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla,
Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja,
Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Fall semester. Montero-Paulson.

13. Introduction to Sp a n ish Am erican
Literature.
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,

152

and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda,
Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, García Márquez).
Discussions, papers.
Spring semester. Hassett.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.

42. La Poesía del Renacim iento y del
S ig lo de Oro.
From the Romancero through the Baroque.
Special emphasis on Garcilaso de la Vega,
Herrera, Fray Luis de León, San Juan de la
Cruz, Lope de Vega, Quevedo and Góngora.
Fall semester 1984 . Metzidakis.

44. Cervantes.
The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis
on the Quijote.
Spring semester, 1985. Metzidakis.

70. La Generación del 98.
Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorin,
Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente and Antonio
Machado.
Fall semester 1983. Montero-Paulson.

71. Literatura Española
Contemporánea.
Major figures o f the 20th century not covered
in Spanish 70: Juan Ramón Jimenez, Garcia
Lorca, Alberti, Salinas Guillén and Hernandez
among the poets; novels by Cela and Delibes;
the theater of Casona and Sastre.
Spring semester 1984. Montero-Paulson.

75. Teatro H ispanoam ericano
Contemporáneo.
After a brief introduction to the origins o f
Spanish American theatre this course will

focus principally on representative works by
some o f the most important figures o f twentieth
century Spanish American Theatre. Our selec­
tion o f dramatists will include Florencio
Sánchez, Rodolfo Usigli, René Marque's, Egon
Wolff, Emilio Carballido, Carlos Solórzano,
and Enrique Solary Swayne.
Spring semester 1985. Hassett.

77. La Novela H ispanoam ericana del
Siglo XX.

91. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems. Topic for Spring 1985:
The works o f Federico Garcia Lorca. Open to
all students with previous experience in Spanish
or Spanish American Literature.
Spring semester 1984. Montero-Paulson.
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:

30. La Literatura Medieval.

Novels by Juan Rulfo, Carlos José Donoso,
Mario Fuentes, Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García
Márquez, and Manuel Puig.
Fall Semester 1984. Hassett.

40. El Teatro del Renacim iento y del
S ig lo de Oro.

79. El Cuento Hispanoam ericano.

72. La Novela Española de la Posguerra.

The Spanish American short story from the
early 19th century to the present. Representa­
tive authors include Echevarría, Carrasquilla,
Payró, Lillo, Portillo y Rojas, Roa Bastos,
Borges, Bioy Basares, Rulfo Cortázar, and
others.
Fall semester 1983. Hassett.

73. Unamuno.

60. La Novela en el S ig lo XIX.

74. Literatura Española de Posguerra.
76. La Poesía H ispanoam ericana
en el S ig lo XX.
78. La Novela M exican a So cia l del
S ig lo XX.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM
Although the Spanish section can not now
prepare students for External Examinations,

students interested in such a possibility should
make their wishes known to the section.

153

Music
PATRICIA W ITYK BOYER, Professor o f Dance and Director of the Dance Program!
J A M E S D. FREEMAN, Professor and Chairman
PETER GRAM SWING, Professori
GERALD LEVINSON, Assistant Professor
ANN KO SAKO W SKI M cNAM EE, Assistant Professor!
YIN AM LEEF, Lecturer
DOROTHY K. FREEMAN, Associate in Performance (Music)
PAUL K LOCK E, Associate in Performance (Dance)***
KAREN MEYERS, Associate in Performance (Music)
GEOFFREY MICHAELS, Associate in Performance (Music)
CAROLYN REICHEK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance)
ROBERT M. SMART, Associate in Performance (Music)
M A R K TAYLOR, Associate in Performance (Dance)**

The study of music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music as
an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory
courses train the student to work with musical
material, to understand modes o f organization
in composition and to evolve methods of
musical analysis. History courses introduce
students to methods o f studying the develop­
ment o f musical styles and genres, and the
relationship o f music to other arts and areas of
thought. The Department encourages students
to develop performing skills through private
study and through participation in the band,
chorus, early music ensemble, orchestra, and
chamber music coaching program which it
staffs and administers. The Department also
assists instrumentalists and singers to finance
the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be
granted under the provisions for Creative Arts.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or
vocal studies outside the College with a major
in music at Swarthmore can, with special
permission, from the department and the
Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus
reducing the normal number o f courses to be
taken per semester.
Two semester courses in theory and one
semester course in history are prerequisite for
f Absent on leave, Spring 1984.
!Absent on leave, 1983-84.
**Fall semester, 1983.

154

acceptance as a major. Majors will normally
take five semester courses in theory (including
Music 15), 16, or 17), three semester courses in
history (including Music 20 and either 21 or
22) and meet the basic piano requirement.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will normally stand for four
papers in music. The Department strongly
recommends that one paper be a thesis or
research project. Any Theory/Composition
course numbered 15 or higher, also all history
courses, can be used as the basis of a paper
when augmented by a concurrent or subse­
quent attached unit o f additional research, or
by directed reading, or by a tutorial.
Minors in the Honors Program: A student
intending to minor in the Honors Program will
normally stand for two papers in music. Two
semester courses in theory and one semester
course in history are prerequisite for a minor.
Music 2 may, with permission o f the Depart­
ment, be substituted for the theory prerequi­
site.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.

Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early
19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior
year they should be able to read chamber music
scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize
figured basses. The department recommends
that majors take one or two semesters o f Music
42 to develop these skills. Students with
exceptional proficiency in an instrument other
than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards of
pianists.
The basic piano program: This program is
designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students

meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.
Special scholarships and awards in music
include:
The Presser Foundation Scholarship: See p. 29.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships: See p. 63.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 63.
The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 61.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p.
24.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship:
See p. 31.

CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Band, Chamber Music, Chorus, Early Music
Ensemble, Orchestra
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45),
Performance Band (Music 46), or Performance
Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with
permission o f the Department member who
has the responsibility for that performing
group. The amount o f credit received will be a
half-course in any one semester and usually
will be granted only to students participating
for a full year in a particular activity. Students
applying for credit will fulfill requirements
established for each activity, i.e., regular
attendance at rehearsals and performances and
participation in any supplementary classes held
in connection with the activity. Students will
be graded on a credit/no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 48)
Music Majors and members o f the Band,
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Gospel Choir,
and Orchestra may, if they wish, take lessons
for credit. Members o f the Chorus, Early
Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are eligible
for voice lessons; members o f the Band, Early
Music Ensemble, and Orchestra are eligible for
lessons on their primary instrument. Students
who are not Music Majors and are not in any of

the performing organizations listed above may
take lessons for credit if they are concurrently
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who are
not enrolled in a History or Theory/Compo­
sition course offered by the Department may
qualify for Music 48 by taking part in the
Department’s Program for Accompanists. The
Department expects such pianists to give at
least three hours a week to the Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department
ability to undertake such study at least at an
intermediate level. The student will arrange to
work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject
to the approval o f the Department, which will
then supervise the course o f study and grade it
on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and
student will submit written evaluations, and
the student will perform for a j ury at the end o f
the semester. The Department will then decide
if the student should receive credit, and if the
student can re-enroll.
The Department will pay one-quarter the cost
o f eight lessons for all students enrolled, except
that Music Majors and section leaders in the
Chorus and Orchestra will receive two-thirds

155

Music

the cost o f eight lessons, up to a maximum of
$133 per semester.
All students enrolled in Music 48 are strongly

encouraged to perform in student chamber
music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.

C O U R S E S A N D S E M IN A R S

1. Introduction to M usic.
A course designed to teach intelligent listening.
The course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered in 1983-84.
Offered Spring semester 1985.

2. Introduction to M usic.
A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen­
tals: reading notation and developing or ex­
panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Freeman.

3. W o rd s and M usic.
An introduction to music and to elements of
music theory through a study o f the relation­
ship o f words and music in various genres from
the middle ages to the present: chant, motet,

1
madrigal, cantata, Mass, oratorio, song, opera,
and tone poem.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1983-84.

6. J. S. Bach.
An introduction to his career as composer and
performer through readings and through study
o f his compositions in representative genres.
The course emphasizes training in informed
listening.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Fall semester. Swing.

8. M u s ic of the O rient
Introduction to music and musical theories of
the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in
special fields will meet with the class at
appropriate intervals.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Levinson.

T H E O R Y A N D C O M P O S IT IO N
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the first
meeting o f that course for students who feel
they may be able to place out o f it. Majors will
normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and 15,16,
or 17 in successive years.

11-12. Harm ony and Counterpoint 1.
Written musical exercises include composition
o f original materials as well as commentary on
excerpts from the tonal literature. Listening
assignments coordinated with written work.
Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional notation,
major/minor scales, ability to play or sing at
sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Year course. Leef.

13-14. H arm ony and Counterpoint II.
Continued work with the tonal literature at an

156

intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected
works with assignments derived from these
works.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.

15. Harm ony and Counterpoint III.
Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Spring semester. Levinson.

16. Schenker.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1983-84.
Offered 1985.

17.

H istory of M u s ic Theory.

A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1983-84.
Offered 1985.

19. Composition.
Both semesters. Levinson,

HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. M edieval and R e n aissan ce M usic.
The study of medieval and renaissance music
beginning with Gregorian chant and ending
with the music o f Josquin Desprez. The course
is also concerned with the relationship of
music to the art and thought o f the times, and
the function o f music in the Roman Catholic
liturgy.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. Swing.

21. Baroque and C la ssic a l M usic.
Topics in music of the 17th and 18th centuries.
In 1983 the course, run as a seminar, studied
music by Purcell, Handel, and Haydn as
performed in the city o f London, along with
the political and social conditions governing
commissions and performances.
Not offered in 1983-84.
Offered in Spring semester 1985.

22. Nineteenth-Century M usic.
Beethoven through Wagner, Brahms, and
Mahler. A study of Romanticism in music,
stylistic characteristics and historical premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Spring semester. Freeman.

23. Twentieth-Century M usic.
An examination o f a selected group o f com­
positions and o f their historical and theoretical
premises.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Fall semester. Levinson.

Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1983-84.
Offered in Fall semester 1985.

31. Opera.
An examination o f the problems and relation­
ship o f opera and drama. Scenes from two or
three operas will be prepared, staged, and
studied in detail. Other operas from various
periods will be examined in terms o f the
musico-dramatic problems encountered in the
prepared scenes.
Prerequisite: Some vocal, dramatic or instru­
mental ability.
Not offered 1983-84.

32. H istory of the String Quartet.
This course traces the development of the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1983-84.
Offered in 1985.

33. Lieder.
A study, through performance and analysis, of
various solutions by various composers to the
problems o f relating text and music. Students
should be moderately proficient either as
singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German
is desirable.
Not offered 1983-84.

30. W.A. Mozart.

39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticism and
Reviewing.

A study o f representative works in the light of
modern style criticism. A reading knowledge
of French or German is desirable.

This course, to be administered by the depart­
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field of reviewing, will cover

157

Music

instrumentally or vocally is required.
Not offered 1983-84.

various aspects o f writing about the perform­
ance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing,
the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the
special problems of relating performance to the
written word.
Not offered 1983-84.

92. Independent Study.

60. Projects in Perform ance.

Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.

A study o f chamber repertoire.. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms of analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform

93. Directed Reading.
95. Tutorial.

96. Se n io r Thesis.
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.

P E R F O R M A N C E (M U S IC )
NOTE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 49 and p. 155
for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Creative
Arts.

40. Elements of M usicianship.
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. Meyers.

41. Conducting.
Not offered 1983-84.

42. Figured B a s s and S c o re Reading.
Both semesters. Smart.

43. Perform ance (chorus).
Fall semester. Swing.
Spring semester. Smart.

44. Perform ance (orchestra).
Both semesters. Michaels.

45. Perform ance (early m u sic
ensemble).
Both semesters. Meyers.

46. Perform ance (band).
Both semesters. Leef.

Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning of
the semester a repertory o f works to be
rehearsed, coached, and performed during the
semester. They should include the names o f all
students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach at
least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance of a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance of
high quality. It is not necessary for every
person in the group to be taking Music 47 for
credit, but the Department assumes that those
taking the course for credit will assume
responsibility for the group, making sure that
the full group is present for regular rehearsals
and coaching sessions.

48. Perform ance (individual
instruction).
Both semesters.

47. Perform ance (cham ber music).
Both semesters. D. Freeman.

DANCE PROGRAM
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music, shares the Department philosophy that
courses in theory and history should be

158

integrated with performance. Serious dance
students are urged to supplement their study
with appropriate courses in music, theater and

other related disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels with a variety o f approaches. Technique
courses, numbered 1 through 5, receive no
academic credit but may be substituted for
required physical education. Advanced dancers
are encouraged to audition for the performing
group, The Swarthmore College Dancers. The
group meets three times weekly for class
(Dance 40 Performance Dance) and performs
several times during the year.

1. Introduction to Dance.
A course in dance technique with emphasis on
alignment and movement analysis and includes
introductory theory o f dance as an art form.
The class meets three hours weekly and is a
prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for
all dance courses except Dance 23.
Each semester. Staff

2. Beginning Ballet.
Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior
training).
Each semester. Klocke, Taylor.

3. Interm ediate/Advanced Ballet.

expand individual movement vocabulary and
work with others as a part o f a cohesive
ensemble. The class meets three hours weekly
and receives one half course credit.
Spring semester. Sepinuck.

11. Dance Com position I.
A study o f the principles o f dance composition
through exploration o f the elements o f dance
movement invention and improvisation, de­
velopment and movement themes, and chor­
eographic structure. Students will be expected
to read, create movement studies, and chor­
eograph a full length dance as a final project. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrently.
Fall semester. Taylor.

11a. Dance Composition.
One half course credit may be awarded to those
students who have previously taken Dance 11
or the equivalent and who choreograph a work
which is performed at a public concert.
Weekly consultations with the instruction will
be required.
Each semester. Taylor.

12. Dance Com position IL
A continuation o f Dance Composition I.
Fall semester. Taylor.

Prerequisite: Dance 2 (or equivalent prior
training).
Each semester. Klocke, Taylor.

23. Twentieth Century Dance.

4. Interm ediate Dance Technique.

Not offered 1983-84.

Approaches to various styles o f dance tech­
nique.
Each semester. Staff.

39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticism and
Reviewing.

5. High Interm ediate Dance Technique.

40. Perform ance (Dance).

Each semester. Staff.

9. Dance Repertory.
Not offered 1983-84.

10. Dance Im provisation.
This course is geared to improvisation both as a
performance technique and as a tool for dance
composition. It gives the student a chance to

(See Music 39).
This course includes dance technique on the
advanced level, basics of production, and
performance. One half course credit may be
received each semester with participation in
scheduled performances. Admission by audi­
tion or invitation o f the dance faculty.
Each semester. Staff.

159

Philosophy
HUGH M. LACEY, Professor*
H A N S F. OBERDIEK, Professor and Chairman
RICHARD SCHULDENFREI, Professor
CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor
RO SEM ARY M. R. DESJARDINS, Assistant Professor
RICHARD ELDRIDGE, Assistant Professor

Students majoring in philosophy must com­
plete at least one course or seminar in each of
these areas: (1) Logic, (2 ) Ancient or Modern
Philosophy, and (3 ) Moral or Social Philoso­
phy. Prospective majors should complete the
Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery
o f at least one foreign language is strongly
recommended. Students majoring in the Course
Program may be required to elect Philosophy
97.

1. Introduction to Philosophy.
Philosophical literature and methods o f inves­
tigation are introduced through discussion of
typical philosophical problems, such as: the
problem o f freedom, the arguments for the
existence o f God, the nature o f logic and
mathematics, the sources and limits o f human
knowledge, the justification o f moral judg­
ments. Readings include classical and current
sources.
Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite
for all other philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.

f 1. Ethics.
A study o f the principal theories about value
and moral obligation, and of their justification.
The emphasis is systematic, but works of
leading ethical philosophers, both classical and
contemporary, will be read as illustrations of
the major theories.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.

12. Logic.
An introduction to the principles of deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­
lems are also studied.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

13. M odern Philosophy.
17th and 18th-century sources o f current
\Absent on leave, 1983-84.

160

philosophical problems o f knowledge, free­
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
central texts of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant.
Fall Semester. Raff.

14. Ancient Philosophy.
A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues o f meta­
physics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics,
as these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
Spring semester. Desjardins.

16. Philosophy of Religion.
See Religion 14.

17. Aesthetics.
How can we we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Do all
art works have some property—such as signifi­
cant form or beauty—in common? Or can any­
thing at all be a work o f art? What sorts of
things ought we to do with works o f art, and
what things ought they to do for us? W e will
attempt to answer these questions by consider­
ing views about the nature and function of
works o f art held by such philosophers as
Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson
Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention
will be paid to twentieth century painting and
to the writings o f such critics as Clement
Greenbert, Harold Rosenberg, and Michael
Fried.
Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge.

18. Philosophy of the So cia l Sciences.
The course will be concerned with the philo­
sophical problems which arise in the attempt to
study and understand man. Typical issues will
be the relation of facts to values, empirical

evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural
forces. An attempt will be made to show how
patterns o f response to these issues reflect
conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in
general bring out the substantive implications
o f methodology.
Fall semester. Schuldenffei.

19. M edieval Philosophy.
Not offered 1983-84.

21. So cial and Political Philosophy.
This course will be primarily concerned with
issues in the philosophical foundations of
modern democracy. The nature and justifica­
tion o f democracy, as well as tolerance, liberty,
and community will be considered. The "ex­
ceptional” character o f American democracy
may also be discussed. Classical sources may be
used for background, but the bulk o f the
reading will be o f 19th- and 20th-century
sources, such as J.S. Mill, de Tocqueville,
Schumpeter, Dahl, and MacPherson.
Spring semester. Schuldenffei.

23. Contem porary Philosophy.
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1983-84. Raff.

24. Theory of Knowledge.
Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in
epistemology surveyed as treatments o f prob­
lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority,
truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory,
objectivity. Readings from both current and
traditional theorists.
Spiring semester. Raff.

26. Philo so phy of Language.
In the twentieth century, philosophers have
paid a great deal o f attention to what bits o f
language mean, what structure they have, and
how they have acquired the meanings and
structures they have. Are there any good
reasons for their doing this? Can traditional
philosophical problems—such as whether
things have essences and what we can know—
be solved by paying attention to what words
mean? These questions will be approached by
considering various theories o f the meanings of
proper names, theories o f the meanings of
complicated sentences stating the results of
scientific experiments, and theories o f the
meanings o f philosophical theses. Ordinary
language philosophy and the relevance of

linguistics to psychology and the theory of
knowledge will be touched on.
Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge.

27. M etaphysics.
An exploration o f selected topics arising out of
traditional philosophical questions: What is
there in the world? How do we know? Where
does language fit in? Against the historical
background of modern rationalism and empiri­
cism, the course will focus especially on the
critical approaches o f Kant and Wittgenstein
which have so affected contemporary thought.
Fall semester. Desjardins.

28. M a rx ist Philosophy.
Not offered 1983-84.

29. Ninefeenth-Century Philosophy.
By the nineteenth century, history seemed to
show that the use in philosophy o f various a
priori methods simply breeds disagreement
about what is right and what we know. As a
result, nineteenth-century philosophers began
to use historical methods, hoping to establish
the natures o f knowledge and morality by
seeing how views about these topics emerge
and evolve in a culture. Perhaps, it was
suggested, agreement will be reached as a result
o f this evolution, if we can understand it.
Whether historicism as a method is compatible
with objectivism about such topics as knowl­
edge, morality, the existence o f God, and the
nature o f the self will be studied by examining
the historicist treatments of these topics put
forward by Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx,
and Nietzsche.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

34. V alues and Ethics in Scie n ce and
Technology.
(Also listed as Engineering 34 .)
See Engineering 34.
Spring semester. Barus and Oberdiek.

38. Philosophy of Science.
The course will focus on issues connected with
the nature and verification o f scientific theories.
Special treatment will be given to the nature of
scientific change, growth, and development,
giving an historical emphasis to the course.
Not offered 1983-84. Lacey.

39. Phenom enology and Existentialism .
Not offered 1983-84.

161

Philosophy

59. Catholic Social and Political
Thought.
The course will study the Catholic tradition of
social and political thought, recent theoretical
developments in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move­
ments, especially in Latin America. The princi­
pal readings will be drawn firom 1) Papal social
encyclicals, 2) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American Bishops’
Conferences, 3) writings of liberation theology.
From time to time, selected applications o f this
theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic communities”
in Brazil, will also be studied.
Not offered 1983-84. Lacey.

metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­
pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axiomatic
theories o f space and time, logical form and the
structure o f natural languages, philosophical
foundations o f arithmetic, foundations of
geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature
o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor
required.
Not offered 1983-84. Lacey.

93. Directed Reading.
Each semester. Staff.

96. Thesis.
Fall semester. Staff.

87. Colloquium: Advanced Logic and
Foundations of Mathem atics.

97. Se n io r Conference.

A selection o f topics from the following:

Fall semester. Eldridge.

SEMINARS
101. M o ral Philosophy.

106. Aesthetics.

An examination o f the principle theories about
value and moral obligation, and o f their
justification: o f the concepts o f justice and
human rights; of the implications for ethics of
different theories about the freedom o f the
will. Works o f representative theorists, both
classical and contemporary, will be read.
Fall semester. Oberdiek.

See Philosophy 17.
Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge.

192. Ancient Philosophy.
See Philosophy 14.
Spring semester. Desjardins.

103. M odern Philosophy.
Metaphysical and epistemological problems
about the nature o f minds and bodies, the
varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are ap­
proached through the philosophical systems of
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Fall semester. Raff.

104. Contem porary Philosophy.
One or more philosophical issues selected to
illustrate 20th-century philosophical tech­
niques and theories; such as: the nature of
emotion, value, human action, personal iden­
tity, truth, God, or imagination. Readings
include current contributions and 20th-cen­
tury classics by Moore, Russell, or Wittgen­
stein.
Spring semester. Raff.

162

107. Logic and Foundations of
M athem atics.
See Philosophy 87.
Not offered 1983-84. Lacey.

109. M etaphysics.
See Philosophy 27.
Fall semester. Desjardins.

110. M edieval Philosophy.
Not offered 1983-84.

111. Philosophy of Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.

113. Theory of Knowledge.
Topics in epistemology explore the nature and
limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from
current theorists.
Not offered 1983-84. Raff.

114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy.
See Philosophy 29.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

115. Language and Thought
See Linguistics 107.

116. Philosophy of Language.
See Philosophy 26.
Not offered 1983-84. Eldridge.

117. Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
See Philosphy 18.
Fall semester. Schuldenfrei.

118. Philosophy of Psychology.
The study will center upon behaviorism, its
various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it,
in particular cognitive theories. There will be
selected topics from the methodological and
philosophical foundations o f behaviorism,
types o f theoretical concepts used in psychol­
ogy, the explanatory function of various
theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and
neurophysiological), the explanation o f lin­
guistic behavior, the compatibility o f deter­
minism with psychology, the relation between
structural and functional explanation, criteria
o f choice between conflicting theories, the
relevance of values to theory choice.
Not offered 1983-84. Lacey.

the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis o f important episodes in
the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle,
Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton will be studied, as well as contempo­
rary writings in the philosophy o f science.
Not offered 1983-84 Lacey.

121. Social and Political Philosophy.
See Philosophy 21.
Spring semester. Schuldenfrei.

122. Philosophy of Law.

119. H istory and Philosophy of Science.

A study o f concepts o f law, including examina­
tion o f the relationships between legal systems
and other social and political institutions. Such
issues as the proper relationship between law
and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­
ment of morality, and justification o f punish­
ment are considered. Readings in both histori­
cal and contemporary sources.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

An examination o f some of the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanations, the interrela­
tionship between theory and observation,
criteria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory,

A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place of one Honors paper, upon
application by the student and at the discretion
o f the department.

180. Thesis.

Physical Education and
Athletics
6 0 M E R N. DAVIES! Professor*
ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor
ERNEST J. PRUDENTE, Associate Professor
DAVID D. SMOYER, Associate Professor and Chairman
SU SA N P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor
M IC H AEL L MULLAN, Assistant Professor
DOUGLAS M. W EISS, Assistant Professor
ELIZABETH D. WATTS, Instructor
JOHN DiGREGORIO, Assistant
LORI FRIES-SM ITH, Assistant
JOSEPH KELLEHER, Assistant
T H O M A S F. LAPINSKI, Assistant**
C URTIS LAURER, Assistant**
JOEL M ARC U S, Assistant
J A M E S W. NOYES, Assistant! f
C. J. STEFANOWICZ, Assistant**

The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program provides an opportunity for instruction and
experience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move-*
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports-*
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities which
can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­
hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-one
different sports, eleven for men and ten for
women. During many of these activities con­
tests are arranged for junior varsity teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of
students to engage in intercollegiate competi­
tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged
to participate in regional and national cham­
pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­

*Absent on leave, fall semester, 1983.
**Fall semester, 1983.

164

ous sports are also organized and a program of
intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test or
take up to one quarter of swimming instruction;
classes for this purpose are offered in the fall
quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Physi­
cal Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as for the following two dance courses:
Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to Dance) and
Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance Tech­
nique). To receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a
week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu­
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.

f f Spring semester, 1984.

Fall Activities
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
*\ Field Hockey
Folk * * * Football

Self-Defense
* Soccer
*Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
Touch Football
** Volleyball
Weight Training

W inter Activities
Aquatics

** Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk &. Square Dance
\Gymnastics
Self-Defense
* Squash

* * * * Swimming
*Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Weight Training
*** Wrestling

Sp rin g Activities

***
***
****
**

Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
Golf
Lacrosse
Softball

\ Women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

Squash
‘ Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Weight Training

* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and
women.

165

Physics
OLEXA-MYRON BILANIUK, Professori
JOHN R. BOCCIO, Professor and Chairman
M A R K A. HEALD, Professor
PAUL C. MANGELSDORF, JR., Professor
ALBURT M. ROSENBERG, Associate Professor
RUSH 0. HOLT, Assistant Professor
FRANK A. MOSCATE LI, Assistant Professor
DAVID G. STORK, Lecturerff
JOHN R. DONEL, Assistant

The Physics Department offers two calculusbased introductory courses. Physics 1, 2 is a
more applied course, covering both classical
and modern physics, designed primarily for
those students planning to take only one year
o f physics. Physics 3, 4 is a more analytical
course, aimed toward majors in physics and
others planning to take further work in the
Department. Physics 3, 4 is the first half o f a
two-year introductory sequence consisting of
3, 4, 14, 15.
Entering freshmen with strong physics back­
ground should see the Department Chairman if
they are interested in taking advanced courses
in the Department. Normally, Physics 3H, 4H
is required prior to enrollment in Physics 14 or
15.
In addition to Physics 1, 2, the Department
offers a selection o f courses (Physics 6, 7 ,8, 9,
10, 11, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25) that are suitable for
nonscience majors seeking to fulfill the science
distribution requirement.
Throughout the work o f the Department,

emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition
o f facts and skills. In all courses and seminars
particular importance is attached to laboratory
work, because physics is primarily an experi­
mental science. External Examination candi­
dates taking physics seminars accompanied by
experimental work must submit their labora­
tory notebooks to the visiting examiners for
their inspection.
In addition to curricular work, students are
encouraged to pursue independent projects
within faculty research programs. Good shop
facilities, a wide range o f instrumentation, and
extensive computing facilities are available in
support o f independent work.
The department sponsors a regular colloquium
series with spreakers chosen so that the talks
are appropriate for undergraduates. In addition,
students regularly give talks about research
projects. The talks are sponsored by the local
chapter o f the Society o f Physics Students of
the American Institute of Physics.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in physics
normally take Physics 3 ,4 ,5 and Chemistry 10
in the freshman year and Physics 14, 15 in the
sophomore year. For freshmen prepared to
enter Mathematics 6 the normal mathematics
sequence for physics majors is Mathematics 6,
16 or 16H, 18 or 18H, and 30, during the first
four semesters, followed by Mathematics 81,
82. Students entering the mathematics sef Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.
f t Spring semester, 1984.

166

quence with Mathematics 5 may need to defer
Mathematics 3 0 until after their sophomore
year. Students taking Physics 1, 2 may also
continue with Physics 14, 15 and advanced
work in the Department, although in most
cases it will be necessary to include a half-credit
tutorial in the sophomore year to expand the
student’s background in certain topics treated
intensively in Physics 3 ,4 . Satisfactory work in

an introductory course is prerequisite for all
further work in the Department. In view o f the
extensive literature o f physics in French,
German, and Russian, it is recommended that
the student acquire a reading knowledge of at
least one o f these languages.
Students wishing to major or minor in physics
have several options available. The department
offers both External Examination and Course
programs. A student majoring in physics in
either case and planning to enter graduate
school in physics would normally take Physics
101A/B, 102A/B, 103A/B, 104, and Mathe­
matics 8 1 ,8 2 or equivalent. Physics 104 is not
required for a major in physics, but is stongly
recommended.
Students in the External Examination program
usually present four papers in physics and two
papers selected from supporting subjects like
mathematics, chemistry, astronomy, engineer­
ing, and philosophy. Each paper is normally
comprised o f two single unit seminars. An
External Examination major with three papers
in physics and greater diversity in the minor
subjects is not only an adequate program for a
physics major going on to graduate school, but
also constitutes an effective educational pro­
gram for careers in law, medicine, and other
professions in as much as the aim throughout is
to achieve an understanding o f fundamental
ideas and concepts, as distinct from the
mastery o f a limited segment o f science.
Course majors and double majors normally
take ten course units of physics. Students in the
course program and double majors take depart­
mental comprehensive examinations during
the last semester of their senior year.
Students not intending to do further work in
physics but still wishing to pursue a program in
physics that introduces the major areas of
physics and the methods and techniques used
to solve problems in physics should consider
an eight-course physics major program. We
feel such a program is useful for careers in
many diverse fields and encourage considera­
tion o f this program by students planning to
enter graduate or professional programs in
other fields. The requirement o f only eight
courses should allow a full program in a second
field o f interest.

1,2. Introductory P hysics.
An introduction to selected concepts and
applications o f classical and modern physics.
Vectors, Newtonian mechanics, special rela­
tivity, mechanical advantage, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism,
optics and optical instruments, waves, sound,
and nuclear physics. Physics 5 must be taken
concurrently with Physics 1. Laboratory and
homework exercises include extensive use of
interactive computing and computer graphics.
Three lectures, a conference section, and a
laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 completed or
Mathematics 5 concurrently or comparable
preparation in mathematics.
Mangelsdorf, Rosenberg, and staff.

3. General P h y sic s: M e c h a n ics and
Special Relativity.
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under­
standing o f physical phenomena through the
use o f calculus and simple differential equa­
tions. Topics include vectors, kinematics in
one, two, and three dimensions, Newton’s laws
and dynamics, conservation laws, work and
energy, oscillatory motion, systems of particles,
rigid body rotation about a fixed axis, motion
in a gravitational field, and special relativity.
Physics 5 must be taken concurrently with
Physics 3. Laboratory and homework exercises
include extensive use o f interactive computing
and computer graphics. Three lectures, a
conference section, and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­
matics.
Fall semester. Boecio and staff.

4. General P h y sic s: W aves, Optics, and
Electricity and M agnetism .
A continuation o f Physics 3. Topics covered
include wave phenomena, geometrical optics,
physical optics, electricity and magnetism,
Maxwell’s equations, direct and alternatingcurrent circuits.
Spring semester. Moscatelli and staff.

3H, 4H. Freshm an Sem inar.
A half-credit course for students with strong

167

Physics

physics and mathematics preparation. Physics
5 must be taken concurrently with Physics 3H.
A seminar meeting and a laboratory weekly. At
the level o f the Berkeley Physics Series.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the department
chairman.
Boccio, Stork.

5. Computing from the U se r’s End.
(Also listed as Mathematics 6A and Economics
5 . ) A practical introduction to computer use
including P R IM E 750 system procedures and
commands, text editing and manuscript prepa­
ration, the BASIC programming language,
procedures for using FORTRAN software
packages, graphics and statistical packages
including M1NITAB. Assumes no prior back­
ground in computing or physics. One intensive
lecture plus a workshop session per week; onehalf course credit. Required o f students en­
rolled in Physics 1 and 3, for whom the
workshop is included in the regular laboratory
session. Separate workshops stressing appro­
priate applications and examples will be pro­
vided for non-physics students.
Fall semester. Boccio.

6. P rin cip les of the Earth Sciences.
An analysis of the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geomorphology. Reading and discussion based on
current literature. The underlying physical and
chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory
demonstrations and one or more field trips. No
special scientific background required.
Spring semester. Mangelsdorf.

7. Revolutions in P h y sics.
The problem o f celestial motion and the
Copernican revolution. The problem o f ter­
restrial motion and Galileo. The Newtonian
synthesis. Einstein’s theory o f relativity. Con­
sideration o f the nature o f scientific revolu­
tions. Some use o f computer graphics will be
taught. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.

8. The P h y s ic s o f Living M achines.
The camera and the eye, and semiconductor
devices and bioelectricity, sound detection and
orientation, signal to noise discrimination, as
illustrations o f the importance o f physical
theory and instruments in understanding cer­

168

tain aspects o f the living machine. Includes
weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience
majors; not appropriate for pre-medical stu­
dents.
Not offered in 1983-84. Rosenberg.

9. O rder and Sym m etry in Natural
S yste m s.
Analysis o f the forms seen in nature and the
principles involved in producing those forms.
Symmetries o f designs and other geometrical
objects. Interacting wave-like phenomena.
Computer graphic displays will be used in
producing various patterns. Includes weekly
laboratory-workshop. Intended for nonscience
majors.
Not offered in 1983-84. Rosenberg.

10. A n a ly s is of the Perturbed
Environm ent
Problems associated with numbers and flow in
the movement o f people. Energy resources and
distribution. Selected problems o f pollution,
including radioactive contamination. The com­
puter will be used to simulate different ecologi­
cal situations. The value and implication of
these models will be sought. Where needed,
basic physical concepts, computer techniques,
and analytical methods will be taught. Lectures
plus projects. Intended for nonscience majors.
Fall semester. Rosenberg.

11. W hat A re Elem entary P a rtic le s?
This course traces the conceptual and historical
development o f our view o f what the world is
made o f from atoms through electrons, pho­
tons, nucleons, mesons, and quarks. Intended
for nonscience majors.
Not offered in 1983-84. Rosenberg.

14. Introduction to Quantum P h y sics.
An introduction to modern physics, including
relativity, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equa­
tion applied to one dimensional systems, and
properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei,
and elementary particles. The empirical basis
o f modern physics is emphasized. Three lec­
tures, conference section, and laboratory
weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4; Mathematics 16 or
18 taken concurrently.
Fall semester. Bilaniuk.

15. Statistical and Therm al P h y sics.
Basic methods and concepts appropriate for
the treatment o f systems consisting o f very

many particles. Statistical mechanics and ther­
modynamics are presented from a unified
point o f view. The ideas o f the atomistic nature
o f matter, concepts from quantum mechanics,
and statistical postulates are combined to bring
out conclusions about the macroscopic beha­
vior o f matter. Three lectures, conference
section, and laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 14.
Spring semester. Boccio.

21. P rin cip les of Aeronautics.
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground
lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll­
ment limited. (The Department o f Physics is
officially certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot
Ground School.)
Not offered 1983-84. Bilaniuk.

22. Energy for Mankind.
The role o f energy in the modern world.
Renewable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fusion, and other energy sources; their respec­
tive advantages and disadvantages. Lectures
and afternoon session (lab or field trip).
Acceptable for science distribution require­
ment. No prerequisites, but enrollment limited
because o f field trips.
Not offered 1983-84. Bilaniuk.

23. Relativity.
A non-mathematical introduction to the special
and general theories o f relativity. Emphasis on
spacetime diagrams and geometrical concepts.
Not offered in 1983-84. Boccio.

24. is s u e s in A rm s Control and
D isarm am e n t
An examination o f attempts to control nuclear
and conventional weapons since World War
II. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the
SALT process and its alternatives, the internal
and external constraints involved in negotia­
tions, and the scientific and political factors
involved in creating and controlling weapons
systems. This course will not satisfy the
distribution requirements.

Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructors.
Spring semester. Holt and Frost.

25. P h y s ic s and Philosophy.
This course will explore the major ideas that
shape our present understanding of the physical
universe. Early cosmologies, the rise o f the
scientific method, the model o f the determinis­
tic universe, relativity, and quantum principles
will be considered for their impact on the
broader realms o f human thought. In addition,
the historical development o f physical ideas
will be presented, giving a sense o f the
evolutionary and revolutionary processes
which make for progress in science.
Not offered in 1983-84. Bilaniuk.

31. B iophysics.
Ionizing radiation and biological damage. Bio­
electrical potentials. Mechanisms o f vision and
hearing. Thermodynamics and life processes.
Pattern formation. Force and shape. Auto­
mata. Optical data analysis. Applications of
physical instrumentation. The course is in­
tended for biological and physical science,
mathematics, and engineering students.
Spring semester. Rosenberg.

63. P ro ce d u re s in Experimental
P h y sics.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research. Techniques, materials,
and the design o f experimental apparatus.
Shop practice. Printed circuit design and
construction. Glassblowing. Half-credit
course.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. Directed Reading o r P ro je ct
This course is to provide an opportunity for
individual students to do special work, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in
fields not covered by the regular courses and
seminars. The student will present oral and
written reports to the instructor.

94. Experimental o r Theoretical
Research.
Initiative for a research project may come from
the student, or the work may involve collabora­
tion with on-going faculty research. The
student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.

169

Physics

SEMINARS
The seminars 101A/B, 102A/B, 103A/Bhave
an associated laboratory program. The labora­
tory meets one afternoon per week. Labora­
tory programs include substantial set-piece
experiments and projects.

include: Special relativity. Atomic physics;
spectroscopy. Solid-state physics; semiconduc­
tors. Nuclear physics. Lasers. Low temperature
phenomena. Fission and fusion.
Spring semester. Boccio and Heald.

101 A. Interm ediate P h y sics.

103A. Electrodynam ics.

A general study o f classical mechanics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and
three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion;
damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equa­
tions and variational principles. Systems o f
particles; collisions and cross sections. Motion
o f a rigid body in two and three dimensions;
Euler’s equations. Rotating frames of reference.
Small oscillations and normal modes. Wave
phenomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4; Math 30.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.

Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Boundary
value problems in curvilinear coordinates;
special functions. Waveguides, antennas, radia­
tion. Boundary conditions; reflection and
refraction. Attenuation and dispersion. Fourvector formulation o f the special theory of
relativity. Microscopic theory o f the electrical
and magnetic properties o f materials. Plasma
physics. Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 101A/B; Mathematics
81, 82.
Fall semester. Heald and Mangelsdorf.

101B. Interm ediate Electricity
and M agnetism .

Geometrical optics. Acoustic waves. Dispersive
media. Waves in three dimensions. Electro­
magnetic waves. Superposition. Interference.
Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Polariza­
tion. Spectrometers and interferometers.
Fourier analysis. Sources and detectors. Crystal
optics. Matrix optics. Lasers. Coherence.
Holography. Nonlinear optics. Quantum as­
pects o f light.
Fall semester. Mangelsdorf and Heald.

A general study o f electricity and magnetism
using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­
opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in differ­
ential form. Displacement current, Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Simple
boundary value problems.
Fall semester. Holt.

102A. Quantum P h y sics: Theory.
A more formal continuation o f Physics 14.
Topics include: Classical concepts. Review o f
history. Postulates o f quantum mechanics.
Operators, eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues.
Function spaces and hermitian operators;
BRA-KET notation. Superposition and obser­
vables. Time development, conservation theo­
rems, and parity. One dimensional systems.
Two dimensional systems. Angular momen­
tum. Three dimensional systems. Matrix
mechanics and Spin. Coupled angular momen­
tum. Time-independent perturbation theory.
Time-dependent perturbation theory. Transi­
tion rates. Scattering.
Prerequisites: Phys. 15 and 101A/B; Math 81,
82 (concurrent).
Spring semester. Boccio and Heald.

102B. Quantum P h y sics: Applications.
Directly integrated with Physics 102A. Topics

170

103B. W a ve s and P h y sic a l Optics.

104. S e n io r Sem inar.
An intensive investigation o f one or more
advanced topics such as:
Astrophysics
Atomic physics; spectroscopy
Fluid dynamics
General relativity
Nuclear physics
Particle physics
Plasma physics
Quantum optics; lasers
Solid state physics
Statistical physics
Topics in mathematical physics
Topics in physics and public policy
A few seminars comprised o f a single subject or
a combination o f subjects selected from the list
above will be offered each year. Actual choices
will vary from year to year depending on
available faculty and student interests.
Spring semester. Stork and Holt.

Political Science
CHARLES E. GILBERT, Professor
RAYMOND F. HOPKINS, Professor and Acting Chairman
J A M E S R. KURTH, Professor"!
DAVID G. SMITH, Professor and Chairman^.
CHARLES R. BEITZ, Associate Professor-!
RICHARD L. RUBIN, Associate Professor of Political Science and Public Policy**
KENNETH E. SHARPE, Associate Professor
ALEX R. HYBEL, Assistant Professor
M ICH AEL RANIS, Assistant Professor
J A M E S L. CURTIS, Instructor
NANCY S. LOVE, Instructor

Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an under­
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing general­
ly with the basic concepts o f political science
and the processes o f politics as illustrated by
case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by
more extended study of the elements of politics

in various institutional settings. In appropriate
places throughout the curriculum attention is
focused on problems o f change (evolutionary
and revolutionary), freedom and authority,
war and peace—and on the development of
political institutions that are responsive to the
needs o f our day. Courses are provided that
give special attention to political theory, com­
parative political systems, political develop­
ment, politics and government in the United
States, and international relations.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science are
advised to start with Elements o f Politics
(Political Science 1), and to continue with one
or more o f the other introductory level
courses, Policy-Making in America (Political
Science 2), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3), International Politics (Political
Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 and/or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department. Students
who intend to major in political science should
begin their work in the freshman year if
possible. Supporting courses strongly recom­
mended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and
Introduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Political Theory, either in seminar for Honors
candidates, or in Course (Political Science 54

or 55) for Course students, is required of ail
majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students interested
in a career in the field of international relations,
is described in full on p. 129.

1. Elem ents of Politics.
Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom! How? What are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is
political power created, maintained, or chal­
lenged? Answering these questions will involve
a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and
moving forces o f politics and exploring prob­
lems such as justice, freedom, equality, and
obligation. Materials will be drawn from the

^Absent on leave, 1983-84.
* Absent on leave, fall semester 1983.

171

Political Science

United States, Germany, China, and the Soviet
Union.
Fall semester. Staff.

energy, food, economic, or environmental
concerns.
Alternate years, spring semester.

2. P o licy-M akin g in America.

14. Am erican Foreign Policy.

Consideration of basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri­
can politics. Major attention will be devoted to
electoral organizations, voting behavior and
opinion formation, legislation and presidential
leadership, administration and policy choices.
Each semester. Staff.

An examination of the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems faced
by the United States in the modern world. The
course will focus on the influence of political,
bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the
problems of war, intervention, and economic
conflict.
Fall semester. Hybel.

3. Com parative Politics.

17. The A ra b-lsra e li Conflict and
Middle Eastern Politics.

An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, France, West Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political crises; political par­
ties, including Communist, anarchist, and fas­
cist movements; and contemporary political
institutions and policy-making.
Spring semester. Staff.

4. International Politics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the contem­
porary international system and its evolution
in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, interventions, and international eco­
nomic conflicts.
Spring semester. Staff.

11. Problem s in Community
Government.
The social, economic, and legal setting of
American local government. Politics and ad­
ministration at state and local levels, with
emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems of
federalism and metropolitan areas. Various
public functions or policies—e.g., planning,
housing, law enforcement—are considered as
they relate to governmental capacities, private
interests, and political values.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

13. International O rganizations in
World Politics.
This course surveys briefly the activities of
internation ll organizations related to military
security and peacekeeping, but will focus
primarily on one or more of the new issues
facing international organizations, such as

The sources and the political and cultural
dynamics of the Arab-lsraeli conflict; the
relations o f this conflict to Middle Eastern and
the international politics more generally; a
consideration of alternatives for reducing or
containing this conflict.
Fall semester. Ranis

18. Political Development.
An examination of the conditions o f change
and development. The processes which pro­
mote change and affect the stability and
capacity o f political systems will be considered
in the context o f widely diverse states including
industrialized and third world states.
Spring semester. Hopkins.

19. Com parative Com m unist Politics.
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis of differences in goal structures,
modes o f rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

20. Politics of China.
An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic pro­
grams, and foreign policy.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

21. P olitics of Black Africa.
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects of political change
including traditional attitudes, leadership, eth­

nic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military
intervention, national integration, and interna­
tional involvements.
Spring semester. Hopkins.

22. Latin Am erican Politics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
of Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning of politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers,
middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners,
etc.); and the economic and political difficul­
ties raised by U.S.-Latin American relations.
These topics will be approached through a
comparative study o f such countries as Brazil,
Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

51. Public Adm inistration.
Problems o f policymaking and administration,
primarily in American national government,
from the standpoints of public-policy analysis
and democratic theory. Central topics include:
accountability, responsibility, and productiv­
ity; organization theory and governmental
reorganization; budgeting, planning, and "ra­
tional” decision; public relations and dientelism; regulation and public enterprise; adminis­
trative law; intergovernmental relations; Con­
gress, Presidency, and administration.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

51 A. Public Law and Public
Adm inistration.
Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in
governmental administration. Issues o f organi­
zation and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular attention
to certain sectors o f public policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert

5 IB. T opics in Public Adm inistration
and Policy.
Issues in governmental management and policy­
making selected in part for their pertinence to
the Public Policy concentration. Topics likely
to be included are: efficiency and responsibility;
theories o f organization and decision; policy
analysis and implementation; public budg­
eting; regulation, with elements o f administratrive law; public relations and the "public
interest” ; contracting and "private federalism”;

intergovernmental relations; problems in the
separation o f powers.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

52. Am erican Constitutional Law.
The role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system, viewed both historically and
through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha­
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope of national
power; due process, equal protection, the First
Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84.

53. Am erican Party Politics.
An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legis­
lative process.
Fall semester. Rubin or Gilbert.

53B. The M a s s M edia and Am erican
Politics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institutions.
Fall semester. Rubin.

53C. Presidential Politics.
The central focus of the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercise
o f presidential power.
Spring semester. Rubin.

54. Political Theory: Plato to
M achiavelli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­
gence o f a distinctively modern political out­
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Recommended for students who plan to take
the Political Theory seminar.
Fall semester. Sharpe.

55. M odern Political Theory.
A study and critique o f liberalism through

173

Political Science

close reading and analysis of the writings of
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.$. Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding liberty,
political obligation, the common good, human
nature, and distributive justice. Not open to
students who plan to take the Political Theory
seminar.
Spring semester. Curtis.

manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs.
Students wishing to take this course should
consult in advance with the instructors. Prior
work in at least two o f the following will be
helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science
2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Hollister
and Smith.

56. Contem porary Political Theory.

60. Special Topics in Political
Science.

An examination of political theory from Marx
and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics a
special concern will be the ability o f contemporary liberal political and economic thought to
respond to its critics’ attacks on its psychologic
cal and epistemological foundations, and on its
adequacy as a guide to political understanding
and action. An effort will be made to understand the various and often conflicting currents
within liberal theory, as well as to identify
certain common problems. Marxist, existen­
tialist, anarchist, and structuralist critics may
be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission
of the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Sharpe or
Beitz.

57. Jurisprudence.
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­
phers, and social scientists. Issues to be
considered include the nature and validity of
law, the relation o f law to morality, and the
place of political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be
discussed. Readings will be chosen from
classical and contemporary works in the
philosophy and social science o f law as well as
from representative cases.
Spring semester. Beitz or Smith.

58. Health Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 58.) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­
cians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health

174

Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation fo three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members of the Department.

63. A m erican Tax Policy and Politics.
The significance o f taxation in American
politics from the Revolution to Reaganomics;
the political and institutional setting o f tax
policy; how policy-makers through taxation
reward some activities and punish others; the
political and social ramifications o f current tax
policies and an attempt to develop an informed
evaluation o f them.
Fall semester. Curtis.

64. Political Socialization and Schools.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course
description under Program in Education.)
Spring semester. Travers.

65. Political Psychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psycho­
logical processes are examined both for politi­
cal leaders and for the general public. Topics
thus include psychobiographies of presidents
and other leaders; psychological distortion in
political decision; personality types among the
public psychological factors in public opinion
and revolution. Projects may involve class or
individual research. (Crosslisted as Psychology
65. )
Fall semester. Peabody.

66. Energy Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 66 and Engineering
66.) Presentation and exploration o f political,
economic, and technological issues affecting
development o f energy policy, and investigation
o f the influence o f energy policy on policy­
making in other areas. Possible topics include:

development o f the U .S. Energy bureaucracy;
international political/economic decision­
making and OPEC; development and impact of
energy price decontrol; economic and political
aspects o f U .S. energy technology exports;
economic and environmental perspectives of
energy resource development (renewable and
otherwise). Suggested preparation includes
Economics 1-2 and Political Science 2 or 51.
Enrollment by permission o f instructors.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Rubin and
Stone.

67. Social Insurance and Welfare
Policy.
(Also listed as Economics 67.) The principal
American policies and programs dealing pri­
marily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
reform in this field. Topics include: Social
Security, national health insurance, unemploy­
ment compensation, and welfare reform. The
various public objectives and methods of
income support and related social services, as
well as certain contextual or alternative pro­
grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of
"welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
administrative or professional considerations
in policy; historical and comparative perspec­
tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
seminar for students in the Public Policy
Concentration and open for single credit to
others who have taken appropriate Public
Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one of the
instructors.
Spring semester. Gilbert and Hollister.

particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco­
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations of
past and present policies will be explored.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Kurth.

70. Food Policy: National and
International Issu e s.
The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government policy
in production, distribution, and consumption
o f food. Principal focus will be upon the Ameri­
can agricultural experience, food systems in
less developed countries, and international
trade and aid. Among the topics addressed will
be control o f land, production subsidies and
controls, diminishing resources, future mar­
kets, marketing boards, the role o f scientific
research, food engineering and nutrition, con­
sumer subsidies, international reserves, and
food aid. Students will be asked to confront
trade-offs and complementarities between two
objectives: efficiency, that is, more food for the
same resources; and equity, that is, human
entitlements to food.
Fall semester. Hopkins.

91. M a croeco nom ic Policy and
A m erican Political Institutions.

(Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require understanding o f environmental pro­
cesses including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f the instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. McGarity.

(Also listed as Economics 91.) The course
treats the economic and political aspects of
inflation, unemployment, and tax policy in the
U .S. Particular emphasis is given to interaction
between governmental institutions, markets,
and public policy decisions. Specific topics
include: (A ) Unemployment Policy: the legacy
o f the Great Depression and the Keynesian
Revolution; structural unemployment policy,
(discrimination by race or sex; unskilled
workers); unemployment compensation, wel­
fare, and minimum wage laws; (B) Inflation
Policy: the stagflation dilemma; monetary and
fiscal discipline; "incomes” policies (voluntary,
mandatory controls, tax-incentives—TIP); (C)
Tax Policy: the trade-off between equality and
efficiency; tax reform to encourage productivity
and capital formation.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and
Economics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Gilbert and Pack.

69. Defense Policy.

92. Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.

Analysis o f the history and stucture o f Ameri­
can defense policy since World War II, with

An analysis of important policy questions with
direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic

68. Environm ental Policy.

175

Political Science

groups. The focus o f the course is on: 1) the
political institutions that shape the formulation
o f policy (elëctions and parties, courts, admin­
istrative agencies); 2) specific policy areas of
contemporary conflict (housing, education,
employment); 3) the various mechanisms (af­
firmative action, quotas, targeted job aid) used
as remedies. The format will be discussion.
Suggested prerequisite either Political Science
1 or 2.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Rubin.

93. Directed Readings in Political
Science.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval of the chairman and the
instructor.

96. Thesis.
With the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, normally
during either semester o f the senior year.

SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examina­
tionfor_a degree vyith Honors:

lOt. Political Theory.
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations of liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such problems
as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis
o f political obligation, liberty, and democracy.
Particular attention will be given to the
question o f distributive justice and the rele­
vance o f Marx’s political and philosophical
writings to liberal theory.
Each semester. Love or Sharpe.

102. Po litics and Legislation.
The study of political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ultimate­
ly, on politics from the standpoint o f theories
o f political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

103. Problem s In Government and
Adm inistration.
Problems of administrative organization, policy­
making and responsibility, with primary refer­
ence to the United States and to selected fields
o f policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

104. International Politics.
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include ( 1) competing
theories o f international politics, ( 2) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management of

176

various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. Hopkins.

105. Am erican Foreign Policy.
A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modern world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and imple­
menting of American foreign policy. A variety
of explanations o f American foreign policy will
be discussed and evaluated, and the political,
economic, and social influences upon it will be
considered. Key assumptions of United States
policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and
alternate assumptions and policies will be
analyzed.
Spring semester. Hybel.

106. Public Law and Jurisprudence.
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,”
and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence;
the nature of the judicial process and other
problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judi­
cial decisions and other legal materials relating
to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84. Smith.

107. Com parative Com m unist Politics.
A comparative study o f the various communist
countries, with special attention to the Soviet
Union and the Chinese People’s Republic.
Analysis o f differences in goal structures,
modes of rule, and social development as a
function o f the interaction between legacies of
the paths to power, domestic political conflict,
and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. Not offered 1983-84.

108. Com parative Politics.
A comparative study o f the political systems of
Western Europe. The major countries examined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy and
Spain. Topics will include (1) competing
theories o f comparative politics, ( 2) the rela­
tionships between economic development,
economic crises, and political conflict, (3)
political parties, including communist, anar­
chist, and fascist movements, and (4 ) con­
temporary political institutions and policy­
making.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. Ranis.

108B. Com parative Politics: Latin
Am erica.
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re­
public. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc­
tures and social values, and an examination of
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties

of creating stable democratic institutions;
causes and results of revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings of
politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and
the utility o f dependency theory in explaining
U.S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

109. Political Development.
A comparative study o f the politics o f societies
undergoing change and modernization. Various
theories, approaches, and methods of explana­
tion are examined and considered in the
context o f third world states in Asia, Africa,
the Middle East, and Latin America.
Spring semester. Hopkins.

110. Urban Society, Politics, and Policy.
The political and governmental organization of
extended cities in contemporary America:
social, economic, and constitutional founda­
tions; issues o f public policy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.

180. Thesis.
All members of the Department.

177

Psychology
KENNETH J. GER6EN, Professor
DEAN PEABODY, Professor
ALLEN M. SCHNEIDER, Professori
BARRY SCHWARTZ, Professor and Department Head
ALFRED H. BLOOM, Associate Professor D
DEBORAH G. KEMLER NELSON, Associate Professor
JEANNE MARECEK, Associate Professor^
KATHRYN A. H IRSH -PA SEK , Assistant Professor
PHILIP J. KELLMAN, Assistant Professori).
LEIGHTON C. WHITAKER, Director of Swarthmore College Psychological Services
H A N S WALLACH, Research Psychologist

The work o f the Department of Psychology
deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience; processes of percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the development
o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars of the Department
are designed to provide a sound basis of
understanding o f psychological principles and

a grasp of research method. Students learn the
nature of psychological inquiry and the psy­
chological approach to various problems en­
countered in the humanities, the social sciences,
and the life sciences.
A special maj or is available in conj unction with
Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in
human cognitive organization. A full descrip­
tion o f this program may be found under
Linguistics.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 3, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in the
Department.
A Course major consists of at least eight
courses, normally including four of the core
courses (with course numbers in the 30’s):
Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behav­
ior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psychology,
Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Those wishing to substitute
more individualized programs should present
their reasons in writing. Majors should take at
least one course providing them with experi­
ence in research. In addition, majors in Course
are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 98
during the spring semester of their senior year.
This course is intended to provide integration
o f different fields o f psychology and to offer
majors one way to meet the comprehensive
f A b sen t o n leave, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .
^ A b sen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 -8 4 .

178

requirement. Students intending to pursue
graduate work in psychology will also find it
useful to take Psychology 13, Statistics for
Experimental Data, or Psychology 14, Statistics
for Observational Data, or Psychology 15,
Statistics:
A major in the External Examination Program
consists of three or four seminars taken in
preparation for external examinations. A minor
usually consists o f two seminars. Seminars are
offered in Abnormal Psychology, Child Devel­
opment, Cognitive Psychology, Individual in
Society, Language and Thought, Learning and
Behavior Theory, Perception, Personality, Phil­
osophy of Psychology, and Physiological Psy­
chology. Some seminars meet during qne
semester for two credits, while others consist
o f a one-credit course offering plus a one-credit
seminar in different semesters. (See seminar
listings.) A thesis (either empirical or library
° J o in t ap p oin tm en t w ith L inguistics.

research) may be substituted for one seminar.
Students may, with approval, prepare for an
external examination by combining two courses
or a course and an independent study.

3. Introduction to Psychology.
An introduction to the basic process under­
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.

4. Freshm an Sem inar.
This class considers questions about the char­
acteristics o f different nationalities. Is it pos­
sible to make any general statements about
such characteristics, or are such generalizations
dangerous? How do judgments about national
characteristics by the general public compare
with the conclusions of social science? What is
the relation between the characteristics of
individuals and the nature of their society? Do
they show historical continuity, or change? By
permission o f the instructor.
Peabody.

6. Critical Is s u e s in Psychology.
An exploration of selected issues in psychol­
ogy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories
and the evidence testing them. JThis analysis is
applied to previous critical exp¿riments and in
planning new research. The topics covered may
vary from year to year; the department can
supply information on the coverage in a
particular year. Intended to complement Intro­
duction to Psychology, this course will empha­
size student participation and discussion. Strong­
ly recommended for those who may take
further courses or seminars in psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Peabody.

13. Sta tistic s for Experimental Data.
(See Mathematics 2.)
Spring semester. Iversen.

14. S ta tistic s for Observational Data.
(See Mathematics 1.)
Fall semester. Iversen.

15. Statistics.
(See Mathematics 23.)
Fall semester. Iversen.

21. Educational Psychology.
(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.

22. Counseling.
(See Education 25.)
Not offered 1983-84.

23. Adolescence.
(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Renninger.

24. Psychological Anthropology.
(See Sociology/Anthropology 24.)
Not offered 1983-84.

25. M ethods of P sychological
Research.
Direct research experience is emphasized, and
instruction proceeds by example. Discussion
focusses on the relationships between given
theories and the methods used in the support­
ing research. The comparative advantages and
disadvantages o f participatory observation and
analysis, "objective” naturalistic observation,
interviewing, content analysis, and experimen­
tation are examined. Each student conducts an
individual research project and participates in
class projects.
Staff

27. P sych o lo gy of Religious
Experience.
(See Religion 27.)
Spring semester. Wehr.

30. P hysiologica l Psychology.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and
memory. Both experimental analyses and clini­
cal implications are considered.
Not offered 1983-84.

31. Learning and Rehavior Theory.
The experimental analysis o f the major phe­
nomena o f learning and conditioning is con­
sidered mainly at the animal level, with
particular attention to the theories of B.R
Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major
theories are evaluated. The course includes a
laboratory, which is designed to acquaint
students with the processes considered.
Fall semester. Schwartz.

32. Perception.
An exploration o f the connections among our

179

Psychology

experience, the physical world, and our biology.
Theories of direct perception are contrasted
with those asserting the importance of infer­
ence or hypothesis in perceiving. Primary
emphasis is on research in adult visual per­
ception, but other senses and some develop­
mental issues are also treated. Implications of
the study o f perception for the theories of
knowledge and the visual arts are examined.
Laboratory work includes an original experi­
ment conducted by the class.
Not offered in 1983-84.

33. Cognitive Psychology.
A broad overview o f the psychology of
knowledge. Models of human cognition are
examined in light o f experimental data. Atten­
tion, pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking, and problem solving are treated,
among other topics. Laboratory exercises and
demonstrations are included to acquaint
students with the issues and methods in the
field.
Fall semester. Hirsh-Pasek.

34. The P syc h o lo gy of Language.
(See Linguistics 34).
Fall semester. Bloom.

35. So cial Psychology.
An examination o f theory and research rele­
vant to the understanding o f social interaction.
Special emphasis is placed on the social
construction o f reality, rules of relationship,
and social life as drama.
Spring semester. Gergen.

36. Personality.
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers, and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
research work.
Fall semester. Gergen.

38. Abnorm al Psychology.
A survey of major forms o f psychopathology
in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio­
cultural, and psychological bases o f abnor­
mality are examined, along with their corre­
sponding modes of treatment.
Spring semester.

39. Chilli Development.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
Major theoretical perspectives on the nature of

180

developmental change are examined, including
those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics include
the growth of perceptual and cognitive skills,
the acquisition o f language, as well as moral
development, gender typing, and personality
theory in a developmental context.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.

43. Com parative Cognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. What are the universals of
human cognition? What are its distinctive
features? What are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? What are the virtues and
pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study
o f cognition? The course is open to all students
who have had introductory psychology.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.

44. P syc h o lo gy of Women.
An examination o f traditional and revisionist
theories and research on gender roles and
gender differences. The socialization of gender
roles in adults and children will be studied,
with particular emphasis on the penalties that
adults incur for gender-role deviance. Other
topics include men’s and women’s marital and
family roles; and gender roles and mental
health.

48. Perceptual Development.
Explores the perceptual world o f the infant and
child in order to assess the impact o f experience
on our ability to obtain knowledge through
perception. Research on the early perception
of objects, space and motion, as well as event
and social perception, will be considered
against the backdrop o f major theoretical
controversies. Students will have the oppor­
tunity to devote much o f their effort in the
course to preparing a substantial paper on a
topic o f their choice. Some knowledge of
development and/or perception may be help­
ful, but is not prerequisite.
Not offered 1983-84.

52. Representations of W om en’s
Identity.
(See English 52). Satisfies distribution require­
ment in group 2 not group 3.
Not offered 1983-84.

55. N europsychology of Language.
The course investigates higher cortical function
in humans. It focuses on breakdowns in

cognition, languages, and memory which ac­
company particular types o f neurological dis­
order, with primary emphasis on what these
neurological breakdowns reveal about cogni­
tive function in the normal, intact human.
Previous work in linguistics and in cognitive
psychology, and a working familiarity with the
functions of the nervous system are helpful and
may be essential. Students deficient in back­
ground may be asked to do some preparatory
reading.

56. Cognitive Patterns in Moral,
Linguistic and Political Behavior.
An investigation into the role played by
cognitive dimensions in influencing moral,
linguistic, and political behavior, with emphasis
on adolescence and beyond. An attempt is
made to place the investigation within a
framework provided by current trends in
cognitive psychology, existential philosophy
and linguistics and to draw on the implications
o f these dimensions with respect to the
relationship of the individual to the nation­
state and the international system. (Crosslisted as Linguistics 56.)
Spring semester. Bloom.

61. Aphasia.
See Linguistics 61.
Fall semester. Linebarger.

62. Schizophrenic Disorders.
A course in seminar format. Psychodynamic,
cognitive, social, biographic, and psychophysiologic approaches are used to understand this
broad group o f disorders, their commonalities,
and variations, and their relatedness to other
psychological states. Some attention is given to
forms o f intervention with emphasis on psy­
chotherapy.
Prerequisites: Abnormal Psychology and inter­
est in broad coverage o f concepts o f schizo­
phrenic disorders and multi-disciplinary ap­
proaches to the subject matter. By application.

63. Special Topics in Cognitive
Psychology.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimental
findings. Also, the development of cognitive
skills receives attention. In Spring, 1984, the
course will concentrate on the nature of human

concepts and categories, with special emphasis
on how they are acquired.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.

64. M o d e s of P sych o th e ra p y
A survey o f the theories, practices, and goals of
various modes o f psychotherapy, including
psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy,
humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and
family therapy. Other topics include research
on the effects o f psychotherapy, the ethics and
politics o f psychotherapy, and definitions of
mental health.

65. Political Psychology.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy­
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decisions; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 6 5.)
Fall semester. Peabody.

67. Special Topics in Child
Developm ent
Aspects of personality, social, and cognitive
development are examined, with individual
and group field projects an important part of
the course. In 1983-84, the subject is The
Development o f Social Cognition. The course
explores ( 1) what children know about their
social world and ( 2) how events in their social
World help to shape their cognitive growth.
How do children form friendships, learn gen­
der-typed behaviors, develop a sense o f moral­
ity, or learn about concepts like justice, equity,
and sense o f self? Using a seminar format,
students read articles, discuss the framing of
suitable research questions, and generate proj­
ects that focus on the role that social cognition
plays as the child matures into an adult.
(Crosslisted as Education 67.)
Fall semester. Hirsh-Pasek.

68. Special Topics in Social
Psychology.
In 1983-84, the subject will be Ethnopsychology, The Language o f Psychological Explana­
tion, first centering on psychological, anthro­

181

Psychology

pological, and philosophical issues related to
the social construction o f psychological entities such as mind, emotion, intention, and self'
concept. After exploring fundamental issues
relating psychological constructs to language,
students engage in independent, supervised
research projects. This furnishes a means of
gaining first-hand research experience in a
newly developing area o f study.
Fall semester. Gergen.

69. Special Topics in Personality.
Considers selected topics in personality organi­
zation and dynamics.

88. Colloquium: B e haviorism and
Developmentalism.
This course examines behaviorism, as exempli­
fied by B.F. Skinner, in detail. It evaluates the
epistemological assumptions of behaviorism,
the empirical support for these assumptions,
and the social and political implications of
behaviorist analysis. Special attention is paid to
the articulation o f alternative epistemological
assumptions as potential frameworks for em­
pirical psychology.
Open to advanced students in philosophy
and/or psychology.

90. Practicum in Clinical Psychology.
An opportunity for advanced psychology
students to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus research projects or clinical
settings. Weekly discussions are held concern­
ing practical, theoretical, and ethical issues
arising from participants’ experiences. Course
requirements and evaluations are tailored to
individual projects. Advance arrangements for
placements should be made in consultation
with the instructor.

91. Research Practicum in
P hysiological P sy c h o lo g y
Research on the neural and chemical bases of
learning and memory. Current theories are
discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from 'retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to

techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Fall semester. Schneider.

94. Independent Research.
Students conduct independent research proj­
ects. They typically study problems with which
they are already familiar from their course
work. Students must submit a written report of
their work. Registration for Independent Re­
search requires the sponsorship of a faculty
member who agrees to supervise the work.
Each semester. Staff.

95. Tutorial.
Any student may, with the consent of a
member o f the department, work under a
tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The
student is thus allowed to select a topic of
particular interest, and in consultation with a
faculty member, prepare a reading list and
work plan. Tutorial work may include field
research outside Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.

96,97. Se n io r Paper.
With the permission o f the Department,
students may conduct a 2-credit research
project in their senior year as one way to meet
the comprehensive requirement. The course
includes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that
shares the problems o f each stage o f the
research. Students should develop a general
plan by the end of the junior year and apply for
departmental approval. By application.
Both semesters. Staff.

98. H istory and S y ste m s of Psychology.
Intended to provide integration of different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points o f view. Special considera­
tion is given to problems overlapping several
areas of psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

SEMINARS
104. Individual in Society.
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are

182

discussed, including the understanding of
other persons, theories o f cognitive consist-

ency, group influence and conformity. Applica­
tions to political attitudes, group prejudices,
the relation o f attitudes and personality, and
the relation of psychology to the social sciences
are also considered. Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.

105. Personality.
An exploration of general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present. Special
attention is given to the empirical, intellectual,
ideological, and pragmatic basis of competing
theoretical perspectives. Two credits.
Spring semester. Gergen.

107. Language and Thought.
See Linguistics 107.
Fall semester. Bloom.

109. P h ysiological P sy c h o lo g y
An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations will be brought to bear on clinical
issues. Two credits.
Not offered 1983-84.

118. Philo so phy of Psychology.
See Philosophy 118.
Lacey.

131a and b. Learning and Behavior
Theory.
See description o f Psychology 31. Students are
expected to attend lectures given in Psychology
31, and to participate in the laboratory. The
second part of die seminar (131b) considers in
depth special topics of interest discussed in the
first part of the seminar. One credit each
semester.
#
Both semesters. Schwartz.

132a. and b. Perception.
Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32.
The second part o f the seminar ( 132b) explores
selected topics in human perception. Major
theories and experimental data direct our ex­
ploration o f the roles of inborn mechanisms
and inferential processes in producing percep­

tual experience. Adult visual perception of
form, space, motion and their interrlations are
major concerns. Intersensory coordination,
some auditory perception and perceptual adap­
tation are also considered. One credit each
semester.
Not offered 1983-84.

133a and b. Cognitive Psychology.
Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part o f the seminar (133b) is an
intensive study o f higher mental processes.
Specific topics include mental representation,
memory organization, imagery, attention and
consciousness, concept formation, reading,
thinking, and problem-solving. One credit
each semester.
Both semesters. Hirsh-Pasek.

138a and b. Abnorm al Psychology.
See Psychology 38. Psychology 138a meets
with Psychology 38, Spring. The second part of
the seminar (138b, Fall) considers in depth
theories and research on psychological dis­
orders and their treatment. One credit each
semester.
Both semesters.

139a and b. Child Developm ent
See description o f Psychology 39. Students are
expected to attend and take part in Psychology
39. The second part of the seminar (139b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the first part of the seminar. One
credit each semester.
Both semesters. Kemler Nelson.

180. Thesis.
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member of the Depart­
ment is available to undertake the direction of
the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit,
1-semester course or as a 2-semester course for
one credit each semester. Students writing a
thesis are expected to attend the weekly
meetings of senior paper students during the
semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis.
Each semester. All members of die Department.

MASTER’S DEGREE
A limited number o f students may be accepted
for graduate study toward the Master’s degree
in general psychology (See p. 58). Students

receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible to enter this
program.

183

Psychology

The program o f work for the Master’s degree
requires the completion o f four seminars (as
listed above), or their equivalent. One o f the
seminars must be a research seminar leading to

184

a thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by
external examiners. The requirements for the
Master’s degree can normally be completed in
one year.

Public Policy
Coordinators: C H ARLES L GILBERT/RICHARD L RURIN

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart'
ments toward critical understanding of and
some practical competence in issues o f public
policy such as social welfare, health, energy,
and national defense. The focus o f the substan'
tive seminars or courses is on the development,
formulation, implementation, and evaluation
o f public policy decisisons. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration are
Economics, Engineering, and Political Science;
but work in other departments is decidedly

pertinent to the concentration. Faculty mem­
bers from other departments may be directly
involved in the concentration, and course or
seminar offerings from other departments may,
in certain circumstances, meet requirements
for the concentration. Some competence in
formal or quantitative methods is required for
students concentrating in Public Policy, but
work in the concentration also, and at least
equally, emphasizes historical, institutional,
and normative analysis or understanding.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most
integrally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Economics, En­
gineering or Political Science. At a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits, and an in­
ternship. The program o f each concentrator
should be worked out in consultation with the
Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and
approved by the Coordinator; preferably at the
same time as majors in the Course and Honors
Programs are planned. Students who wish to
concentrate in Public Policy are urged to
complete the introductory, prerequisite courses
in two or more o f the participating departments
by the end o f their sophomore year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
include three preparatory courses: Economics
2 0 (Economics Theory) or Economics 22
(Public Finance), Political Science 51 (Public
Administration), or 51A (Public Law and
Public Administration), or 518 (Topics in
Public Administration and Policy), and at least
one course in quantitative analysis. This last
requirement may be met by Mathematics 1
(Statistics for Observational Data), Mathe­
matics 23 (Statistics), Economics 4 (Statistics
for Economists), Engineering/Economics 57
(Operations Research), Economics 108 (Econ­
ometrics) or any equivalent honors course.

Two courses, colloquia, or seminars specific to
the Public Policy concentration and dealing
with certain substantive sectors or institutional
aspects o f public policy are required, and at
least one o f these will be taken for double
credit. For students entering the program after
January 1982, those seminars or courses
offered for double credit can be taken only
after all prerequisites for the concentration
have been taken. These offerings will be taught
jointly by faculty members from two different
departments. A larger number o f policy courses
will be available each year which can be taken
subject to the requirements o f each instructor.
Only those seminars or courses designated as
double credit may be taken as units in the
external examination program.
Students able to do pertinent work beyond
these requirements are encouraged to do so.
Highly desirable, though not required, is some
course or seminar work dealing with questions
o f public law and political philosophy, such as
Political Science 57 (Jurisprudence), and Poli­
tical Science 6 2 (Economics, Justice and Law).
The course in Evaluation o f Public Policies
(Economics 65), to be offered initially in
1983-84, should be o f particular interest to
Public Policy Concentrators.
In special circumstances, students with ade­
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students) may request that such preparation be

185

Public Policy

substituted for courses normally required in
the concentration. Approval o f such requests,
as for approval o f internships, will be the

responsibility o f the coordinator and the
committee on public policy studies,

INTERNSHIP
Some direct experience or practical responsi­
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by
completing an internship during either a
semester or a summer or both. Normally,
students will hold internships between their
junior and senior years. The internship pro­
gram is supervised by the faculty member
serving as coordinator of the concentration,
and specific opportunities may be worked out
for the students.

Econom ics/Political Scie n ce 67.
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.

Engineering/Political Scie n ce 68.
Environmental Policy.

Political Scie n ce 69.
Defense Policy.

Econom ics/Political Scie n ce 91.
Macroeconomic Policy and American Political
Institutions.

Econom ics 65.
Evaluation o f Public Policies.

The Following Courses Are Offered

Econom ics/Political Scie n ce 58.
Health Policy.

Political Scie n ce 70.
Food Policy.

Engineering/Political S cie n ce 66.

Political Scie n ce 92.

Energy Policy.

Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.

ELIGIBILITY
The concentration is open to students majoring
in any field, although students in the social and
natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the
requirements most readily. Any student with
acceptable preparation is welcome to under­

186

take work in a public policy course, subject to
the priority for concentrators. For students
concentrating in Public Policy and reading for
Honors, certain work in the concentration may
be eligible for external examination.

Religion
J. W ILLIAM FROST, Professor and Director of the Friends Historical Library
PATRICK HENRY, Professor)
DONALD K. SWEARER, Professor
P. LINWOOD IIRSAN, JR., Professor and Chair
LAURENCE J. SILBERSTEIN, Lecturer
D EM A R IS WEHR, Lecturer
ELEANOR B. JOHNSON, Assistant to the President

Religion as a field of study encompasses
historical religious traditions and varied di­
mensions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse
and pervasive nature o f religion, several meth­
odologies have evolved for its study, including
the skills o f historical investigation, textual
criticism, philosophical analysis, and empirical
description. Added to these skills is the
important ingredient o f empathy toward the
claims religious persons make regarding what
they have perceived to be ultimately real. Focus
for the several methodologies is provided by
dividing the subject matter into two broad
areas: the Religious Traditions o f the West, and
the Religious Traditions of Asia.
Any course numbered 1 through 9 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Successful completion o f one of
these courses is normally required for admis­
sion to courses numbered 10 and above. The
normal prerequisite for religion as a Course
major, or an External Examination major or
minor, is completion of two courses.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs select an
area o f concentration—either Religious Tra­
ditions o f the West or Religious Traditions of
Asia—but also do some work in the other area.
For advanced work in some areas o f religion,
foreign language facility is desirable.
An important part o f the Course major is the
production o f a sustained piece o f writing.
Normally, students in the Course program will
elect the Senior Comprehensive Paper. How­

ever, with the consent o f the Department,
students may substitute a two-credit Thesis.

1. Patterns of W estern Religions.
An investigation o f the religious teaching and
practice o f the Jewish, Catholic, and Protestant
traditions. Both classical and contemporary
sources will be studied. There will be occasion­
al guest lecturers, and visits to synagogues and
churches. This course will be a Writing Course
o f 1.5 credits (see p. 52).
, Not offered 1983-84. Henry.

2. Patterns of A sia n Religions.
An introduction to the study o f religion
through an examination of selected teachings
and practices of the religious traditions o f India
and China structured as patterns o f religious
life. Material is taken primarily from Hinduism
and Buddhism in India, and Confucianism and
Taoism in China.
Spring semester. Swearer.

3. Introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures.
A comprehensive introduction to the Hebrew
Scriptures (Old Testament). The textual and
archaeological witnesses to ancient Israelite
religious institutions, practices, and beliefs will
be examined with reference to the ancient Near
Eastern context. Students will be introduced to
a variety o f historical, literary, and artistic
approaches by which this literature has been
interpreted.
Fall semester. Johnston.

4. Introduction to the New Testament.
A comprehensive introduction to the New
Testament, leading to an understanding of
continuities and transformations in the emer-

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.

187

Religion

gence o f Christianity and its development
during the first century.
Spring semester. Staff.

5. Problem s of Religious Thought.
The purpose o f this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems of the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na­
ture o f religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and reli­
gion, and the problem of evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Each semester. Urban.

6. War and Peace.
An analysis of the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration of the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, defensive wars, pacifism, and
the sanctity o f life. The study o f America’s
wars from the Revolution to Vietnam will
show our nation’s responses to organized
violence.
Fall semester. Frost.

7. Introduction to C la ssic a l Judaism .
Through a study o f primary sources in English
translation, students will be introduced to
basic categories and concepts of classical
Judaism (e.g., Torah, Halachah, Talmud, Mid­
rash, Revelation, Redemption). The emergence
and development o f the mythic and institu­
tional structures o f Judaism will be explored,
with particular attention to modes of thought
and interpretation. Readings will include selec­
tions from the Talmud, the Hebrew Prayer
Book, philosophical writings, and mystical
texts.
Fall semester. Silberstein.

the three major schools o f Asian Buddhism
(Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana). The course
includes analyses of various mythic, poetic,
and didactic texts, selected rituals, representa­
tive institutions, and symbolic expressions in
art and artchitecture.
Not offered 1983-84. Swearer.

12. Religious Autobiography.
Autobiography as a genre of religious literature
and as a way of understanding the religious
experience o f persons. Autobiographies to be
read include those o f Apuleius, Augustine,
Matsuo Basho, Frederick Douglass, Ghandi,
Dag Hammarskjöld, C.S. Lewis, Malcolm X,
Thomas Merton, Jack Rogers, Anne Sexton,
Mary McD. Shideler ’38, Tom Skinner, Teresa
of Avila, Elie Wiesel.
Fall semester. Henry.

13. Com parative Religious M ysticism .
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenome­
non within the religious traditions of Asia and
the West. The writings of particular mystics,
e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, al Din Rumi,
Ramakrishna, are studied and such problems
as mystic states of consciousness, language and
mysticism, the mystic and traditional religious
authority, mysticism and community are ex­
plored.
Fall semester. Swearer.

14. Philosophy of Religion.
An investigation of the nature of religious
faith, the problem of religious knowledge,
concepts o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the
relationship of religion to ethics. Both critics
and supporters of traditional religious perspec­
tives will be studied. (Crosslisted as Philos­
ophy 16.)
Not offered 1983-84. Urban.

10. The Hindu Tradition.

15. M o se s: History, Tradition,
Interpretation.

An analysis o f the Hindu religious tradition
structured around the classical paths o f action
(karma), knowledge (jnana), and devotion
(bhakti). The course includes analyses of
various mythic, poetic, and didactic texts,
selected rituals, representative institutions,
and symbolic expressions in art and archi­
tecture.
Spring semester. Swearer.

An investigation of the interplay of history,
myth, philosophy, ritual, and society in the
origin and development o f religious tradition
and understanding, through a study o f the
figure o f Moses as he appears in various
religious contexts (e.g., Hebrew Scriptures,
Philo, New Testament, Rabbinic literature, the
Qur’an, art and music).
Not offered 1983-84. Henry.

11. The Buddhist Tradition.

16. The Aposto lic Age.

A study o f selected facets o f the worldviews of

Investigation of several key questions about

188

the development o f the Christian community
to the middle of the third century. Particular
attention is paid to the nature o f the sources,
and to both traditional and novel ways of
analyzing those materials. Among the topics
considered are: the Jewish matrix of Christian
origins; Gnosticism; the Pauline churches;
martyrdom.
Fall semester. Henry.

17. H istory of Religion in Am erica.
An examination o f religious ideas and practices
o f Americans from the 17th until the 20th
century. Particular emphasis is placed upon the
effects o f religious pluralism, immigrant
churches, the challenge o f Darwinism, and the
relation between the church and reform move'
ments from Puritanism to Progressivism.
Not offered 1983-84. Frost.

18. Quakerism.
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present. Particular atten­
tion is paid to differences in the development
of Quakerism in England and America.
Spring semester. Frost.

19. Existentialism and Religious Belief.
A study of one o f the most influential
philosophical movements of the twentieth
century and its impact on religious thought.
Amongst philosophers attention is given to the
writings o f Edmund Husserl, Martin Heidegger,
and Jean-Paul Sartre. Amongst religious think­
ers the writings o f Rudolf Bultmann, John
Macquarrie, Karl Rahner, and Paul Tillich are
read.
Not offered 1983-84. Urban.

20. Religious Belief and M oral Action.
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of
several religious traditions (e.g., Buddhism,
Christianity, and Judaism) will be studied and
compared. The relationship o f moral teachings
to the cosmological and theological framework
in which they occur will be discussed. The
course will analyze concepts o f virtue and
moral reasoning, the religious view o f what it
means to be a moral person, and the religious
evaluation o f particular ethical issues, e.g.,
social justice, ecology, sexuality.
Not offered 1983-84. Swearer.

21. J e w ish Thought in the Early
Twentieth Century.
An analysis o f selected issues in modem Jewish
thought through a study o f three major figures:
Martin Buber, Gershom Scholem, and Franz
Rosenzweig. Basic writings o f these thinkers
and their debates with one another will serve as
the focal point o f the discussions. Problems to
be studied include: the nature and authority of
tradition, the parameters o f interpretation, the
relationship of personal experience to inherited
tradition, the meaning o f Torah, universalism
and particularism, religion and nationalism.
Spring semester. Silberstein.

23. Religious and Spiritual
S ro u p s in M odern Am erica.
An examination o f selected religious groups in
modern America which stand outside the
Jewish and Christian mainstream. Groups
studied will include Theosophy, Western
Vedanta, American Buddhism, and Syncretistic
Christianity. Analysis o f their teachings and
practices, reasons for their development and
appeal, their relationship to American religion
and culture. The course will include fieldwork
with groups in the Philadelphia area.
Not offered 1983-84. Swearer.

24. Is s u e s in A rm s Control and
D isa rm a m e n t
An examination o f attempts to control nuclear
and conventional weapons since World War
II. Particular emphasis will be placed on the
SALT process and its alternatives, the internal
and external constraints involved in negotia­
tions, and the scientific, military, and political
factors involved in creating and controlling
weapons systems. (Crosslisted as Physics 24).
Will not fulfill Group 3 distribution require­
ments.
Spring semester. Frost and Holt.

26. Em erging Form s of Spirituality.
This course will examine in depth the two
major branches within contemporary feminist
theology: the reformist and the revolutionary,
focusing on the two principal spokeswomen
for these positions, Rosemary Ruether and
Mary Daly. This in-depth examination will set
the stage for the study o f forms o f feminist
spirituality which are emerging today in our
-society. These will be studied in the context of

Religion

the society and theological concerns which
have given rise to them.
Fall semester. Wehr. 1

27. P syc h o lo gy of Religious
Experience.

man, A rnold, Em erson, K hom yakov,
Troeltsch, Schweitzer, and the development of
distinctive schools o f thought within Judaism,
are considered in some detail.
Not offered 1983-84. Henry.

Starting with Freud’s understanding o f religion
to set the stage for Jung, Jung’s psychology of
religion will be studied in depth, with special
focus on Jung’s understanding of myth and
symbol and how these affect and shape selfunderstandings and psychological and spiritual
health. Each student will be expected to apply
the Jungian categories to an individual study of
a religious personality. (Alternative psycholo­
gical paradigms for the study of religion may
also be used, such as Erik Erikson’s or James
Fowler’s stages in faith development.) Students
will have some chance for input on the
syllabus. (Crosslisted as Psychology 27.)
Spring semester. Wehr.

35. Formation of Christian Doctrine.

30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.

A study o f the interaction between religious
faith and philosophical inquiry from Augustine
to the 15th Century. Attention is paid to
specific problems such as the nature and
existence o f God, providence, analogy, and
universals and to outstanding thinkers such as
Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis is historical, attention is
given to the contemporary relevance of medi­
eval thought.
Not offered 1983-84. Urban.

See Sociology and Anthropology 30.

32. Religion in East Asia.
The major religous traditions o f East Asia
studied against the social and cultural back­
ground of Japan. Particular attention is given to
the appropriation and later development of
classical Chinese Buddhist, Confucian, and
Taoist traditions; religion, nationalism, and
state Shinto; religion and modes of Japanese
aesthetics; and the development of new reli­
gions in the 20th Century.
Not offered 1983-84. Swearer.

A study of the formation and classical expres­
sion o f the doctrines o f the Trinity, Incarnation,
Atonement, Original Sin, and the Sacraments
as found in Scripture and the Early and
Medieval Church. Toward the end of the
semester students are given the opportunity to
expound and evaluate the views of 19th and
20th century thinkers on these major themes.
Such thinkers could include: K. Barth, M.
Buber, R. Bultmann, K. Rahner, F. Schleier­
macher, and P. Tillich.
Fall semester. Urban.

37. Faith and Reason in the Middle
Ages.

93. Directed Reading.
Staff.

33. The Reformation.

95. Tutorial.

A study o f the Reformation in Western
Europe from 1500 until 1688. its history and
thought, focusing not only upon Luther,
Calvin, and the Anabaptists, but also upon
Trent and the Anglican Settlement. Students
will be encouraged to assess the relevance of
the Reformation for today.
Spring semester. Urban.

Staff.

34. Religion in the 19th Century.
What were the effects in religious thought and
sensibility of new ways o f understanding
history, society, nature, and the psyche that
developed in the nineteenth century? Repre­
sentative figures, such as Schleiermacher, New­

190

96. Thesis.
Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.

97. Sen io r Paper.
Senior majors in Course will normally write a
one-credit paper as the major part of their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.
Courses offered occasionally:

Religion and Literature
M o n a stic ism East and W est
Religion and Science

P R E P A R A TIO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M IN A T IO N S
The Department will arrange External Exami­
nations in the following areas, to be prepared
for in the ways indicated.
Preparation by seminar:

Religious P e rsp e ctive s East and W est
(Seminar: 101).
An examination o f the nature and structure of
| religious systems through the study o f seminal
thinkers or schools o f thought as they influ­
enced and were shaped by the traditions of
which they were a part. Thinkers considered
include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ramanuja,
I Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard.
I (This paper is required o f all students declaring
I a Religion Major in their External Examination
Program.)
Spring semesteri Swearer.

Christianity and C la ssic a l Culture
(Sem inar: 102).
A study o f the development o f Christian
thought and institutions to the fifth century in
the context o f Greco-Roman religion and
society. Readings in Lucretius, Apuleius, Plu­
tarch, and Hellenistic religious texts, in Philo
and the Dead Sea Scrolls, and in early Christian
writers such as Justin Martyr, Tertullian,
Origen, Athanasius, Ambrose, Augustine.
Not offered 1983-84. Henry.

I A sian Religious Thought
I (Sem inar: 103).
I A study o f seminal writings in India and China
I which have had a decisive influence on the
I religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
I traditions considered are: Vedanta, Samkhya-

Yoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and
Taoism.
Not offered 1983-84. Swearer.

Religion in Southeast A sia
(Sem inar: 104).
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part of
the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar is structured in
terms o f three different contexts: national,
village, and urban. The themes dominating
these contexts are national integration, syn­
cretism, and modernization.
Fall semester. Swearer.

Religion and Society (Sem inar: 105).
An examination o f the interaction between
religious values and institutions and society in
different cultural contexts and time periods.
Major concentration on the English Civil War,
late nineteenth-century Africa, and modem
America. Topics include patterns o f conver­
sion, millennialism, personal and corporate
ethics, rituals, and theology.
Not offered 1983-84. Frost.

Contem porary Religious Thought
(Sem inar: 106).
Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A.N. Whitehead.
Fail semester. Urban.

I Preparation by com binations o f courses:
I Buddhism

Faith and Reason in the M iddle A g e s

I The Ruddhist Tradition (Swearer)
Religion in East A sia (Swearer)

(Urban)

Apostolic Faith and Apostolic Tradition
The Apostolic Age (Henry)

Formation of C hristian Doctrine (Urban)
Christian Thought to Aquinas

Formation of C hristian Doctrine (Urban)

The Age o f Faith and the Age o f Reformation

Form ation of C hristian Doctrine (Urban)
The Reformation (Urban)
Reformation, Enlightenment, Romanticism:
The Twentieth-Century Background
The Reform ation (Urban)

191

Religion

(Henry)

Psychology o f Religion: A Feminist Perspective
Em erging Form s of Spirituality (W ehr)

The Protestant Traditions

(W ehr)

Religion in the Nineteenth Century

The Reform ation (Urban)
H istory of Religion in Am erica (Frost)

P syc h o lo gy of R eligious Experience

Preparation by course an d attachm ent:
Indian Religion

Twentieth Century (Silberstein)

The Hindu Tradition (Swearer)

Philosophy o f Religion

Modern Jewish Thought

Philsophy of Religion (Urban)

J e w ish Thought in the Early

P reparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with

permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one of their External Examination papers.

C O U R S E S C O M P L E M E N T IN G R E L IG IO N O F F E R IN G S A T S W A R T H M O R E
BRYN

mawr

COLLEGE:

001. Elem entary Hebrew (Rabeeya)
101. R eadings in Hebrew Bible 1:
G e n esis (Rabeeya)
104. H istory and Literature of
Ju d aism 1 (Lachs)
105. H istory and Literature of
Ju d a ism II (Lachs)
201. T o p ics in Biblical Literature:
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha
(Lachs)

203. R eadings in Hebrew Bible II: The
Five S c ro lls (Rabeeya)

192

215. J e w ish Law and Folklore: The
Life Cycle (Lachs)
216. J e w ish Law and Folklore: The
Calendar Cycle (Lachs)
304. Post-Biblical Hebrew (Rabeeya)
HAVERFORD COLLEGE:

226. The German Church Struggle
(Thiemann)

345. Interpretation of Scripture in the
Middle A g e s (Matter)
346. Narrative and Revelation
(Thiemann)

Sociology and
Anthropology
JENNIE KEITH, Professor and Acting Chairperson (spring semester, 1984)
A S M A R O M LEGESSE, Professor^
FATIM A MEER, Cornell Visiting Professorf f
STEVEN I. PIKER, Professor and Chairpersonf
JOY CHARLTON, Assistant Professor
BRAULIO MUNOZ, Assistant Professor
ROBIN E. WAGNER-PACIFICI, Assistant Professor
The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
Department are directed toward understanding
the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in
human societies and cultures. Toward this end,
courses in the department variously emphasize
the comparative study o f societies and cultures;
the conditions o f social organization as well as
disorganization; the bases o f human adapta­
tion; change as well as continuity as ubiquitous
features o f the human condition; gender
and culture; and meaning and culture. Emphasis

will also be placed on the relevance of
Sociology and Anthropology to the study of
modern and, particularly, American society,
and to the social problems o f the modern age.
In addition to emphasis on the important
mutuality o f Sociology and Anthropology,
members o f the department are variously
committed to exploring the mutuality between
Sociology and Anthropology and neighboring
disciplines, such as Religion, Psychology and
Linguistics, Philosophy, Literature, Biology,
History, and the other social sciences.

R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as 24,
may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one of them will normally
serve as prerequisite to all other work in the
department (Course 30 may, however, with
permission o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite).
Applicants for major will normally be ex­
pected to have completed at least two courses
in the department. Course majors will com­
plete a minimum o f eight units of work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
50. Majors in the external examination pro­

gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years.
The department emphasizes the importance of
familiarity with appropriate elementary statis­
tics as well as computer literacy, both for work
taken at the College and for subsequent career
development. Toward underlining this, the
Department crosslists Mathematics courses 1,
2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology and
Anthropology 18, 19, and 20), any one of
which may be taken as one of the eight units of
work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.

A R E A S O F S P E C IA L C O N C E N T R A T IO N IN S O C IO L O G Y A N D
A N TH RO PO LO G Y
Teaching and research interests o f members o f
the Department cluster so as to create a numt Absent on leave, 1983-84.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.

ber o f subject matter areas within or between
the two disciplines in which students may take
j (Spring semester, 1984.

193

Sociology and Anthropology

a concentration o f work, in course or seminar
format, or both. The Department here identi­
fies these general areas and the faculty members
who work within them, and encourages inter­
ested students to meet with one or more o f the
indicated Department members to explore
program o f study possibilities.
A ) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Muñoz, Piker)
B) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology,
and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)
C ) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, Keith)
D) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charlton,
Keith, Legesse)
E) Religion and Culture (Charlton, Piker)
F) Psychology and Culture (Charlton,
Legesse, Piker)
G ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Muñoz)
H) Modernization and Development (Keith,
Legesse)
I) Modern America (Charlton, Keith,
Legesse)
J) The Life Cycle (Keith, Legesse, Piker)
K) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse)

1. M odern Am erica: Culture, Society
and State.
The analysis of the central patterns and
processes o f modem America. Topics include
the evolution o f corporate capitalism; class,
power, and ethnicity; inequality and meritoc­
racy; political parties, ideology and participa­
tion, mass culture and intellectuals.
Spring semester.

2. Introduction to So cia l and Cultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines
how simpler societies maintain an intimate and
stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modern societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecological
degradation. Second, the course focuses on
social movements, prophetism, communalism,
anarchism, and alienation as responses to
economic and ecological crisis and as forces of
social transformation. Students will participate
in an ethnographic encounter session as an
experiment in cross-cultural communication.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

194

3. Creation of Community.
The process through which both the structures
and the feelings of community are created, the
conditions which promote or obstruct that
creative process, and the consequences for the
individuals who participate in it, will be
examined through comparison o f community
formation in a variety o f seeting: utopias,
kibbutzim, retirement villages, suburbs, mental
institutions.
Fall semester. Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

7. S e x Roles, Power, and Identity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histori­
cal materials. The primary emphasis will be
placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Fail Semester. Charlton.

10. Human Evolution.
This course emphasizes the human condition,
or culture, as a mode of adaptation to be seen in
evolutionary perspective. Topics to be treated
include: the relationship o f Hominids o f the
Order of the Primates; stages in the evolution
o f humankind; and the evolution o f distinctive­
ly cultural systems of behavior. Special empha­
sis will be given to the evolution of language,
the evolution o f the family and incest taboos,
and bio-evolutionary theses on human nature.
Fall semester. Piker.

11. So ciologica l D im ensions of
Literature.
This course analyzes the relationship between
the literary act and society from a sociological
perspective. Topics examined include: a) social
factors making for the rise o f literary genres (an
extensive analysis o f the rise of the European
novel is undertaken); b) social factors under­
lying the rise and fall o f literary "schools” or
"movements” ; c) effects o f the social position
o f the writer on his work; d) role o f the public
in literary production; e) the patterns of
distribution and consumption of literary goods.
The class also analyzes major contemporary
literary products.
Not offered 1983-84. Munoz.

18. S ta tistic s for Observational Data.
(Crosslisted as Math 1. Please see Mathematics
entry for description.)

19. Sta tistics for Experimental Data.
(Crosslisted as Math 2. Please see Mathematics
entry for description.)

20. Statistics.
(Crosslisted as Math 23. Please see Mathe­
matics e\itry for description.)

24. Psychological Anthropology.
Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychological,
or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture;
b) socialization, or the transmission o f culture
from generation to generation; c) the cultural
distribution of personality traits; and d) culture
and mental health. Case materials will be
principally, but not exclusively, non-Western,
and the cross-cultural study of child rearing
will receive particular emphasis.
Entry level course.
Not offered 1983-84. Piker.

26. The Research Experience.
Introduction to the process of research on
human social life: creation of research ques­
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­
niques of evaluating hypotheses, and generating
theory. The roles of theory, ethical issues, and
cultural and historical context in the research
enterprise will be addressed. Students will
design and undertake individual research proj­
ects, and members of the department will visit
the class to discuss their own research experi­
ence.
Not offered 1983-84. Charlton.

27. A fro-Am erican Culture and
Society.
Black culture is examined at several stages o f its
development in the twentieth century—as a
culture of survival, assimilation, pan-African­
ism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution.
The sociology of Black American communities
is viewed in terms of the lifecycle, family
structure, associational life, religious institu­
tions, and class structure, and how these
systems react to racism, urban migration,
economic deprivation, and political change.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
(Crosslisted as Religion 30 .) The focus is
primarily cross-cultural, and religion case
materials will be drawn from both pre-literate

and civilized traditions, including the modern
West. The following topics will be emphasized:
religious symbolism; religious evolution; reli­
gion as a force for both social stability and
social change; psychological aspects o f reli­
gious belief; and religious change in modern
America, with particular emphasis on both
Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May be
taken without prerequisites with permission of
instructor.
Fall semester. Piker.

33. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types of ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

36. Peoples and Cultures of Africa.
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative soci­
eties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social insti­
tutions, African responses to colonial domina­
tion, and the impact o f urbanization and
economic development during the post-colo­
nial period.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

43. Society and Culture in Spa n ish
Am erica.
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and ethnic
relations will be considered as crucial factors
underlying Spanish-American culture. Particu­
lar attention will be given to Spanish-American
social thought as evidenced in social sciences
research, theology, philosophy, and literature.
Fall semester. Munoz.

44. Social Stratification.
Comparative study o f structured social in­
equality, processes of class formation, and
conditions of class conflict since the industrial
revolution.
Fall semester.

45. Field Stu d ie s in Prim ate Rehavior.
(Crosslisted as Biology 45 .) An investigation
of primate ethology as studied in the animal’s

195

Sociology and Anthropology

natural environment. Particular emphasis will
be placed on those studied relating social
behavior to habitat or population stress. The
course will include both lecture and seminar
format; although there is no scheduled labora­
tory, students will be expected to participate in
at least one field trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1983-84. Williams.

46. Political Anthropology.
This course will utilize the comparative per­
spective of anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels of social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

47. Education and Society.
(Crosslisted with Educ. 47.) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences of formal and informal educa­
tion in both Western and non-Western soci­
eties. Modes of intended and unintended
socialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and academic
outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students
will be required to conduct weekly field work
in an educational setting.
Not offered 1983-84.

48. M odern Organizations.
A study of the formal and informal structure of
modern, complex organizations. Special atten­
tion will be paid to social composition, internal
dynamics, social control, decision-making,
power and politics. Case examples from a
variety of settings—business, medical, reli­
gious, political—will be examined in light of
classical and contemporary theory and research
in organizational analysis.
Spring semester. Charlton.

196

49. The M eaning of Work: Sociology of
O ccupations and Professions.
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization of work
and the meaning of work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statments on the division of labor,
theories of "post-industrial” society, occupa­
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­
tional socialization, ideology and identity,
career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate World,
professions and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.

50. Intellectual Foundations of
Contem porary So cio lo gy and
Anthropology.
Examination of fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy, from the perspective of intellectual history.
H i is course will normally be taken by Course
majors during their junior year. It is open to
non-majors, though freshman and sophomores
must have permission of the Department
chairman.
Spring semester. Munoz.

55. Aging in Society.
The course will examine aging from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects of social and cultural
context on roles of older people and the use of
age as a principle of group definition. Specific
problems will include relations between gen­
erations, political organization of older people,
and the role of older people in the family and
the household.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

56. Urban Anthropology.
Cross-cultural, comparative study of social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies of group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide
range of societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the course will do
a field work project.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

60. Sp a n ish Am erican Society
Through Its Novel.
(Also listed as SAL 60—see Modern Lan­
guages.) This course will explore the relation­
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Spring semester. Hassettand Muñoz.

63. Power, Authority and Conflict: The
M aking of the M odern State.
Theoretical and historical-comparative exami­
nation of the origins o f power and its mechan­
isms in forging the modern state; forms of
social resistance; and perspectives on the
current crisis o f American political democracy.
Fall semester.

World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

83. Colloquium: Art and Society.
The colloquium is divided into two parts. The
first part examines the relationship between art
and society from a sociological perspective.
The second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation of
art. This semester the class will examine
selected works by Kafka and Simmel.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Munoz.

91D. Advanced Urban Research.

68. Urban Education.

Students participate in evaluation research and
program development at J. F. Kennedy Com­
munity Mental Health and Mental Retardation
Center affiliated with Hahnemann University
in Philadelphia. Field notes on this work are
turned in regularly, and class members meet
periodically at Swarthmore to discuss their
experiences. Juniors and seniors with a B
average who are willing to spend 1 Zi days per
week at Hahnemann are eligible to apply.
Transportation to J. F. Kennedy is paid, and
credit varies with individual involvement in the
program.
Fall and spring. Charlton.

(See Education 68.)

93. Directed Reading.

80. Colloquium: Freud and M odern
Social Theory.

Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the chair­
man and of the instructor is required.
Members o f the Department.

66. Urban Sociology: The So cia l Life of
Cities.
Placing the American metropolis in develop­
mental and comparative perspective, this sur­
vey o f urban life considers: classical theories of
the city; issues of community lost, saved, or
liberated; origins and development o f cities;
migration; spatial patterns; race and ethnicity;
relationship o f suburban to urban areas;
power, politics, fiscal crisis, and public policy;
the urban future.
Not offered 1983-84. Charlton.

The colloquium divides into two parts. The
first part is devoted to a close reading of
selected items from the Freudian canon. The
second part will examine Freud’s contribution
to current social and cultural analysis. Besides
selected works by Freud, works by Paul
Ricoeur, Philip Rieff, and Habermas will be
examined. Prerequisites: advanced work in
Sociology, Philosophy, Psychology, or per­
mission of the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Muñoz.

82. Colloquium: Development and
Urbanization in the Third World.
An examination of the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third

96-97. T hesis. T h e se s w ill be required
of all C ourse majors.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters of thesis
tutorial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester o f their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility of field work.
Members of the Department.

The follow ing co u rse s, with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External
Examinations: S&.A 33, 44, 63, 80, 83.

197

Sociology and Anthropology

S E M IN A R S

101. Critical M odern So cia l Theory.

105. M odern So cia l Theory.

This seminar will trace the development of
critical modern social theory from the works of
Marx to present day social theorists. Particular
attention will be paid to selected works by
Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse,
Unger, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Muñoz.

An analysis o f selected works by the founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber,
Durkheim, Parsons, and Schütz will be dis­
cussed.
Fall semester. Munoz.

102. Creation of Community.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retirement
residences and monastaries will be compared
as examples of intentional and unintentional,
planned and unplanned community creation.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

103. Political Anthropology.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes of authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of
politics. Readings will cover a wide range of
cultures and degrees of societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradition­
al society.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

104. Human Nature and Culture:
Convergent Perspectives.
(previously Psychological Anthropology).
This seminar deals with a growing interdisci­
plinary field, the several components o f which
provide new and convergent perspectives on
human nature and its cultural elaborations.
The seminar will draw materials most impor­
tantly from the following areas: human evolu­
tion, primatology, linguistics, psychology (par­
ticularly cognitive and developmental), as well
as a number of fields within anthropology. It
aims at perspectives on humankind which
include cultural, psychological, and biological
emphases.
Prerequisites: permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Piker.

107. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
The following specific topics will be treated:
religious evolution; religion as a force for both
social stability and social change; the psycho­
logical bases for religious belief. Major theories
to be considered include those o f Max Weber,
Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. A crosscultural perspective will be emphasized, and
attention will be paid to religious change in
modern America.
Fall semester. Piker.

108. Social Stratification.
Comparative study o f structured inequality
and the transformation o f work since the
industrial revolution, including analysis of
processes o f class transformation, ethnic dif­
ferentiation, the development o f the sexual
division o f labor, and conditions o f modem
social conflict.
Fall semester.

109. Social and Cultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories o f social
movements, modernization, Westernization,
cultural diffusion, and stages o f development
as they apply to the process of social change in
non-Western societies. Case studies will be
drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru,
Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South
Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

110. So cio lo g y of Occupations and
P ro fe ssio n s.
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization of work
and the meaning o f work experience in modern
societies. Among the topics to be discussed are
classic statements on the division o f labor,
theories o f "post industrial” society, occupa­
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­
tional socialization, ideology and identity,

career patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies will
include various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.

114. Political Sociology.
Analysis o f theories o f the social organization
o f power, and examination of these theories
through studies of the rise of the modern state
(both metropolitan and peripheral) in general,
and the formation of the American state and its
political culture in particular, with emphasis
on analyzing the development, operation, and
future of democratic institutions.
Spring semester.

115. Freud and M odern Social Theory.
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading of selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Ricoeur, Rieff,
Habermas, and Faucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science;
or permission of the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.

117. Urban Anthropology.
Cross-cultural, comparative study of social life
in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and
strategies o f group formation and maintenance,
e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential
separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide

range o f societies both geographically and
culturally; and all students in the seminar will
do a field work project.
Not offered 1983-84. Keith.

118. Ecology and Society.
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1983-84. Legesse.

119. Age, Culture, and Society.
The social and cultural significance of age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites of passage, peer grouping,
cultural definitions of the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAfrican and Latin-American age grades, mod­
ern retirement communities, life histories from
various cultures. Seminar members will also do
observation and interview projects focused on
age.
Spring semester. Keith.

180. Thesis.
Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior year.
Students are urged to have their thesis propo­
sals approved as early as possible during the
junior year.
Members of the Department.

199

VI
The Corporation
Board of Managers
Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni
Council
The Faculty

200

Administration
Visiting Examiners
Degrees Conferred
Awards and Distinctions
Enrollment Statistics

The Corporation
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
912 Fifth Avenue,
New York, NY 10021

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

J. Lawrence Shane, Vice-Chairman
21 College Ave.,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Jon L. Prime, Treasurer
Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Sue Thomas Turner, Secretary
Box 121, Cook Road,
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Board of Managers
Ex officio
David W . Fraser,
Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard,
315 Airedale Road,
Rosemont, PA 19010
Isabel Jenkins Booth,
#84 Kendal at Longwood,
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke,
#100 Kendal at Longwood,
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier,
209 N. Fairfield Road,
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell,
Central Valley, NY 10917

H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.,
The Benson East,
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Clark Kerr,
8300 Buckingham Drive,
El Cerrito, CA 94530
Richard B. Willis,
7251 Willow Road,
Ambler, PA 19002
Helen Gawthrop Worth,
#141 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348

Term Expires December, 1983
William M. E. Clarkson,
Graphic Controls Corporation,
189 Van Rensselaer St., Box 1271,
Buffalo, NY 14240

Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.,
Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts &. Co.,
645 Madison Ave., 14th Floor,
New York, NY 10022

201

Board of Managers

»William F. Lee, Jr.,
1700 Walnut St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Elizabeth J. McCormack,
Rockefeller Family and Associates,
30 Rockefeller Plaza,
New York, NY 10112
Charles C. Price, III,
15 Dogwood Lane,
Swarthmore, PA 19081

*Nancy Grace Roman,
4620 North Park Ave., Apt. 306W ,
Chevy Chase, MD 20815
Janet Hart Sylvester,
6648 32nd St. NW,
Washington, DC 20015

Term Expires December, 1984
*Joann Bodurtha,
Indian Health Service Hospital,
Belcourt, ND 58316
*James M. Dolliver,
312 N. Sherman,
Olympia, WA 98502
Walter Lamb,
Merlin Road,
Chester Springs, PA 19425

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot,
18 Rutland Square,
Boston, MA 02118
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.,
General Counsel of the Navy,
Washington, DC 20350

Term Expires December, 1985
Maria Klemperer Aweida,
7184 Spring Court,
Boulder, CO 80303
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser,
1080 Fifth Ave.,
New York, NY 10028
*Alexander Morgan Capron,
3905 Woodbine Street,
Chevy Chase, MD 20815
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.,
Griswold Hall Room 208,
Flarvard Law School,
Cambridge, MA 02138
Eugene M. Lang,
912 Fifth Ave.,
New York, NY 10021
*Rosita Sarnoff,
23 East 11th St.,
New York, NY 10003
Ann Brownell Sloane,
145 E. 74th St., 11 A,
New York, NY 10021
William T. Spock,
10 Kershaw Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086

*Nominated by the Alumni Association

202

Jan Tarble,
Box 193,
Shoshone, CA 92384
Ira Tensard Wender,
555 Park Ave-,
New York, NY 10021
Neil Austrian,
Doyle Dane Bernbach Inc.,
437 Madison Ave.,
New York, NY 10022
Samuel Hayes, III,
Harvard Business School,
34 Dillon House,
Boston, MA 02163
Richard Hurd,
167 Wharton Lane,
Bethlehem, PA 18017
*Ruth Wilcox Mahler,
5 9 Todmorden Drive,
Wallingford, PA 19086
Barbara Weber Mather,
Pepper Hamilton &. Scheetz,
2001 The Fidelity Building,
Philadelphia, PA 19109

Marge Pearlman Scheuer,
101 Central Park West,
New York, NY 10023
*W . Marshall Schmidt,
W.H. Newbold’s Son & Co., Inc.,
1500 Walnut Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19102

J. Lawrence Shane,
21 College Ave.,
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Sue Thomas Turner,
Box 121, Cook Road,
Alfred Station, NY 14803

Committees Of The Board
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
Walter Lamb

Elizabeth McCormack
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Ann Brownell Sloane
Sue Thomas Turner

Finance and Trusts Administration
Ann Brownell Sloane, Chairman
William T. Spock, Vice-Chairman
Neil Austrian
George B. Clothier
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.

Walter Lamb
Nancy Grace Roman
J. Lawrence Shane
Janet Hart Sylvester
Richard B. Willis

Instruction and Libraries
Elizabeth McCormack, Chairman
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Vice-Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Joann Bodurtha
Alexander M. Capron
James Dolliver

Clark Kerr
Nancy Grace Roman
Walter T. Skalier up, Jr.
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Helen Gawthrop Worth

Investment
J. Lawrence Shane, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.

Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
Term Expires December, 1986

203

Board of Managers

Property
Walter Lamb, Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Julien Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
William F. Lee, Jr.

Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Janet Hart Sylvester
Jan Tarble
two faculty members
two student members

Student Life
Marge Pearlman Scheuer, Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Joann Bodurtha
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
William M. E. Clarkson
James Dolliver
Christopher Edley, Jr.

Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Sue Thomas Turner
Rosita Sarnoff
Susan Willis Ruff, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members

Nominating
Walter Lamb, Chairman
William F. Lee, Jr.
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot

Elizabeth McCormack
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender

Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
William F. Lee, Jr., Vice-Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Walter Lamb
Edward Mahler
Rosita Sarnoff

204

Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Arthur F. F. Snyder
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. Willis
Susan Willis Ruff, ex officio
three faculty members
three student members

Alumni Association
Officers & Alumni Council
President, Susan Willis Ruff ’60,

Vice President, Donald Fujihira ’69,

3521 Ordway St., NW,
Washington, DC 20016

1199 Park Ave. 7B,
New York, NY 10028

President Designate,

Secretary, Monica Panwitt Bradsher ’63,

Walter A. Scheiber ’46,
5316 Sangamore Road,
Bethesda, MD 20016

5130 North St.,
Arlington, VA 22205

Vice President, Sally A. Warren ’65
11 East 63rd St.,
New York, NY 10021

Terms Expire in June

Zone A
New Jersey (Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Gloucester, Hunterdon,
Mercer, Ocean, Salem, Warren Counties), Pennsylvania (except Western Pennsylvania)
1984
Enid Hobert Campbell ’48,
111 MacLean Circle,
Princeton, NJ 08540

Vera Lundy Jones ’58,
90 Bertrand Dr.,
Princeton, NJ 08540

Rosemary Accola Hewitt ’46,
410 Moylan Ave.,
Moylan, PA 19063

Dale G. Larrimore ’72,
704 South winds Dr.,
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

William L. Huganir ’42,
112 S. Schuylkill Lane,
Norristown, PA 19401

Arthur R. Lewis ’52,
406 Woodland Ave.,
Wayne, PA 19087
1985

Vincent S. Boyer ’39,
1322 Grenox Road,
Wynnewood, PA 19096

Frederick H. Richards ’45,
176 Canton St.,
Troy, PA 16947

Sarah Teller Lottick ’58
41 Gershom Place,
Kingston, PA 18704

Sharon Turner Shelton ’79,
6455 Greene St. C '104,
Philadelphia, PA 19119
1986

Mary L. Buckman ’78,
1691 Paper Mill Road,
Meadowbrook, PA 19046

Richard Post ’36,
312 Whitemarsh Valley Road,
Ft. Washington, PA 19034

Jay G. Ochroch ’54,
901 Fox Chase Road,
Jenkintown, PA 19046

Lily Ann Frank Youman ’57,
752 Mancill Road,
Wayne, PA 19087

205

Alumni Association Officers
& Alumni Council

Zone B
Connecticut, New Jersey (Bergen, Essex, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Passaic, Somerset,
Sussex, Union Counties), New York
1984
Thea Borgmann Mendelson *57,
N. Main St.,
Aurora, NY 13026

Graham O. Harrison *47,
720 Belmont Road,
Ridgewood, NJ 07450
1985
John H. Bennett *54,
166 Fairmont Ave.,
Chatham, NJ 07298

Elinor Meyer Haupt *55,
Bedell Road, RFD 2, Box 126A,
Katonah, NY 10536

Jane C. Glendinning *66,
194 Forts Ferry Road,
Latham, NY 12110

Louis E. Rowley *57,
312 Hussey Road,
Mt. Vernon, NY 10552
1986

Harriet Donow Cornell *54,
205 Parrott Road,
West Nyack, NY 10994

Freeman L. Palmer *79,
256 W yckoffSt.,
Brooklyn, NY 11217

Steven A. Delibert *65,
3 Piercepont Place,
Brooklyn, NY 11201

Ellen L. Schall *69,
48-52 Great Jones St.,
New York, NY 10012

Zone C
Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1984
Marilyn Tindall Glater *63,
131 Myrtle St.,
Boston, MA 02114

Paul E. Peelle ’69,
37 Crosby St.,
Amherst, MA 01002

Zone D
Delaware, District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1985
Peter D. Kaspar *38,
68 Huntley Circle,
Dover, DE 19901

Monica Pannwitt Bradsher *63,
5130 N. 15th St.,
Arlington, VA 22205
1986
Harriet Dana Carroll *38,
4802 Broad Brook Dr.,
Bethesda, MD 20814

Alexander Shakow ’58,
6608 32nd Place,
Washington, DC 20015

Zone E
Ohio, Western Pennsylvania (Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Clarion, Crawford, Erie,
Fayette, Greene, Lawrence, Mercer, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland Counties), West
Virginia
1984
Kathryn Sharp O ’Neal ’70,
3657 Stoer Road,
Shaker Heights, OH 44122

Anthony L. Wolfe ’50,
7066 Woodland Ave., Ben Avon,
Pittsburgh, PA 15202

Zone F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas
1985
M. Jane Holding ’72,
Box 1594,
Smithfield, NC 27577

Stephen H. King ’57,
4816 Heathe Dr.,
Tallahassee, FL 32308

Zone G
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Wisconsin
1985
Henry J. Bode, Jr. ’55,
544 Linden Ave.,
Oak Park, IL 60302

G. Caroline Shero ’39,
616 Lake Road,
Oconomowoe, W I 53066
1986

Phillip G. Hoffer ’65,
1217 Brooklyn,
Ann Arbor, MI 48104

Katherine Leser ’76,
#2400, 30 N. Lasalle St.,
Chicago, IL 6 0602

Zone H
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,
Utah, Washington, Wyoming, territories and foreign countries
1984
Annette Richards Parent *46,
Box 1391,
Silver City, NM 88061

Kenneth Turan ’67,
1115 Galloway St.,
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
1986

Suzanne White Hull ’43,
1465 El Mirador Dr.,
Pasadena, CA 91103

Charles G. McLeavy *73
233 Boylston Ave. East,
Seattle, WA 98102

207

The Faculty
David W. Fraser, B.A., Haverford College;
M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.
324 Cedar Lane.
H a rriso n M. Wright, B.A., M.A., and

Robert A. Rarr, Jr., B.A., Swarthmore
College; M. A., University of Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 5 1 0 Strath Haven
Avenue.

Ph.D., Harvard University, Provost and
Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.

Jane H. M ullins, B.A., Swarthmore

Jon L Prime, B.S., Bradley University;

M ichael Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

Ed.M., University of Rochester, Treasurer
and Vice President for Business and Finance.
925 Strath Haven Avenue.

Janet Sm ith Dickerson, B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.

Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President
—Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
550 Elm Avenue.

Dilm ore Stott, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean of the College, Lecturer in Philosophy.
3 1 8 Dartmouth Avenue.

Elizabeth Chadwick, A.B., Bryn Mawr
College; M. Phil and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean of die College, Lecturer in
English Literature. 513 Ogden Avenue.

College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.

Eml K. Horikaw a, B.E., University of
Nevada; M. A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.

Stephen Lehmann, B.A., m .a ., and
M .L.S., University o f California, Berkeley;
Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities
Librarian. 300 Harvard Avenue.
S u sa n 6. W illiam son, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences
Librarian. 602 Elm Avenue.

Leighton C. Whitaker, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplómate in
Clinical Psychology o f the American Board
o f Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

EMERITI

M a ry Albertson, B.A., m . a . and Ph.D.,
Bryn Mawr College, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor Emerita o f History and
International Relations. 505 Ogden Avenue.
E lisa AsensiO , M.A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.

University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086

Alice Rrodhead, B.S. and M.A., University

Lydia Raer, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.

o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita of
Education. 144 Park Avenue.

and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita of German. Manatee River
Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.

Hilde D. Cohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

Paul A. Reik, B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, Winter Park, FL 32789.

M artha A. Connor, B.s. and m .a .,
University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel University, Librarian Emerita. Apt.
2 1 9 Crosslands, Kennett Square, PA 19348.

Heinrich Rrinkm ann, B.A., Stanford

Tatiana M. Cosm an,

208

b .a .

and M.A.,

Middlebury College; M.A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.

College; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 15 Dartmouth
Circle.

W illiam C. Elmore, B.s., Lehigh

Vienna, Professor Emeritus of German. 408
Walnut Lane.

University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 288
Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.

L e w is H. Elverson, B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, MA
02554.

Robert K. Enders, B.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.,
Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.

E. J. Faulkner, Professor Emeritus of
Physical Education for Men. 500 Osceola
Avenue, Apt. 210, Winter Park, FL 32789.

Launce J. Flem ister, B.A., m .a . and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
o f Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ilan W. Garrett, B.A. and M.A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 16
Beach Road, Sevema Park, MD 21146.

Barbara Lange Godfrey, Dean Emerita o f
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Everett L Hunt, B.A., Huron College;
M.A., University o f Chicago; D. Litt., Huron
College, Dean Emeritus and Professor
Emeritus o f English. 221 N. Princeton
Avenue.
Fredric Klees, B.A., Bowdoin College,
Professor Emeritus o f English. 2 2 0 South
Chester Road.
Olga Lang, Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W. 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
Sa ra h Lee Lippincott, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College;
D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.

Franz H. Mautner, Dr. Phil., University o f

John D. McCrum m , B.A. and M.S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada
J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 606 Ogden Avenue.

Norm an A. Meinkoth, B. o f Ed., Southern
Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D.,
University o f Illinois, Professor Emeritus o f
Zoology. 431 W est Woodland Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.

Iro n s Moll, B.S. in Ed., University of
Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.

John M. Moore, B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emeritus o f Philosophy and
Religion. 512 Ogden Avenue.

Bernard M orrill, B .s. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M.M.E., University o f Delaware, Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J. Roland Pennock, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.

Frank C, Pierson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University, Joseph
Wharton Professor Emeritus of Political
Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
Hedley H. Rhys, b .a . , West Virginia
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.

Luzern G. Livingston, B.S., Lawrence

209

The Faculty

J a m e s D. Sorber, B.A., Lehigh University;

Robert M. Walker, B.A. and M.F.A.,

M. A., University o f Nebraska, Professor
Emeritus o f Spanish. Apt. 211, Kendal at
Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348.

Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. 6 Fox Hollow, Mainestone,
Wayland, MA 01778.

W illis J. Stetson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M. A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for
Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield,
PA 19064.

HanS Wallach, Dr. Phil., University o f
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.

Neal A. Weber, B.A.,

University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
211A College Avenue.

m . s . and D.Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 2606 Mission Road,
Tallahassee, FL 32304.

Peter van de Kamp, Cand. and Docts.,

H ow ard H. W illiam s, B.A., Lake Forest

University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University o f
California; D. Phil., University o f Groningen,
Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus of
Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the
Sproul Observatory, c/o Peter Rademacher,
R.D. 2, Salem, New York 12865.

College; M.A. in L.S., Columbia University,
Reference Librarian Emeritus. 144 Park
Avenue.

Derek T raversi, B.A. and M.A.,

PROFESSORS

George C. Avery, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor of
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.

fRobert C. Bannister, B.A. and Ph.D., Yale

o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 6 Whittier Place.

fDavid L Bow ler, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell

University; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard
Avenue.

University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.

Carl BarUS, B.A., Brown University; M.S.

tP a tricia W ityk Boyer, B.S., Trenton State

in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor o f Engineering. 404
Walnut Lane.

College; M.A., New York University,
Professor o f Dance and Director o f die
Dance Program. 817 Parkridge Drive, Media,
PA 19063.

f O lexa-M yron Bilaniuk, Cand. Ingénieur,
Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M .S.,
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

*Gom er H. Davies, B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell
Avenue.

Thom as H. Blackburn, B.A., Amherst;

Lee Devin, B.A., Sanjose College; M.A.

B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; Ph.D.,
Stanford University, Professor o f English.
6 0 9 Elm Avenue.

and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f The
Theatre. 511 Harvard Avenue.

John R. BOCClO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute

H. Se e rl Dunn, B.S.E. and M.S.E.,

‘ A b sen t o n leave, fall sem ester, 1 9 8 3 .
tA b s e n t o n leave, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .

210

^ A b sen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 -8 4 .

Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.

and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Religion. 509 Harvard Avenue.

Edward A. Fehnel, B.S., M.S., and Ph.D.,

o f Pennsylvania, Professor of Physical
Education. 302 North Chester Road.

Lehigh University; Edmund Allen Professor
of Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow Rd., Rose
Tree, Media, PA 19063.

M a m a s A. Field, Jr., B.S., M.A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor o f History. 605 Hillbom Avenue.

Eleanor K. H ess, B.S. and M .S., University

Robinson 6. Hollister, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor of Economics (part-time).
1 Whittier Place.

Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Raym ond F. Hopkins, B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M.A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University,
Professor o f Political Science. 308 Ogden
Avenue.

J. W illiam Frost, B.A., DePauw

Gudmund R. Iversen, M.A., University of

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor o f Quaker History and
Research, and Director of the Friends
Historical Library. 3 Whittier Place.

Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm
Avenue.

Ja m e s D. Freeman, B.A., M.A., and

John E. Gaustad, B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f Astronomy. 4 3 0 S. Chester
Road.

Kenneth J. Gergen, B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

C h arle s E. Gilbert, B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Political Science, 223 Kenyon
Avenue.

Ja m e s H. Hammons,

b .a

., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Professor o f Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

M a rk A. Heald, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Physics. 420 Rutgers Avenue.

*W ulff D. HeintZ, Dr. rer. nat. München
University, Professor of Astronomy. 540
Riverview Avenue.
fP a tr iC k Henry, B.A., Harvard University;

B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; M.A.

‘ A b sen t o n leave, fall sem ester, 1 9 8 3 .
f A b sen t o n leave, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .

John R. Jenkins, B.S. and M .S., Utah State
University; Ph.D., University o f California,
Los Angeles, Professor of Biology. Strath
Haven Condominiums.

Jennie Keith, B.A., Pomona College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology. 135 Rutgers
Avenue.

T. Kaori Kitao, B.A. and M.A., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History. 540
Westminster Avenue.

Eugene A. Klotz, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
*6 eo rge Krugovoy,

b .a ., m .a ., and Ph.D„
Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria,
Professor of Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue.

M a m e s R- Kurth, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

tH ugh M. Lacey, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana University,
Professor o f Philosophy. 4 Whittier Place.

^ A bsen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 - 8 4 .

211

The Faculty

\A sm a ro m Legesse, B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Hatvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.

N elson A. Macken, B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering. 250
Haverford Avenue.

Paul C. M angelsdorf, Jr., B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
f

(Fatim a Nleer,

and M.Soc.Sc.,
University of Natal; Julien and Virginia
Cornell Visiting Professor o f Classics. 405
Walnut Lane.
b

.S o c . S

c.

f (Se y m o u r Melman, B.S.S., City College of
New York; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professor o f Social
Change. 401 Walnut Lane.

ttP hiliP M etzidakis, B.A., Dartmouth
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

tHelen F. North, b . a .,

m .a ., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor of
Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue.

H ans F. Oberdiek, B.S., and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 4 1 0 Dickinson Avenue.

M artin Ostwald, B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 Whittier
Place.
H ow ard Pack, B.B.A., City College o f New
York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Professor of Economics. 1530
Locust St., Philadelphia, PA 19102.

^Harold E. Pagliaro, A.B.,

m .a ., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.

Robert F. Pasternack,

b .a

. and Ph.D„

f A b sen t o n leave, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .

((Spring semester, 1984.

212

Cornell University, Professor of Chemistry.
403 Walnut Lane.

Dean Peabody, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Jean Ashm ead Perkins, B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.

fSteven I. Piker, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Professor o f
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.

Frederic L Pryor, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
Gilbert P. Rose, B.A. and Ph.D„
University of California, Berkeley, Professor
of Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.

David Rosen, B.A., New York University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor of Mathematics. 336 North
Princeton Avenue.
Robert Roza, B.A., University o f Toronto;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue.
Rernard Saffran, b .a ., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor of Economics. 201 Garrett
Avenue.
Robert E. Savage, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
F. M. Scherer, A.B., University of
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Economics. 35
Wellesley Road.
(Allen M. Schneider, B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue.

(A b s e n t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 -8 4 .

((Program Director, Hamilton College
Academic Year in Madrid, 1983-84.

Richard Schuldenfrei, b .a . and m .a .,
Music and Director o f the Chorus.
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
614 Hillborn Avenue.
o f Pittsburgh, Professor of Philosophy.
tffF ra n c is P. Tafoya, b .a . and M.A.,
8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063.
University of Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
B arry Schw artz, B.A., New York
University, Professor o f French and Spanish.
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
6 2 0 North Chester Road.
Pennsylvania, Professor of Psychology. 210
Peter T. Thompson, b . a ., The Johns
Garrett Avenue.
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
t J. Edward Skeath, B.A., Swarthmore
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 203
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
College Avenue.
Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics. 400
P. Linw ood Urban, Jr., B.A., Princeton
Dickinson Avenue.
University; S.T.B., S.T.M . and Th.D.,
Bernard S. Smith, b .a . and m . a .,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
University of Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor o f Religion.
University, Professor of History. 311 Park
2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
Avenue.
Eugene Weber, B.A., Williams College;
tDavid G. Smith, B.A., and M.A., University
M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University,
o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
Professor o f German. 409 Strath Haven
University, Centennial Professor o f Political
Avenue.
Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose Valley,
M. Jose ph WiiiiS, B.C.E., University of
PA 19086.
Washington; M.S., Cornell University;
S u sa n Snyder, B.A., Hunter College; M.A.
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M.
Professor o f Engineering. 306 Chestnut Lane.
Lang Research Professor o f English
Philip M. Weinstein, A.B., Princeton
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
Donald K. Sw earer, B.A., M.A. and
University, Professor of English Literature. .
Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
5 1 0 Ogden Avenue.
S.T.M ., Yale Divinity School, Professor of
tJerom e H. Wood, Jr., B.A., Howard
Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue.
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
fPeter Gram Sw ing, b .a . and M.A.,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Aldan, PA 19014.
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor of

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

M arga ret Anderson, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor of History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
^Charles R. Beitz, B.A. Colgate University;
M.A., University o f Michigan; M.A. and
Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate
Professor o f Political Science. Swarthmore
College.

f A b sen t o n leave, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .
^ A b sen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 - 8 4 .

Alfred H. Bloom, B.A., Princeton
University; M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor of Linguistics
and Psychology, and Program Director of
Linguistics. 5 Woodbrook Lane.

Thom pson Bradley,

b .a ., Yale University;
M.A., Columbia University, Associate
Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan,
PA 19065.

f t f Program D irec to r, Sw arth m ore Program in
G ren o b le, spring sem ester, 1 9 8 4 .

213

The Faculty

Robert S. Du P le ssis, B.A., Williams

^Stephen B. M aurer, B.A., Swarthmore

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.

College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Professor of
Mathematics. 206 Benjamin West Avenue.

M ario n J. Faber, b .a . and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German. 234 Benjamin West Avenue.

Kathryn L. Morgan, B.A., Virginia State
College; M.A., Howard University; M.A. and
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f History. Apt. 728, Strath Haven
Condominiums.

Nancy V. Hamlett, B.S. and M.S.,
University of Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D., ***fG e o rge M o sk o s, b .a ., Davidson College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
The Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Madison, Associate Professor o f French. 515
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Elm Avenue.
John J. Hassett, b .a ., St. Francis College;
Frederick L. Orthlieb, B.S. and M.S.,
M.A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
o f Wisconsin, Associate Professor of
Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, Associate
Spanish. 326D Yale Square, Morton, PA
Professor o f Engineering. 13 Green Valley
19070.
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Rosalind L. Herlands, b .a ., Stanford
M a ry L. Poovey, B.A., Oberlin College;
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
M.A. and Ph.D., University of Virginia,
California, Irvine, Visiting Associate
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
Professor of Biology. 514 S. Chicago,
603 Ogden Avenue.
Avenue, Egg Harbor, NJ 08215.
Constance Cain Hungerford, b .a .,
Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor
o f Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue.

Ernest J. Prudente, B.S. and M.S.,

M a rk Jacobs, B.A., Harvard University;

C h a rle s Raff, B.A., University of

Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 401 Dickinson Avenue.

Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

C harles L. Jam es, B.S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M.S., State
University o f New York at Albany, Associate
Professor o f English. 402 Laurel Lane,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

Deborah 8. Kem ler Nelson, B.A., M.A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Associate
Professor o f Psychology. 211 Benjamin West
Avenue.
Lillian M. LI, A.B., Raddiffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate
Professor o f History. 8 Whittier Place.

^Jeanne M arecek, B.S., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor
o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe St., Media,
PA 19063.
‘ A b sen t o n leave, fall sem ester, 1 9 8 3 .

f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1984.

214

University of Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey
Road, Media, PA 19063.

Alburt M. Rosenberg, B.A., Harvard
University; M.S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Natural Science. 609 Hillbom
Avenue.

*Richard L Rubin, A.B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science and
Public Policy. 504Vi Riverview Road.

Kenneth L Sharpe, B.A., Dartmouth
College; M.S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science. 521
Elm Avenue.

^ A bsen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 -8 4 -

‘ “ Program Director, Swarthmore Program in
Grenoble, fall semester, 1983.

Sim one VoiSÍn Smith, Licence et Lettres,
University o f Grenoble, Associate Professor
o f French. 125 Forest Lane.
David B. Sm oyer, B.A., Dartmouth
College; LL.B., Harvard Law School,
Associate Professor of Physical Education.
335 Park Avenue.
Eva F. Travers, B.A., Connecticut College;
M.A. and Ed. D., Harvard University,
Associate Professor o f Education. 416 Park
Avenue.

tTim othy C. W illiam s, B.A., Swarthmore
College; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.

tC raig W illiam son, B.A., Stanford
University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f English Literature. 602 Elm
Avenue.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Eric A. 6. Binnie, B.A., Strathclyde
University, Scotland; M.A., McMaster
University; Ph.D., University o f Toronto,
Assistant Professor o f English and Technical
Director for The Theatre. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

C urtis H ansm an Brizendine,

b .a

. and
M.A., University o f Oregon; M.Ph. and
Ph.D., University o f Kansas, Assistant Pro­
fesor o f Art History, 318 N. Chester Road.

Jo y Charlton, B.A., University o f Virginia;
M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 409'/i Elm
Avenue.

M ichael W. Cothren, B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Assistant Professor o f Art
History. 406 N. Swarthmore Avenue.

S u sa n P. Bavis, B.S., Springfield College;
M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.

B o se m ary M. B. Desjardins, b .a . and
M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Pro­
fessor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
Bichard Eldridge, A.B., Middlebury
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.

Bandall L. Exon, B.F.A., Washburn
University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts. 8
Crum Ledge.
^Gregory L. Florant, B.S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f Biology. 404 Elm
Avenue.

tsc o tt F. G ilbert B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Assistant Professor of
Biology. 617 Fairview Road.

Stephen S. Golub, B.A., Williams College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant
Professor o f Economics. 318 N. Chester Road.

C h a rle s M. Grinstead, b .a ., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Visiting Assistant
Professor o f Mathematics. 8 Whittier Place.
Kathryn A. H irsh-Pasek, b .a ., University
o f Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. 128 Cedarbrook Road,
Ardmore, PA 19003.
B ush 0, H o lt B.A. Carleton College; M.S.
and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 302 N. Chester Road.
tC arol C. Kahler, B.S., University of
Chicago; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor of

^Absent on leave, 1983-84.

215

The Faculty

Chemistry. 5 Single Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.

(Philip J. Kellman, B.A., Georgetown

Irene M ulvey, B.A., Stonehill College;
Ph.D., Wesleyan University, Assistant
Professor o f Mathematics. 404 Elm Avenue.

University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.

BrauliO M unoz, B.A., University o f Rhode

M a rk Kuperberg, B.A., Amherst College;

M arjo rie Murphy, B.A., Jersey City State
College; M.A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Assistant Professor o f History. 513 Elm
Avenue.

M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.

Gerald Levinson, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Music.
2 Crum Ledge.

Kenneth C. Luk, B.A., International
Christian University, Tokyo; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor of Chinese. 2126 Lombard Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19146.

Arthur E. McGarity, B.A., Trinity
University; M.S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University. Assistant Professor of
Engineering. 525 Elm Avenue.

(A n n K o sa k o w sk i McNam ee, B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Assistant Professor of Music.
318 N. Chester Road.

Brian A. Meunier, B.F.A., University of

Island; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 500
Harvard Avenue.

Jo y ce J. Nagata,

b .f .a . and M.A.,
University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 404 Elm Avenue.

Kenneth N. Prestw ich, B.S., Davidson
College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
Florida, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 404
Elm Avenue.

M ichael Banis, B.A., Tel Aviv University;
M.A. and Ph. D., University o f Chicago,
Assistant Professor o f Political Science. 201
Strath Haven Condominiums.
K. Ann Renninger, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Assistant Professor o f Education.
915 Harvard Avenue.

Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Assistant
Professor of Studio Arts. Benjamin West
House.

M a ry Beth Saffo, B.A., University of
California at Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Assistant Professor of Biology.
4 Crym Ledge.

Daria J. M ontero-Paulson, B.A. and
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Spanish. 501 Yale Avenue.

Richard P. Sailer, B.A., University of
Illinois; Ph.D., Cambridge University,
Assistant Professor o f Classics. 512 Elm
Avenue.

Frank A. M oscatelli, B.S., C. W . Post
College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor of Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.
M ichael L. Mullan, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education and Athletics. 213 Fildes
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

(A b s e n t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 - 8 4

216

(Peter J. Schm idt, B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
7 Crum Ledge.

(H elene Shapiro, B.A., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D., California
Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor
o f Mathematics. Swarthmore College.

Faruq M. A. Siddiqui, 8 .S., Bangladesh
University o f Engineering and Technology;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering. Apt. A-2,
107 Rutgers Avenue.
Leah Jo h n so n Smith, B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 406 Cedar Lane.

C h arle s F. Stone, III, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Yale University; Assistant
Professor o f Economics. 3 Crum Ledge.

W illiam N. Turpin, M.A., University o f St.
Andrews; M.A., University of Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.

Judith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant

Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.

Robin E. W agner-Pacifici, B.A., Brown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Sociology. Swarthmore College.
Jacob Weiner, B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Assistant Professor o f
Biology, 405 E. Rose Valley Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

jD avid F. Weiman, A.B., Brown University;
M.A., Yale University, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 404 Elm Avenue.

Douglas M. W eiss, A.T.C., Assistant
Professor o f Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.

INSTRUCTORS

Nathalie F. Anderson, B.A., Agnes Scott
College; M.A., Georgia State University,
Instructor in English Literature. 515 Elm
Avenue.

J a m e s L. Curtis, A.B., New College; M.A.,

Robert J. Moore, B.S., Louisiana State
University, Instructor in Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.
Stephen M. Platt, B.S., Rensselaer

Cornell University, Instructor in Political
Science. 6 Crum Ledge.

Polytechnic Institute; M.S.E., University of
Pennsylvania, Instructor in Engineering.
Swarthmore College.

Dom inique Haughton, Diplome d’Etudes

A n d re w M. Verner, B.A., Duke

Approfondies, University o f Paris VII,
Instructor in Mathematics. Swarthmore
College.

Alex R. Hybel, B .A., University o f North
Carolina; M.A., The American University,
Instructor in Political Science. 604 Elm
Avenue.

University; M.A., Old Dominion University;
M. Phil., Columbia University, Instructor in
History. 11 Benjamin W est Avenue.

Elizabeth D. Watts, B.S., West Chester
State College, Instructor o f Physical
Education and Athletics. 3102 Ruby Drive,
Wilmington, DE 19810.

N ancy S. Love, A.B., Kenyon College;
M.A., Cornell University, Instructor in
Political Science. 6 Crum Ledge.

^ A bsen t o n leave, 1 9 8 3 - 8 4 .

217

The Faculty

LECTURERS (all part-time)

tfLe e V. CaSSaiielll (Associate Professor of
History, University o f Pennsylvania), Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Visiting Lecturer in
History. University o f Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, PA 19104.

M arce l L. Cherry, B.A. and Diploma of
Education, University o f Melbourne,
Lecturer in English. Swarthmore College.

“ Anne Frydman, B.A., Sarah Lawrence
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Lecturer in Russian. Swarthmore
College.

Evgenyia L Katsenelinboigen, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
211 Mortroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

M a ry K. Kenney, A.B., chestnut Hill
College; M.A., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue.

Yinam Leef, B. Music and Artist Diploma,
Rubin Academy o f Music; M.A., University
o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Music.
Swarthmore College.
M a rc ia C. Linebarger, A.B., University of

JO Ellon Parker, A.B., Bryn Mawr College;
M.A., University o f Kansas, Lecturer in
English Literature. Swarthmore College.

Elko Plaxton, B.A., Brigham Young
University; M.A., University of Colorado,
Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

Laurence J. Silberstein, b .a ., m .a ., and
Ph.D., Brandeis University; M.H.L., Jewish
Theological Seminary of America, Lecturer
in Religion. Swarthmore College.
Barbara Y ost Stew art, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Lecturer in Biology. 543 Marietta
Avenue.
f t David G. Stork, B.S., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A., University of
Maryland, Lecturer in Physics. 510 Elm
Avenue.

Andrea Sununu, A.B., Mount Holyoke
College; A.M. and Ph.D., Brown University,
Lecturer in English Literature. 915 Harvard
Avenue.

California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology, Lecturer in
Linguistics. Swarthmore College.

f t J a c k Topiol, B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer
in Economics. 635 Heather Lane, Bryn
Mawr, PA 19010.
“ Dennis E. M achnik, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Lecturer in
f f F ra n cis Vanni, B.A., Swarthmore
Astronomy. Swarthmore College.
College, Lecturer in Education.
Li-ching Chang M air, b .a . and M.A.,
Swarthmore College.
National Taiwan University; M.A.,
D e m aris Wehr, B.A., Earlham College;
University o f Washington, Lecturer in
M.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A.
Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
and Ph.D., Temple University, Lecturer in
**Davld L Muething, B.A., M.A., Boston
Religion. 502 Walnut Lane.
College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Lecturer in Economics.
Swarthmore College.

**Fall semester, 1983.

218

f f Spring semester, 1984.

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)

Brigitte Cotte, Maîtrise and DEA,
University of Grenoble, Assistant in French.
302 N. Chester Road.
U rsu la M. Davis, B.S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19603.

John DiGregoriO, Assistant in Physical
Education. 220 Lynn Road, Ridley Park, PA
19078.

John R. Donel, B.S., Bloomsburg State
College; Assistant in Physics. 114
Willowbrook Road, Clifton Heights, PA
19018.

Dorothy K. Freeman, B.M., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.

Lori Fries-Sm ith, Assistant in Physical

Joel M a rcu s, B.E.E., City College of New
York; M.B.A., City University o f New York,
Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletiès. 207 Fox Lane, Wallingford, PA
19086.

Karen M eyers, Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
Geoffrey M ichaels, Diploma, Curtis
Institute o f Music, Associate in Performance
(Music) and Acting Director o f the
Swarthmore College Orchestra. Swarthmore
College.
t f Ja m e s W. Noyes, B.A., Amherst College,
Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. Meadow Lane.

Carolyn Reichek, B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). 435 Ogden Avenue.

Education and Athletics.

Gloria U. Rosen, B.A., Hunter College;

Tadd R. Goundie, B.S., Muhlenberg

M.A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 336 N. Princeton Avenue.

College; M.S., Bowling Green State
University, Assistant in Biology. 14-17
Valley Road, Drexel Hill, PA 19026.

Jose p h Kelletier, Assistant in Physical
Education and Athletics. 1113
Meadowbrook Lane, Collingdale, PA.

**Paul Klock, Associate in Performance
(Dance). 2018 Wallace Street, Philadelphia,
PA 19130.

**Thom aS F. Lapinski, B.A., University of
Delaware; M.S., Villanova University,
Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. 2501 Foulk Woods Road,
Wilmington, DE 19810.

**C urtiS Lauber, A.B., Duke University;
M. A., Villanbva University, Assistant in
Physical Education and Athletics. 110 School
House Lane, Ardmore, PA 19003.

M arga ret M. Lehman, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 105 Upper
Gulph Road, Wayne, PA 19087.

**Fall semester, 1983.

Paula Sepinuck, B.A., Bennington College,
Associate in Performance (Dance) and Acting
Director of the Dance Program. 2 Lantoga
Square, Wayne, PA 19087.
Nita H a rris Siciliano, B.S., Russell Sage
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287 A
Samuel Road, West Chester, PA 19380.
Robert M. Smart, B.A., Curtis Institute of
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Acting Director of the
Swarthmore College Chorus (spring
semester), and Associate in Performance
(Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
**C. Jose ph Stefanow icz, B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education and
Athletics. 921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA
19061.

** M a rk Taylor, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.

f f Spring semester, 1984.

219

The Faculty

Standing Committees of the Faculty 1983-84
Academic and Cultural Support

Curriculum

OBERDIEK, Davies (spring), Dickerson,
Johnston, Rubin (spring), Travers, Voet,
Weiner

W RIGHT, Blackburn, Heald, Kemler,
Mullins, Stott
Educational Policy, Council on

Academic Requirements
DICKERSON, Brizendine, Chadwick,
Eldridge, Gaustad, Golub, Mangelsdorf,
Mullins, Saffo, Sailer, Stott, Wright
Admissions and Scholarships
HASSETT, Alperin, Barr, Dickerson,
Gaustad, Hess, McGarity, Muñoz, Saffo,
Smoyer, Verner, Weinstein
Asian Studies

W RIGHT, Anderson, M., Bloom, Fraser,
Hungerford, Jacobs, Schwartz, Swearer
Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory
DUPLESSIS, Poovey, Smith, S.
Faculty and Staff Benefits
PRIME, Aaron, Cook, Exon, Grinstead,
Lee, M., Miller, Saffran, Scherer, Van
Ummersen, Voèt, Wright

LI, Bloom, Brizendine, Nagata, Swearer

Faculty Procedures

Black and Minority Concerns

FRASER, Blackburn, Dunn, DuPlessis,
Kitao, Oberdiek, Sharpe, Wright

BRADLEY, Brock, Davies (spring),
Dickerson, James, Nagata, Urban

Fellowships and Prizes

Black Studies
JAMES, Anderson, N., Golub, Morgan,
Muñoz, Piker/Rubin

ROSEN, Avery, Charlton, Cothren,
Dickerson, Eldridge, Fehnel, Holt,
Kuperberg, Ostwald, Sharpe
Foreign Language Study

Bookstore
SCHULDENFREI, Chadwick, Li, Orthlieb,
Rose, Roza

SMITH, S., Chadwick, Pasternack, Perkins,
Smith, B.
Health Sciences Advisory

Center for Social and Policy Studies
IVERSEN, Charlton, Gilbert, C., Holt,
Hopkins, Macken, Peabody, Scherer,
Williamson, S.
Computing Services
PRYOR, Boecio, Cothren, Grinstead,
Hollister, Klotz, Macken, McGarity, Ryan,
Thompson, Weiner
Cooper
KITAO, Bradley, Desjardins, Devin, Durkan,
Landis, Levinson, Mullan, Pack, Poovey,
Siddiqui, Verner, Weber

220

TSELOS, Chadwick, Jenkins, Rosenberg,
Schneider, Stewart, Voet
Library
DURKAN, Aaron, Anderson, N., Chadwick,
Desjardins, Frost, Gergen, Golub, Kitao
Moscatelli, Rosenberg, Wright
Physical Education and Athletics
DEVIN, Boccio, Hess, Mullan, Örr, Rose,
Saffo, Smoyer, Watts

Promotion and Tenure
FRASER, Gilbert, C., Hammons, Perkins,
Snyder, Wright

Meunier, Mullins, Orthlieb, Pack, Prudente,
Raymond, Roza, Siddiqui, Stanton,
Thompson

Research Ethics

Teacher Educatoin

BARUS, Jacobs, Levinson, Mangelsdorf,
Peabody

TRAVERS, Faber, James, Kemler, Li,
Rosen, D., Renninger, Savage, Wright

Research Support

Secretary to the Faculty

SALLER, Eisler, Faber, Gergen, Hammons,
Iversen, Moscatelli, Schuldenffei, Weber

Raff

Space Use and Energy Conservation

Frost

Parliamentarian

CHEESMAN, Davis, Kuperberg, Lyons,

Standing Committees of the College
Advisory Committee on Resource Use
Faculty members: Blackburn, Heald, Hollister,
Kemler, Rosen, D.; Chairman of the Board
Committees on: Development, Finance,
Instruction and Libraries, Investment,
Property, and Student Life; the two Vice
Presidents, Provost, and Dean; three students;
chaired by the President of the College, with

the Assistant to the President as Recording
Secretary.
Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee
Faculty members: DuPlessis, Poovey,
Smith, S.; three staff members, and two
students; chaired by the Equal Opportunity
Officer

Divisions and Departments
I.

D IV IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S
Thomas H. Blackburn, Chair

Art

M odern Languages

Constance Cain Hungerford, Chairman

Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chairman

C la s s ic s

M u sic

Martin Ostwald, Acting Chairman

James D. Freeman, Chairman

English Literature

Philosophy

Philip M. Weinstein, Chairman

Hans F. Oberdiek, Chairman

H istory

P sych o lo gy

Robert C. Bannister, Chairman

Barry Schwartz, Department Head

Lin g u istics (Program )

Religion

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

P. Lin wood Urban, Jr., Chair

M athem atics
J. Edward Skeath, Chairman (fall)
Gudmund R. Iversen, Acting Chairman (spring)

221

The Faculty

II.

D IV IS IO N O F T H E S O C IA L S C IE N C E S
Deborah G. Kemlef Nelson, Chair

Econom ics

M athem atics

Frederic L. Pryor, Acting Chairman

J. Edward Skeath, Chairman (fall)
Gudmund R. Iversen, Acting Chairman (spring)

Education (Program )
Eva F. Travers, Program Director

Engineering
Nelson A. Macken, Chairman

H istory
Robert C. Bannister, Chairman

Philosophy
Hans F. Oberdiek, Chairman

Political Science
Raymond F. Hopkins, Acting Chairman

P syc h o lo gy
Barry Schwartz, Department Head

Lin g u istics (Program )

S o cio lo g y and Anthropology

Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director

Steven I. Piker, Chairperson

III.

D IV IS IO N O F T H E N A T U R A L S C IE N C E S A N D E N G IN E E R IN G
Mark A. Heald, Chair

A stronom y

M athem atics

John E. Gaustad, Chairman

J. Edward Skeath, Chairman (fall)
Gudmund R. Iversen, Acting Chairman (spring)

Biology
John B. Jenkins, Chairman

C hem istry
Peter T. Thompson, Chairman

Philosophy
Hans F. Oberdiek, Chairman

P h y sic s
John R. Boccio, Chairman

Engineering

P syc h o lo gy

Nelson A. Macken, Chairman

Barry Schwartz, Department Head

222

Administration
PRESIDENT’S OFFICE

Oavid W. Fraser, B.A., Haverford College;

Jacqueline Robinson, Secretary.

M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.

Thom as A. Butcavage, B.A., Swarthmore

Eleanor B. Johnston, B.A., Pomona

College, Social Coordinator for the
President.

College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School,
Assistant to the President.

VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE

Kendall Landis, B.A., Swarthmore College;

Suza nne P. Welsh, B.A., B.S., University

M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.

o f Delaware; M.B. A., University of
Pennsylvania, Budget Director.

Jon L Prime, B.S.B.A., Bradley University;

Pauline M. Carroll, M a ry C. Kasper,

Ed.M., University o f Rochester, Vice
President and Treasurer.

Secretaries.

PRO VO ST’S OFFICE

H a rrison M. Wright, B.A., M.A., Ph.D„
Harvard University, Provost.
Gilmore Stott, B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of

Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean o f the College.

Sandra R. Cochrane, Secretary.

DEAN’S OFFICE

Janet Sm ith Dickerson, B.A., Western

Nancy Anne Orr, B.A. and M.S., Indiana

College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean of the College.

University, Assistant Dean.

Elizabeth Chadwick, A.B., Bryn Mawr
College; M. Phil, and Ph.D., Yale University,
Associate Dean o f the College.

GilfflOre Stott, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost and Associate
Dean o f the College.

Gloria C arey Evans, B.A., Western
Washington College of Education; M.S.,
University of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.

0. GretChen Bowen, Tutor Coordinator
for Support Programs.

0. Gretchen Bowen, Alm a E. Stewart,
Norm a Boyle A.A., Temple University,
Secretaries.

ADMISSIONS OFFICE

Robert A. Barr, Jr., B.A., Swarthmore
College; M. A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.

W allace Ann Ayres, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean of Admissions.

223

Administration

Brenda M. Brock, B.A., Earlham College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
P h y llis Hall Haymond, B.A., Indiana
University; M.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
David A. Walter, B.S., Swarthmore
College; M.Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.

Bichard G. DiFeliciantonio, B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Joanne Barracllff, Christine Gerner,
Barbara A. Hadly, A g n e s Shonert,
Secretaries.

Arlene K. M ooshian, B.S., West Chester
State College, Receptionist.

ALUMNI RELATIONS AND INFORMATION SERVICES

M a ra ly n O rbison Gillespie, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Information Services.

Jennifer L Denman, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Associate Director o f Alumni
Relations.

Publications and Managing Editor o f the
Alumni Bulletin.

Catherine Downing, B.A., Kent State
University, Assistant Director o f
Publications.

Kathryn Bassett, Alumni Editor.
Ann D. Geer, B.A., Randolph-Macon

Lo m a Shurkin, B.A., Brooklyn College,

Woman’s College, Assistant.

Director o f Information Services.

M im i GeiSS, Office Manager.

Larry L Elveru, B.A., University of

Rnthanne K ra u ss, Lloyd M erritts, Lisa
Goundie, Secretaries.

Minnesota, Associate Director of

ANNUAL GIVING OFFICE

Katherine Danser, B.A., Dickinson
College, M S.Ed„ Bucknell University,
Director or Annual Giving.

R o se m a ry M. Phillippi, Office Assistant.
K a re „ £

Annual Giving Secretary.

Valerie J o n e s Koelle, A.B., Hamilton
College, Assistant Director of Annual Giving.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEPARTMENT

W illiam M. Stanton, B.A., University of
Wisconsin, Director o f Physical Plant.

Eleanor
J. Breischaft, Cheryl A.
I
IDiamond, Esther B. Kelley, Secretaries.

Gordon E. Cheesman, B.S., Swarthmore
College, Planning Engineer.

«Jo se p h J. Delozier, Jr., Supervisor of
1Maintenance.

Donald V. Kelley, David F. M elrose,
Harold T. Hofman, Jo se p h Skinner,

I Dorothy Dallam, Abbie Jones, Patricia
Thom
pklns, Ollie Vandyke, Rachel
1
1W illiam s, Housekeeping Supervisors.

Assistant Directors o f Physical Plant.

June M. Carnall, Facilities Coordinator.
Steven F. Wheaton, B.S., University of
Vermont, Supervisor o f Grounds.

224

BUSINESS OFFICE

Luther Van Um m ersen, C.P.A., B.A.,
Tufts University, Controller.

University, Associate Vice President—
Business Affairs.

Louisa Ridgway, B.A., Vassar College,

Ruth R. Walker, Secretary.

University o f Pennsylvania,
Financial Assistant.

M a ry Poltrock, Purchasing Assistant.

S u sa n S. Werner, B.A., Old Dominion
University, Assistant to the Controller.

Nancy Sheppard, Office Manager.
M argaret A. Thompson, Ellen R.
Augsberger, Laura R. McLaughlin,
Jean Raisch, Business office staff.
L e w is T. Cook, Jr., B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S., Pennsylvania State

Christine Hourican, B.A., B.S., Temple
University, Manager o f Bookstore.

Helen DiFeliciantonio, Director of
Stenographic Office.

Ellen L Dolski, Joann M. M a ssa ry ,
Helene M. McCann, Edith R. Woodland,
Stenographic staff.
J u n e T aSS O n l, Postmistress.

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Judith Kapustin Katz, B.A., Temple

Nancy Sloan, B.A., Smith College,

University; M.A., University o f Michigan;
Ed.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Director.

Secretary.

Julia Lemon, Recruiting Coordinator/
Secretary.

CENTER FOR SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES

Gudmund R. Iversen, M.A., University o f
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.

Naom i M a rcu s, Secretary.

COMPUTING SERVICES

W illiam C. Ryan, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Director o f Computing Services.

Jody Ann M alsbury, A.B., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Director.

Jane F. Jam es, B.S., State University of
New York at New Paltz, Assistant to the
Director.

W illiam E. Conner, Jr., B.A., B.S.,
Villanova University, Larry Ehmer, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Programmers.

Alice H. McGovern, B.S., Fordham
University, Information
Coordinator/Computer Operator.

W. Denham Shupe, Computer Operator.
Hazel C. Rapp, Secretary.

225

Administration

DEVELOPMENT AND GIFT RECORDS OFFICES

C u rtis A. Lauber, B.A., Duke University;

Judith A. Valori, B.A., University of

M.A., Villanova University, Assistant
Director o f Development.

Maryland, Secretary to the Director of
Grants Programs.

Ingrid L Evans, B.A., Pennsylvania State

Elizabeth B. Campbell, Senior Gift

University, Research Associate.

Recorder.

M arga ret W. Nikelly,

Upsala
College, Development Associate.

S a lly Ann Staats, B.S., West Chester State
College, Assistant Gift Recorder.

M arga ret Giovannini, Secretary to the
Assistant Director o f Development.

Gloria RufUS, Alumni Recorder.

b .a .,

M a ria C. Kaufman, Office Assistant.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE

Patricia A. Whitman, B.A., West Chester
State College; M.A., Miami University o f
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE

Laura T. Alperin, B.A., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.

Helen Elmer, Vera B. M o rriso n,
Secretaries.

M arga ret T. Thompson, B.A., Chatham
College; M .S.W ., Bryn Mawr College,
Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.

FOOD SERVICE

C harles W. Spiegel, B.S., University of
Denver, Director.

Robert Mitten, A.A., Brandywine Junior
College, Denise M. Schmidt, B.S.,

Gwynedd-Mercy College, Food Service
Managers.

Elizabeth Oavis, Secretary.

HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM

Gretchen Tselos, B.A., University o f

Bonnie L Harvey,

Minnesota, Health Sciences Advisor.

College, Secretary.

226

b .a .,

Swarthmore

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth Health Center

Linda Echols, R.N., b .s . n ., and M.S.N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns
Hopkins Hospital, Director of Worth Health
Center/Head Nurse.

Vera Howland, B.S., Widener University,
M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.

E lissa R. Chansky, R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, Constance C. Jones, R.N.,

S u sa n Rattner, B.s., Union College; M.D.,
Columbia College o f Physicians and
Surgeons, College Physician.

Hospital of University o f Pennsylvania,
Carol E. Ronan, R.N., Philadelphia General
Hospital, Barbara A. Smetana, R.N.,
College Health Nurse Practitioner, Brigham
Young University.

Ja m e s E. Clark, B.A., West Virginia
University, M.D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.

Edward Fleegler, B.S., Dickinson College,
M.D., University of Pittsburgh School of
Medicine, College Physician.
J a m e s E. Clark, B.A., West Virginia
University; M.D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.

Edward Fleegler,

B.s., Dickinson College;

M.D., University of Pittsburgh School of
Medicine, College Physician.

Arthur T. Laver, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College,
Consulting Gynecologist.
Paul S. Zamostien, B.S., Ursinus College;
M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
Erw in R. Schmidt, Jr., B.S., Yale
University; M.D., University of Wisconsin,
Consulting Orthopedic Consultant.

C harles D. Hummer, Jr., B.A., Amherst
College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College,
Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.

Anita M. Know les, Health Services
Secretary.

Psychological Services

Leighton C. Whitaker, Director. B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University;
Diplomate in Clinical Psychology of the
American Board o f Professional Psychology.
Dianne S. Salter, Clinical Psychologist.
B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., Adelphi
University.

Paula S. Rosen, Clinical Social Worker.
B. A., University of Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn
Mawr College; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Graduate School of Social W ork and Social
Research.
Ju lia B. Goldensohn, Clinical Psychology
Intern from Hahnemann University. B.A.,

University o f Pennsylvania; M.S.,
Hahnemann Medical College.

Glenn D. Reeder, Clinical Psychology
Intern from Hahnemann University. B.A.,
Bucknell University.

S ila s L. W arner, Consulting Psychiatrist.
B.A., Princeton University; M.D.,
Northwestern University; Certified by the
American Board o f Psychiatry; Philadelphia
Academy of Psychoanalysis.
Elizabeth P. Cozine, Psychological
Services Secretary-Receptionist. R.N.,
Paterson General Hospital.

227

Administration

LIBRARY STAFF
College Library

M ichael J. Durkan, B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College, Dublin,
College Librarian.
Jane M. Aaron, B.A., Birmingham'

California— Berkeley; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania; Social Sciences Librarian.

N ancy C. Bech, Assistant/Circulation.
M a ria n B. Bruce, B.S., James Madison
University; Assistant/Circulation.

Southern College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University; Associate Librarian and Head,
Technical Services.

M onique Constantino, Records &

Christine D. Carrozza, Secretary to the

M inda N. Hart, B.A., Pennsylvania State

College Librarian.

University; Assistant/Acquisitions.

Elizabeth Amann, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University;
Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services
Librarian.

Lorena A. Boylan, B.A., LaSalle College;

Purchasing Assistant.

Rose M a rie Johnson, Assistant/
Acquisitions.

So*Young Jones, M.L.S., Simmons
College; B.A., Euha Womens University,
Korea; Assistant/Processing.

M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Catalog
Librarian.

Sh irle y F. Kirby, B.A., Washington

Edward H. Fuller, B.A., Widener College;

Pauline M arshall, B.S., Simmons College;
Continuations Assistant.

M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Special
Collections Librarian.

Emi K. Horikawa, B.E. University of
Nevada; M.A., University o f Utah; Science
Librarian.

George K. Huber, B.A., University of

University; Periodicals Assistant.

D o ris Pitman M oist, Processing Assistant.
K ristine E. M udrick, B.A., Bates College;
Cornell Library Assistant.
Anne J. Perkins, Cataloging Editor.
L o is G. Peterson, B.A., Oberlin College;
Interlibrary Loan Assistant.

Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University; Librarian, Underhill Music
Library.

Jean Pfeiffer, Circulation Assistant.

Stephen R. Lehmann, Ed.M., Harvard

Netta Shinbaum, B.A., State University of

University; B.A., M.A., M.L.S., University
o f California— Berkeley; Humanities
Librarian.

Anne M. Sw ann, B.A., Swarthmore

A m y V. M o rriso n, B.A. and M.L.S.,
Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog
Librarian.

Catherine J. Smith, B.A., Swarthmore
College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Circulation Librarian.

S u sa n G. W illiam son, B.A., University of

228

New York— Oswego; Cataloging Editor.
College, Cataloging Editor.

M e g E. Spencer, B.A., University of
Richmond, Cornell Library Assistant.
Gloria Werner, A.B., Brown University,
Assistant/Documents.

Pauline E. Hallman, Claire R. Smith,
Diane van Roden, Elizabeth W oolson,
A.B., Chestnut Hill College, Receptionists.

Friends Historical Library

J. W illiam Frost, B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Director.

Albert W. Fowler, B.A., Haverford
College; M.S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Associate Director.

Claire B. Shetter, Cataloging Assistant.
Nancy P. Speers, Jane M. Thorson,
B.A., Goddard College; R am sa y P.
Turberg, B.A., Mount Holyoke College;
M.S. in L.S., Drexel University, Assistants.

Kazue Oye, Conservation Assistant.

Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Jean R. Soderlund, A.B., Douglass
College; Ph.D., Temple University, Curator.

College, M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh,
Archivist.

Barbara E. Addison, B.S., University of

M a ry Ellen Clark, B. Mus., West Virginia

Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M.S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger Assistant.

University, Assistant.

M artha P. Shane, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.

Eleanor M. Barr, B.A., Mount Holyoke

Honorary Curators o f the Friends Historical Library

M arga ret Hope Bacon, Judith C.
Breault, Frances W illiam s Browin,
John Edwin Brush, Harriet Frorer
Durham, David C. Elkinton, LaVerne

Forbush, J a m e s R. Frorer, Caroline
Biddle Malin, John M. Moore, Lyman
W. Riley, Catharine M o rris Wright,
Ellis T. W illiam s.

Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore College Peace Collection

Irw in Abram s, Helen M. Carroll, Julien
Cornell, Hilary Conroy, M erle Curti,
Alfred A. F ra se r III, Larry Bara, Robert

W allace Gilmore, Phebe R. Jacobsen,
Kendall Landis, E. Raym ond Wilson.

PERSONNEL SERVICES

M arietta T. Lee, B.A., Villanova

Adelaide M. Young, Secretary.

University; M.P.A., Temple University,
Director.

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE

Jane H. M ullins, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar.

Haney S. Bell, A g n e s Kennedy, Haney
M agyarik, Recorders.

Evelyn 6. Huk, Senior Recorder.

229

Administration

ARTHUR HOYT SCO TT HORTICULTURAL FOUNDATION

David M elrose, Acting Director.

Josephine Hopkins, Secretary.

Erica Glasener, B.S., University of
Maryland, Educational Coordinator.

SECURITY AND SAFETY SERVICES

Ja m e s C. Lyon s III, A.B., Brown
University, Director.

Owen S. Redgrave, A.A.S., Delaware
County Community College, B.S., West
Chester State College, Ja m e s Nelson,
A.A.S., Temple University, Lieutenants.

Linda D. Miller, A.A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Communications
Sergeant.

Tim othy Coachman, Ja m e s F. Ellis,
H a rry Ford, Brian H arris, W illiam A.
Reinick, Eileen Thorton, B.S., West
Chester State College, Bobby Van WilSOH,
Security Officers.

Judy Grace Feiy, John P. Kelly, B.A.,
Catholic University o f America, M ario n K.
Officer, Dorothy H. Olson, George
Ticknor (part-time), Communications
Officers.

M ichael J. Fitzgerald, Sergeant.

UPW ARD BOUND

Edwin A. Collins, B.A., Lincoln University;

M elva N. M cM illan, Secretary.

B.S., Cheyney State College, Director.

DeLoiS M. Collins, B.A., Temple
University, Associate Director.

DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS

Art: Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior
College, Secretary.

Earl Matthews, A.S., Delaware County
Community College, Technician.

Astronom y: Elliot Borgman, B.A.,

C la ssic s: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,

University o f Pennsylvania, Mary MacD.
Jackson, B.A., Swarthmore College, Ruth V.
Kennedy, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Research Assistants, Barbara C. Niebruegge,
A.B., Radcliffe College, Secretary.

A udio -visual Technician: Stephen L.
Mann.

Biology: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A.,

University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.

Econom ics: Eleanor Greitzer, Sara-Page
White, B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretaries.

Education: Maud W . Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard College, Secretary.

Electronics Technician: John j.
Dougherty.

Engineering: Frances L. Shero, B.A.,

Swarthmore College, Secretary, George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Ann
M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College, M.S.,
Cornell University, Laboratory Technician.

Swarthmore College, Secretary, Grant Lee
Smith, Mechanician, Charles White, Digital
Electronics Technician.

Chem istry: Janice W . Bright, B.A.,

English Literature: Thelma M. Miller,

University o f California, Davis, Secretary, E.

Secretary.

230

History: Eleanor W . Bennett, Secretary.
Linguistics: Dorcas D. Allen, A.A.,
Harcum Junior College, Secretary

M athem atics: Joyce A. Gtackin, Secretary.
M odern Languages: Martha Dieffenbach,
Secretary, Eleanor L. O ’Keefe, Language
Laboratory Assistant.
MUSiC: Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,

Secretary.

P h ysical Education and Athletics:
Patricia E. Trinder, Secretary, Octavius
Holland, David Lester, Equipment Managers,
Elliot Tannenbaum, B.A., Temple University;
M.A., The American University, Sports
Information Intern, Vincent Hudson, A.T., C.,
B.S., West Chester State College, Sports
Medicine Intern.

P h y siC S : John R. Andrews, Technician,
Catherine Hogan, Secretary.

Political Science: Dorcas D. Allen, A.A.,
Harcum Junior College, Eleanor Greitzer, SaraPage White, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Secretaries.
Psychology: Dorothea L. Beebe, B.A.,
Gettysburg College, Secretary, George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Julia
L. Welbon, B.A., William Smith College,
Office Assistant.

Religion: Ann S. Blackburn, Secretary.
So cio lo gy and Anthropology: Pauline B.
Federman, Secretary.

231

Visiting Examiners 1983
Art
Professor Elizabeth Cropper, Temple
University
Professor Chu-Tsing Li, University o f Kansas
Professor Jeffrey M. Muller, Brown University
Professor Paul Tucker, University o f
Massachusetts

Biology
Professor Elof A. Carlson, University o f Utah
Dr. Richard Donham, University o f Delaware
Professor James Gould, Princeton University
Dr. Paul Montgomery, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Mary Oster-Granite, University o f
Maryland
Dr. Joseph W. Sanger, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Eric Weinberg, University o f
Pennsylvania

C hem istry
Dr. Martin R. Feldman, Howard University
Dr. Marsha Lester, University o f Pennsylvania
Dr. Harold B. White, University o f Delaware

C la s s ic s
Professor Richard Hamilton, Bryn Mawr
College
Professor Anthony Preus, S.U.N.Y. at
Binghamton
Professor Kenneth S. Sacks, University o f
Wisconsin

Econom ics
Professor Ralph Beals, Amherst College
Professor Michael Bernstein, Princeton
University
Professor Edward Buffie, University o f
Pennsylvania
Edward Hewett, Brookings Institution
Professor William Keeton, Yale University
Professor Richard Levin, Yale University
Professor Nina Shapiro, Rutgers University
Professor John Yinger, Harvard University

Engineering

Professor Julia Epstein, Drexel University
Professor Elizabeth Ermarth, University o f
Maryland
Professor Margaret Ferguson, Yale University
Professor Michael Goldman, Princeton
University
Professor John Guillory, Yale University
Professor Richard Johnson, Mt. Holyoke
College
Professor Elizabeth Kirk, Brown University
Professor Anthony Winner, University o f
Virginia

H istory
Professor Robert L. Beisner, American
University
Professor Robert D. Cross, University o f
Virginia
Professor Edward Muir, Institute for Advanced
Studies
Dr. David B. Pong, University o f Delaware
Professor Douglas Skopp, S.U.N.Y. at
Plattsburg
Professor J. W. Smit, Columbia University
Professor Richard S. Wortman, Princeton
University
Professor Winthrop R. Wright, University o f
Maryland

Lingu istics
Professor Stanley McCray, University o f
Maryland—Baltimore County
Dr. Gary Milsark, Temple University
Professor David Premack, University o f
Pennsylvania

M athem atics
Professor Philip J. Hanlon, Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology
Professor Gilbert Stengle, Lehigh University
Professor Albert W . Tucker, Princeton
University
Professor Frank Wattenberg, University o f Massachusetts
Professor Allan R. Wilks, Princeton University

M odern Language— French

Professor Sam Goldwasser, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Frederick D. Ketterer, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Eugene Kwatny, Temple University

Professor Claudia Reeder, Dartmouth College
Professor Albert Sonnenfeld, Princeton
University

English

Professor Steven Cerf, Bowdoin College
Professor Gloria Flaherty, Bryn Mawr College

Professor Lawrence Buell, Oberlin College
Professor Rebecca Bushnell, University o f
Pennsylvania

232

M odern Language— German

M odern Language— R u ssia n
Professor Alexander Woronzoff, Smith College

M u sic
Professor Howard M. Brown, University o f
Chicago
Patrick Smith

Philosophy

Professor Kent Greenawalt, Columbia
University
Professor Isaac Kramnick, Cornell University
Professor William LeoGrande, American
University
Dr. Robert Rothstein
Professor Francis E. Rourke, Johns Hopkins
University

Professor John Caputo, Villanova University
Professor Ted Cohen, University o f Chicago
Professor David Gallop, Trent University
Professor Thomas Kearns, Amherst College
Professor Thomas McKay, Syracuse University
Professor Scott Weinstein, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor David Zaret, Johns Hopkins
University

Professor Philip Bersh, Temple University
Professor Eliot Gardner, Albert Einstein
Medical College
Professor Virginia Mann, Bryn Maurr College
Dr. Susan Packer, Princeton University
Professor James Todd, Brandeis University

P h y sic s

Religion

Professor Paul Langacker, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Hans C. Ohanian, Union College
Professor Louis Uffer, Manhattan College
Professor Richard L.T. Wolfson, Middlebury
College

Political Science
Professor Thomas P. Bernstein, Columbia
University
Professor Joseph Carens, Princeton University
Professor Harvey Feigenbaum, George
Washington University
Professor Thomas A. Ferguson, Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology

P sych o lo gy

Professor Thomas J. Dean, Temple University
Professor Steven Katz, Dartmouth College
Professor Winston King, Vanderbilt University
Professor Pheme Perkins, Boston College

So cio lo gy & Anthropology
Professor Lewis A. Coser, S.U.N.Y. at Stony
Brook
Professor Victor Lidz, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Bonnie Jean McCay, Rutgers
University
Professor Michael Schudson, University o f
California—San Diego
Professor Carmen Siriani, Northeastern
University

233

Degrees Conferred
May 30, 1983

BACHELOR OF A RTS
Thea Renda Abu El Haj, History
David Kalman Acker, Music
Marcia Lee Adelson#, Economics
Ellen Cecilia Andersen, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Ellen Sue Ansell, Chemistry
Adam Antebi, Special Major: Biochemistry
Ellen Elizabeth Argyros, English Literature
Ellen C. Arky, Political Science
John Cartwright Austin#, Economics
Jennifer Edwards Baily, History
Harlow George Ballard, III, German
Jeffrey Samuel Barkin, Special Major: The
Biochemistry o f Psychiatric Disorders
Elizabeth Frances Beattie, Chemistry
Sabina Beglj., Political Science
Mark Andrew Belding, English Literature
James Lee Beller, Mathematics
Lisa Berglund, English Literature
Michele Besso, Political Scence
Matthew Nicholas Biro, Art History
Steven Murray Blechman, English Literature
Guy Edward Blelloch, Physics
Mary Blumenthal, Psychology
Patrick Martin Bond#, Economics
Lynn Muriel Bonner, Biology
Frank Roy Borchert, III*, History
Ellen Elizabeth Boshkoff, Philosophy
Douglas Clifford Braun, Physics & Astronomy
Constance Elizabeth Briggs, Special Major:
Biochemistry
David Harry Brock, Economics
Jonathan Edward Brody, History
Frederick David Bronkema, Political Science
Gregory McHugh Brunner, Mathematics &
Economics
Nancy Marie Burton, Religion
Thomas Anthony Butcavage, Art History
Diane Stella Carle, German
Clyde William Carpenter, Mathematics
Antonia Renee Caruso, Ancient History
Wendy Susan Cheek, Literature
Kamran Chehrazi, Political Science—
International Relations
Kathleen Mary Clark, Psychology
Sarah Stanton Collins, Political Science &
Economics

Lucia Coppola, Medieval Studies
Patrick Michael Cronin, Chemistry
John Carl Crosby, Jr., Economics
Timothy Paul Cross, History
Wilfred Watkins Csaplar, Jr., Mathematics &
Economics
Theodore Reichley Cummins, Chemistry
John Martin Dafin, Mathematics
Niloofer Fram Dalai, Biology
Susan Lynn Danzig, Economics
Cheryl Lee Darling#!, Political Science
Raquel Anne DaRosa, Philosophy
Barry Mitchell Datlof, Biology
Bruce Andrew Davidson, Physics
Greg Stuart Davidson#, Political Science
Andrea-Lee Davis, Psychology
Nils Peter Davis, Mathematics
Laura Covington Dent, Special Major:
Mathematics & Computer Software
Robert B. Dickinson, Economics
Diane Louise Dietzen, Economics
Philippe Lucien Dintrans#, Economics
Charles Dante Di Pirro, History
Daniel Forest Doak, Biology
Mary Rebecca Dodson, Art History
Patrick Daniel Dolan, Political Science
Pamela Ruth Domes, Philosophy
Matthew Waller Dudley, Mathematics
Miriam Mills Duff, Philosophy
James Patrick Dunn, Economics
Ellen Dye, Psychology
Morris McKee Dye, French
David Bernhard Edelman, Sociology &
Anthropology
Kurt Alexander Eichenwald, Political Science
Linda Ann Estes, English Literature
Jennifer Lynn Evans, Economics
Ellis Dobson Falkoff, Political Science
William Tappan Farlow, Mathematics
Andrew Seth Feigin, Biology
Daniel Mark Feinberg, English Literature
Debra Anne Felixf, Biology
Michael Daniel Fennell, Physics
Thomas Albert Finholt, History
Jonathan Arie Finkelstein, Special Major:
Psychology & Biology
Victoria Byrne Finlayson, Chemistry

*with Concentration in Asian Studies
^with Concentration in International Relations

#with Concentration in Public Policy
f Secondary School Teaching Certificate

234

William Cochrane Fitts, Chemistry
Sarah Fleischmann, French
Juliana Douglas Flower, Special Major:
Language & Thought
Nathanael Alexander Fortune, Physics
William Curtis Fredericks, Political Science
Diane Kristen Fredericksen, Psychology
Bruce Stephen Freedberg, Special Major:
Linguistics & Sociology
Nancy Elizabeth Friedman, English Literature
David James Fristrom, Physics
Raymond David Frost, Philosophy
Robert Maxim Frumkin, English Literature
Lynn Rachel Fryer, Art History
Jack Jay Gelman, Biology
Oliver William Gerland, Philosophy
David Geoffrey Gertler, Philosophy &
Economics
David Michael Gillilan#, Economics
Lauren Chloe Giant, History
Daniel Brian Glessner, Economics
Siu Li Go, Mathematics
Heidi Beth Goldstein, Economics
Daniel M. Goodkind, Economics
David Hammond Goodman, Art History
Joseph Francis Gorman, Political Science
William Henry Green, Jr., Chemistry
Adam Lawrence Greene, Biology
Kevin George Greene, Economics
Alan Barry Greenfield, Physics
Joseph Jeffrey Grenier, Biology
Bruce Alexander Griesenbeck, Psychology and
Sociology & Anthropology
Michele Grodberg, Biology
Jerry Jonathan Gross, Jr., Sociology &
Anthropology
Lisa Gail Gross, English Literature
Christopher Lloyd Gwilt, Literature
Meredith Ann Halpern, English Literature
Regina Elizabeth Hanlonf, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jacqueline Lauren Haskins, Biology
Andrew Field Haughwout, Political Science
Patricia Fenn Hazeltine, Art History
Brian Sean Heaney, Economics
Susan Eleanor Heath, Special Major: Biology
& Psychology
Michael Heurtevant, Political Science
Wendy Hoben, Political Science

Daniel Jon Hoffman, Biology
Deborah liana Hollander, Economics
Jeffrey Steven Hops, Political Science
Lisa Ann Hosteinlj., Political Science
Emily Brennan Ingalls, History & German
Roger Takami Inouye, Biology
Jennie Grace Jacobson, Biology
Kevin Roger James, Economics
Martyn Craig James, Economics
Susheela Jay apal, Economics
Karl Andrew Johnson, Biology
Leslie Ellen Johnsonf, Mathematics &
Psychology
Sheila Joshi, History
Susan Anderson Joyce, Sociology &
Anthropology
Catherine Louise Jump, Astronomy
Jonathan Burton Justice, Greek
Michael Anselm Kane, Physics
Nira Ida Kaplan, English Literature
Mikael Bo Karlstrom, Psychology
Joseph John Keenan, Political Science
Shoshana Daniel Kerewsky, Special Major:
Linguistics & Psychology
John Malcolm Kerr, Economics
Dinah Ann Mosley Kirby, Sociology &
Anthropology
Ann Renee Klee, Ancient History
Joel Gary Kosman, Political Science
Susanne Irene Kost, Biology
Kevin Tremaine Kuehlwein, Psychology
Tamah Alyss Kushner, Biology
Leigh Elizabeth Kyle, Religion
Hayward George Laboo, Psychology
Louis Charles LaBrecque, English Literature
Gordon Charles Lafer, Economics & Religion
James Arthur Langley, Biology
Elizabeth Arlyn La Porte, Religion
Roger Earl Latham, Biology
Robin Layzer, Special Major: Psycholinguistics
Cynthia Robin Lee, English Literature
Kathryn Francis Lesh, Mathematics
Bruce Eric Levin, Philosophy
Robert Alexander Liben, Biology
Rachel Elizabeth Locke, Economics
James Ralph Ludovici, Philosophy
Robert Allen Lufburrow, III, Biology
Lori Ann Lumpkin, Psychology
Don Edward Lyman, Sociology & Anthropology

#with Concentration in Public Policy
f Secondary School Teaching Certificate

^with Concentration in International Relations

235

Degrees Conferred

Elizabeth Laura Mackie, English Literature
David Frederick Maier, Special Major: Music
and Linguistics
Bruce Cowles Malloryf, Psychology
Frederick John Marshall, Psychology
Norman Raymond Mathews, Mathematics
Viken Raffi Matossian, Philosophy
Toshiyuki Matsuuralj., Political Science
Craig Hunting Maynardff, Sociology &
Anthropology
John Charles McCann, Biology
Elizabeth Spence McCrary, English Literature
Franetta Leandrea McMillian, Psychology
Wendy Alexander Merson, Psychology
Carol Ann Merten, Chemistry
Christine Annetta Metcalf, English Literature
Lucinda Ann Metzler*, Religion
Holt Vincent Meyer, German
Bradley Stuart Miller, Economics
Daniel Hyam Miller, Astronomy
Jerry William Miller, Economics
Laurence Stephen Moelis, English Literature
Leslie Frances Moffat, Biology
Brenda Leliah Monroe, History
Daniel Morton Mont, Economics
Mark Andrew Montgomery, German
David Kennon Moody, Religion
Carl Holliday Moor, Political Science
Carolyn Louise Morgan, Psychology
Dwight M. Morrow, Biology
Yetta Renee M orton**, Biology
James Edward Moskin, Linguistics
Donna Eileen Mullarkey, Political Science
Douglas Walton Myers, Economics
Anne Louise Mylott, Special Major: History o f
Science
Wendy Diane Nickerson, Biology
Anne Margaret Norment, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Mollie Susanna Norwitch, Economics
Steven Michael Odendahl, Mathematics
Robert Nelson Oerter, Physics
Jennifer Lee Oldstone*, Art History &
Religion
Grant Donald Hendrik Oliphant, History
Anna Constance Orgera, Psychology
Franz Werner Paasche, Political Science
Robert Lawrence Packer, Philosophy and
Political Science

*with Concentration in Asian Studies
**with Concentration in Black Studies
fSecondary School Teaching Certificate

236

David Edward Pacun, Music
Christine Ellen Payne, Biology
David Alexander Pazer, Biology
Patricia Ann Pesavento, Biology
Andrew L. Peterson, English Literature
Geoffrey Allen Pigman, Political Science
Edward Frank Pinney, Jr., Economics
John James Plunkett, Economics
Martha Louise Reed, Biology
Anna Caroline Reedy f , English Literature with
Concentration in Theatre
Martha May Reilly, Psychology
Margaret Rieser, Psychology
Matthew Elliot Riffkin, Economics
David Ira Robbins, Economics
Amy Farr Robertson, Linguistics
Peter Andrew Robson, Biology
Edwin Palmer Rock, Biology & Economics
Karen Esther Rood, English Literature
Ferrel Victoria Rose, German
Felicia Ann Rosenfeld, History
Jonathan Rosenfeld, Psychology
Matthew Ryder Ross, Political Science
Katherine Gwynneth Elissa Roth, Biology
Emily Rose Rothbergf, Psychology
James Douglas Sanderson, Biology
Margaret Ruth Schafer, Psychology
Lisa Schiller, History
Lauren Adele Schmitz, Economics
Jennifer Margaret Schneck, Political Science
Peter Albert Seely, Philosophy
Seraphim Seferiades, Political Science
Rebecca Ann Shahan, Biology
Frank Augustine Robert Sheed, Religion
David Claude Sidney, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Brian David Simboli, Philosophy
Ellen Ruth Singer, Biology
Dorothy Claire Sivitz, Biology
Stephen Paul Smith f , Sociology &
Anthropology
Matthew Harvey Sommer*, Political Science
Elizabeth Carol Sonneborn, English Literature
Jane Devon Stavis, Special Major: Psychology
& Education
Lauren Scott Steltzer, History
Jamie Elizabeth Stiehm, History
Kristie Ann Stokes, Philosophy & Political
Science
^with Concentration in International Relations
f t As o f the Class o f 1971

Andrea Judith Stoutland, Religion
Susan Lee Sullivan, Biology
Martha Wren Swain, English Literature
Daryl Jay Swartz, Greek
David John Szent Gyorgyi, English Literature
John Robert Teerlink, Religion
Amy Lynn Thoma, Psychology & English
Literature
Fred Charles Thomsen, History
Elliott Shaw Thurston, History
Sara Fairbank Tjossem, Biology
Steven Robert Tollin, Biology
Daniel C. Traubf, Psychology
Alexandra Giselle Moira Troy, Art History
Andrea La Verne Turner, English Literature
Donald Joseph Twomey, Linguistics
William Blackburn Ulrey, Political Science
Sharon Julia Underberg, Psychology
Arthur Littleton Upshur#, Economics
Lisa Utter, Biology
Joseph William Valis, Political Science
Gerhard Thomas Van Arkel, Economics
Christopher Van Hollen, Philosophy
Linda Van Raalte, English Literature
Elisabeth Frances Varcoe, Religion
Ruth Elizabeth Veleta, Art History

Amy Verstappen, Sociology & Anthropology
Deirdre Victor, Biology
Elliot Steven Wachman, Physics
John Joseph Walsh, Biology
Jeffrey Michael Warner, History
Laura Catherine Watson, Biology
Raleigh R. Watts, Sociology & Anthropology
Andrea Susan Webb, Psychology
Kenneth Mark Wei, Philosophy
Daniel Jay Werther, Biology
Laura Kei Westley, Philosophy
Cynthia Lynne White, Mathematics
Diane Lowell Wilder, Special Major:
Psycholinguistics
Laura Beth Wilson, Special Major: Political &
Economic Development
Deborah Grace Winer, History
Merle Beth Wise, English Literature
Eric Scott Wittstein, Art History
Mary Anne Woolson, Art History
Eleanor Letchworth Wright, Political Science
Sally Robin Wyner, Special Major: American
Literature and History
Lisa Anne Yahna, English Literature & Biology
Vivian Wen Han Yeh#, Biology
Gerard John Zvarick, Psychology

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Guy Edward Blelloch, Engineering
John Joseph Bo we, Engineering
Clyde William Carpenter, Engineering
Robert B. Dickinson, Engineering
Philippe Lucien Dintrans#, Engineering
Judith Anne Fechter, Engineering
Lynn Rachel Fryer, Engineering
Daniel Brian Glessner, Engineering
Siu Li Go, Engineering
Kevin George Greene, Engineering
Donna Leigh Gresh, Engineering
Michael Pearce Hardt, Engineering
Brian Sean Heaney#, Engineering

Elizabeth Hallowell Keener, Engineering
Robert Lally, Engineering
Clare Elizabeth Manzi, Engineering
Norman Raymond Mathews, Engineering
Steven James Mottola, Engineering
Douglas Walton Myers, Engineering
Karen Jenny Ohland, Engineering
Matthew Elliott Riffkin, Engineering
Walter Albert Runck, Engineering
Kenneth Mark Schneider, Engineering
Steven Pham Sherper, Engineering
Yosi Shibberu, Engineering
Christopher Dunn Smith, Engineering

HONORARY DEGREES
Julien Cornell, Doctor o f Humane Letters
Alasdair Chalmers Mac Intyre, Doctor o f
Humane Letters

Ellen Ash Peters, Doctor o f Laws
Margaret Byrd Rawson, Doctor o f Humane
Letters

f Secondary School Teaching Certificate

#with Concentration in Public Policy

237

Awards and Distinctions
May 30, 1983

H O N O RS A W ARDED BY TH E VISITIN G E X A M IN E R S— 21 M AY 1983

H IG H EST HONORS:
W illiam Green, Jr., W endy Hoben,
Kathryn Lesh, John .Teerlink.

HIGH HONORS:
Ellen Argyros, John Austin, Lisa Berglund,
Guy Blelloch, Frank Borchert, III, Ellen
Boshkoff, Timothy Cross, Susan Danzig,
Patrick Dolan, M orris Dye, Daniel
Feinberg, Thomas Finholt, William
Fredericks, Oliver Gerland, Lauren Giant,
Christopher Gwilt, Ann Klee, Mark Lord,
Frederick Marshall, Holt Meyer, Bradley
Miller, Carl M oor, Mollie Norwitch,
Steven Odendahl, Robert Oerter, Franz
Paasche, Grant Oliphant, Geoffrey
Pigman, Amy Robertson, Seraphim
Seferiades, Brian Simboli, Matthew
Sommer, Daryl Swartz, Elliott Thurston,
Arthur Upshur, Elliot Wachman.

HONORS:

Belding, Nancy Burton, Clyde Carpenter,
Raquel Da Rosa, Bruce Davidson, Greg
Davidson, Nils Davis, Diane Dietzen,
Dante Di Pirro, Matthew Dudley, Jennifer
Evans, Nathanael Fortune, David
Fristrom, Raymond Frost, Alan
Greenfield, Lisa Gross, Andrew
Haughwout, Deborah Hollander, Kevin
James, Martyn James, Susan Joyce, Nira
Kaplan, John Kerr, Dinah Kirby, Joel
Kosman, Rachel Locke, Viken Matossian,
Elizabeth McCrary, Christine Metcalf,
Laurence Moelis, Brenda M onroe, Daniel
M ont, Martha Reilly, David Robbins,
Karen Rood, Felicia Rosenfeld, Lisa
Schiller, Jennifer Schneck, Peter Seely,
Elizabeth Sonneborn, Andrea Stoutland,
Fred Thomsen, Donald Twomey, Linda
Van Raalte, Kenneth W ei, Laura Westley,
Cynthia W hite, Merle W ise, Eleanor
Wright.

Jonathan Brody, James Beller, Mark

DISTIN CTIO N IN C O U R S E A W A R D ED BY FA C U LTY
Thea Renda Abu El Haj, Ellen Cecilia
Andersen, Adam Antebi, Jeffrey Samuel
Barkin, Sabina Beg, Michele Besso,
Douglas Clifford Braun, Andrea-Lee
Davis, Daniel Forest Doak, Pamela Ruth
Dorries, Ellen Dye, Kurt Alexander
Eichenwald, Jonathan Arie Finkelstein,
Sarah Fleishmann, David Michael Gillilan,
Donna Leigh Gresh, Brian Sean Heaney,
Jeffrey Steven Hops, Lisa Ann Hostein,
Mikael Bo Karlstrom, Susanne Irene Kost,

Gordon Charles Lafer, Roger Earl Latham,
Robin Layzer, John Charles McCann,
Franetta Leandrea McMillian, Leslie
Frances Moffat, Anne Margaret Norment,
Andrew L. Peterson, John James Plunkett,
Steven Pham Sherper, Yosi Shibberu,
David Claude Sidney, Dorothy Claire
Sivitz, Jane Devon Stavis, Martha W ren
Swain, Sharon Julia Underberg, Andrea
Susan W ebb, Laura Beth W ilson, Eric
Scott W ittstein, Sally Robin Wyner.

E LEC TIO N S T O H O N O RA RY SO C IETIES

PH I BETA K A P P A :
Ellen Cecilia Andersen, Adam Antebi,
John Cartwright Austin, Jeffrey Samuel
Barkin, Mark Andrew Belding, Lisa
Berglund, Michele Besso, Guy Edward
Blelloch, Clyde W illiam Carpenter, Susan
Lynn Danzig; Andrea-Lee Davis, Daniel
Forest Doak, Pamela Ruth Dorries, Ellen
Dye, M orris M cKee Dye, Jonathan Arie
Finkelstein, Sarah Fleischmann, Jack Jay

238

Gelman, Lauren Chloe Giant, William
Henry Green, Jr., Donna Leigh Gresh,
Michele Grodberg, Christopher Lloyd
Gwilt, Brian Sean Heaney, Wendy Hoben,
Ann Renee Klee, Roger Earl Latham,
Kathryn Francis Lesh, Elizabeth Laura
Mackie, Frederick John Marshall, Carl
Holliday M oor, Anne Margaret Norment,
M ollie Susanna Norwitch, Robert Nelson
Oerter, Grant Donald Hendrik Oliphant,

John James Plunkett, Martha May Reilly,
Amy Farr Robertson, Yosi Shibberu,
Brian David Simboli, Dorothy Claire
Sivitz, Matthew Harvey Sommer, Elizabeth
Carol Sonneborri, John Robert Teerlink,
Sharon Julia Underberg, Deirdre V ictor,
Elliot Steven Wachman, Andrea Susan
W ebb, Eric Scott W ittstein.

S IG M A XI:
Ellen Cecilia Andersen, Ellen S. Ansell,
Adam Antebi, Jeffrey Samuel Barkin; Guy
Edward Blelloch, Douglas Clifford Braun,
Clyde W illiam Carpenter, Barry Mitchell
Datlof, Daniel Forest Doak, Andrew Seth

Feigin, Jonathan Arie Finkelstein,
Nathanael Alexander Fortune, David
James Fristrom, W illiam Henry Green, Jr.,
Donna Leigh Gresh, Karl Andrew
Johnson, Susanne Irene Kost, Roger Earl
Latham, Kathryn Frances Lesh, Frederick
John Marshall, Viken Raffi Matossian,
Carol Ann Merten, Robert Nelson Oerter,
Martha May Reilly, Rebecca Ann Shahan,
Kenneth R . Short, Dorothy Claire Sivitz,
Daryl Jay Swartz, Elliot Steven Wachman.

TAU BETA PI:
Clyde W . Carpenter, Donna L. Gresh,
Brian S. Heaney, Yosi Shibberu.

FELLOWSHIPS
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Andre
Gingerich ’8 4
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships to Adam Grabois ’84, Eric Usadi
’84, Laura Moody ’85, and Michael Nicholas

’86
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer
Fellowships: for music, David McIntyre ’85;
for dance, Geoffrey Phelps ’85
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship to Wendy Hoben
’83
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Yosi
Shibberu ’83
The Joshtta Lippincott Fellowship to Andrea-

Lee Davis ’83 and Raquel DaRosa’83
The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to
Nancy Burton ’83 and Martha Sielman '82
The Thomas B. McCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
McCabe Memorial Fellowship to Nancy
Grossman ’81 and John Montgomery ’77
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Victoria
Finlayson ’83
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate
Fellowship in Public Affairs to Joshua Gamson
’85
The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship to Mary Ann
Woolson ’83

AWARDS AND PRIZES
The Academy o f American Poets Prize to Leslie
Katz ’8 4 and Shoshana Kerewsky ’83
The Adams Prize in Quantitative Economics to
John Plunkett ’83
The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to
Evelyn Peelle ’84
The American Chemical Society Award to
William Green ’83
The American Institute o f Chemists Award to
Ellen Andersen ’8 3 and Adam Antebi ’83
The Brand Blanshard Prize to Brian Simboli
’83
The W illiam and Sophie Bramson Prize in
Sociology and Anthropology to Susan Joyce ’83
The Alice L. Crossley Prize to Amy Robertson
’83

The Flack Achievement Award to Andrea
Packard ’85
The John Russell Hays Poetry Prizes: for
translation, Roger Westerman ’84; for
original poetry, Laura Tuchman ’84
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes to Wendy Hoben
’8 3 and Andrew Peterson ’83
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to John
Teerlink ’83
The Ivy Award to Jonathan Finkelstein ’83
The Kwink Trophy to David Bronkema ’83
and Joseph Valis ’83
The McCabe Engineering Award to Donna
Gresh ’83
The Lois Morrell Poetry Award to Leslie Katz
’84

239

Awards and Distinctions

The A. Edward Newton Library Prizes: first
prize, Shoshana Kerewsky ’83; second prize,
Kevin Hardwick ’84; third prize, Peter Hunt
’84
The O ak L eaf Award to Susheela Jayapal ’83
The May E. Parry Memorial Award to Lori
Lumpkin ’83 and Sue Kost ’83
The Drew Pearson Prize to Kurt Eichenwald
’83

240

The John W. Perdue Memorial Prize to Roger
Nuss ’8 4
The William Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
first prize, Shoshana Kerewsky ’83; second
prize, Stefan Christian ’86; third prize,
Benjamin Geertz '8 4
The Melvin B. Troy Award to Lucia Coppola
’83

Enrollment Statistics
ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1982-83

Seniors
Juniors
Sophomores
Freshmen

Graduate Students
Special Students
TOTAL

MEN
180
144
180
180

WOMEN
151
120
142
160

TOTAL
331
264
322
340

684

573

1257

0
10

0
11

0
21

694

584

1278

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1982-83
New York ...................... . 233
Pennsylvania ............... . 204
New Jersey .................... . 134
C aliforn ia...................... . . 89
Maryland ...................... . . 81
Massachusetts ............. . . 62
Connecticut .................. . . 59
V irginia.......................... . . 35
Delaware........................ . . 26
Ohio ............................... .. 26
Illin o is............................ . . 25
District of Columbia . . . . 24
Texas .............................. . . 22
Washington .................. .. 16
Colorado ...................... . . 15
Minnesota ........... . . . . . . 13
M ichigan........................ . . 11
Oregon .......................... . . 11
North Carolina ........... . . . 9
Florida .......................... . . . 8
Indiana .......................... . . . 8
Maine ............................ . . . 8
Missouri ........................ . . . 8
New M e x ico ................. . . . 8
New Hampshire........... . . . 7
Rhode Island ............... . . . 7
V erm o n t........................ . . . 7
Tennessee . . ................. . . . 6
G eo rg ia.......................... . . . 5
West Virginia ............. . . . 5
Wisconsin .................... . . . 5

K ansas......................
Oklahoma .............
A rizona....................
Nevada ....................
South Carolina . . .
Utah ........................
H awaii......................
Iowa ........................
Kentucky ...............
Puerto Rico ...........
A la sk a ......................
Id a h o ........................
Mississippi .............
M o n tan a..................
South D ak o ta.........
Virgin Island s.........
W y o m in g ...............
Total U.S.A.

...........4
........... 4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1
........... 1

.. . . . 1212

G re ece ......................
Canada ....................
Belgium ....................
England....................
I ta ly ..........................
Malaysia .................
South Africa .........
Switzerland.............
F ra n c e ......................
India .......................

........... 6
........... 5
...........3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
...........3
...........3
........... 2
............2

Mexico ............. ..
Netherlands .............
West Germany . . . .
Argentina .................
Austria ......................
Bangladesh ...............
B o liv ia........................
B ra z il..........................
Chile ..........................
Cyprus ......................
Ethiopia ....................
F i j i ..............................
Finland ......................
Ghana ........................
Hong K o n g ...............
Hungary ....................
Indonesia .................
Ita ly ............................
Jamaica ......................
Ja p a n ..........................
M o ro cc o ....................
Pakistan ....................
Portugal ....................
Scotland ....................
Singapore .................
Swaziland .................
Sweden ......................

......... 2

.........2
......... 2

.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1

T o tal from Abroad . . . . . 63

GRAND TO TAL .. . . 1275

241

Index
Absence from examinations, 56
Academic honesty, 56
Administration and staff, 223
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 17
Application dates, 18
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 18
School subjects recommended, 17
Advanced Degrees, 58
Advanced Placement, 19
Advanced Standing, 19
Advising, 36
Alumni Association Officers, 205
Alumni Council, 205
Alumni Office, 38
Ancient History and Civilization, 90
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural
Foundation, 12
Art History, 68
Arts Center, 10
Arts, Studio, 40, 72
Asian Studies, 73
Astronomy, 75
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 41, 164
Attachments to Courses, 49
Attendance at Classes, 55
Automobiles, regulations 39
Awards and Distinctions, 238
Awards and Prizes, 60
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 58
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 58
Bequests, 10
Biology, 77
Black Cultural Center, 35
Black Studies, 83
Board o f Managers, 201
Committees of, 203
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5, 6
Career Planning and Placement, 37
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11
Chemistry, 84
Chester Internship Program, 42
Chinese, 146
Classics, 88
College Entrance Examinations, 18
College, committees of, 220
College jobs, 23
Comprehensive Examinations, 45, 58
Computing Center, 10
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 12

242

Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 52
Corporation, officers of, 201
Courses of Instruction, 65
Course Program, 44
Creative Arts, 52
Curriculum, 44
Dance, 41, 158
Degree Requirements, 58
Degrees offered, 58
Degrees conferred, 234
Dining Hall, 34
Directed Reading, 49
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 256
Distinction in Course, 46
Distribution requirements, 45
Divisions and Departments, 221
Dormitories, 34
Drama, 41, 111
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 10
Economics, 93
Education, 100
Education Abroad, 52
Emeritus Professors, 208
Endowed Professorships, 14
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 103
English Literature, 110
Enrollment statistics, 241
Equal Opportunity Office, 226
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 56
Exceptions to the four-year program, 48
Exclusion from College, 57
Expenses, 20
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 44, 47
Extra-curricular activities, 40
Faculty advisors, 36, 45, 46
Faculty, committees of, 220
Faculty members, 208
Faculty Regulations, 55
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 20, 59
Fellowships, 63
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 241
Formats o f Instruction, 49
Fraternities, 35
French, 146
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 35

Geographical distribution of Students, 241
German, 148
Gifts, 10
Grades, 55
Graduate study, 58
Graduation requirements, 58
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 89
Grenoble Program, 53
Handicapped Student Services, 34, 36, 48
Health care, 35
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 51
History, 120
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 48, 232
Housing, 34
Information Services Office, 38
Insurance, 20
Interdisciplinary work, 50
International Relations, 129
Judicial Bodies, 39
Lang Music Building, 10, 41
Language Laboratory, 11
Latin, 89
Leaves of Absence, 57
Libraries, 11
Linguistics, 131
Literature Program, 133
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 53
Map of College grounds, 254
Martin Biological Laboratory, 10
Master’s degrees, 58, 183
Mathematics, 134
McCabe Library, 11
Medieval Studies, 141
Modern Languages and Literatures, 142
Music, 40, 154
Music, performance, 155, 158
Normal Course Load, 49

Pre-medical Program, 51
Prizes, 60
PROGRAM OF STUDY, 44
Freshmen and Sophomores, 45
Juniors and Seniors, 46
External Examination (Honors) Program, 47
Psychological Services, 35
Psychology, 178
Public Policy, 185
Publications, 38
Registration, 56
Religion, 187
Religious life, 8, 35
Requirements for Admission, 17
Requirements for Graduation, 56
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 34
Russian, 150
Scholarships, 24
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 18
Scott Horticultural Foundation, 12
Sharpies Dining Hall, 34
Social Committee, 40
Sociology and Anthropology, 193
Spanish, 152
Special Major, 46
Sproul Observatory, 10, 75
Student conduct, 39
Student-run courses, 49
Student Council, 39
Student employment, 23
Student Exchange Programs, 52
Study Abroad, 52
Summer school work, 57
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 12
Tarble Social Center, 35
Theatre, Courses in, 111
Transfer, application for, 19
Tuition and other fees, 20, 59
Tutorials, 49
Upward Bound, 41

Observatory, 10, 75

Visiting Examiners, 232
Vocational Advising, 37

Papazian Hall, 10
Philosophy, 160
Physical Education and Athletics, 164
Physical Education requirements, 57, 164
Physics, 166
Political Science, 171
Practical work, 50

Wilcox (Florence) Gallery, 10
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 37
Women’s Center, 35
Worth Health Center, 35
Writing Courses, 52

'filj'l

ESA

m

Explanation of Buildings
1. Parrish H all— Admissions O ffice, W ilcox Gallery, administration offices, business

offices, classrooms, and dormitory
2 . Parrish A nnex— Faculty offices
3 . Scott Foundation Building— Relief map o f campus
4 . Hall Building— Dance Studios and Security O ffice
5 . Lang M usic Building— Underhill Music Library, dance, music
6 . M artin Biological Laboratory and A nim al Laboratory— Biology, religion, and

language laboratory
7 . C o rn ell Scien ce Library
8« D u P on t Scien ce Building— Chemistry, mathematics, and physics
9.
10 .

Beardsley H all —Computer Center and Center for Social and Policy Studies
H icks H all —Engineering

1 1 . T r o tte r H all— A rt history and social sciences
1 2 . A rts C en ter— Pearson Theatre, drama, and studio arts
1 3 . Papazian Hall— Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories
1 4 . Friends M eeting H ouse

254

22. ]

15. W h ittier House

ness 16. S c o tt H orticultural

^

j

Fou ndation O ffice
1 17. W is ter Greenhouse
I 18. M cC ab e Library
19. T arb le S o cial C en ter

2 5 . T en n is C ou rts

1 . Parrish Hall

2 7 . C lo th ie r Fields

A . D ana D orm itory

2 8 . Barn

D.

2 9 . Lam b-M iller Field H ouse—

G . W h arto n Hall

Physical education

2 0 . W ord» H ealth C en ter

3 0 . T arb le Pavillion— Physical education

2 1 . Beniam in W e st H ouse—

3 1 . W a re Swim m ing Pool

Birthplace o f Beniamin
W est (designated a
national historical
landm ark) and
faculty residence
2 2 . Bond M em orial and
Lodges— Dormitory space

and m eeting rooms
23. R o bin so n House— B lack

Cultural Center
24. A shton G u est H ouse

Dorm itories and Residences

2 6 . Cunningham Fields

3 2 . Squash C ourts
3 3 . Service Building
3 4 . Heating Plant
3 5 . Fraternity and S o cial Lodges
3 8 . Sharpies D ining Hall
3 7 . C loth ier M em orial— Auditorium
3 8 . S p ro u l O bservatory— Astronomy
3 9 . S c o tt O u td o o r A uditorium

H allowell D orm itory

D. W ille ts D orm itory
E. W o r th D orm itory

F.

M e r e Hall

6 . Palm er Hall
H. Pittenger Hall
I. R o b e rts Hall

J.

M ary Lyon Building

K . W o o l man H ouse
L. Professors’ Houses

IN.

Em ployees’ Houses

N. C ourtney Sm ith H ouse—

President’s House

255

Directions for Reaching
Swarthmore College
DRIVING
FROM THE NORTH
Follow NJ Turnpike South to PA Turnpike.
FROM THE PA TURNPIKE
Take Exit 2 4 (Valley Forge) and follow signs to Schuylkill
Expressway (Interstate 76). Take Route 3 2 0 South for 14.5
miles to College Avenue. Turn right on College Avenue.
FROM THE SOU TH
Follow Interstate 95 North and take the PA Route 3 2 0 Exit
in Chester, Pa. Follow PA Route 3 2 0 north for 4.1 miles to
College Avenue. Turn left on College Avenue.

TRAIN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train.
Amtrak trains from New York and Washington arrive
hourly at Philadelphia’s 30th Street Station. From 30th
Street Station, the SEPTA Media Local takes 21 minutes to
reach the campus.

AIR
An express bus runs from the airport to 30th Street Station
where you can take the SEPTA Media Local train directly to
the Swarthmore campus. The combined fare is less than
$ 4 .0 0 , and the trip requires about one hour. Taxi service is
also available. The fare is approximately $ 18.00, and the trip
requires about 3 0 minutes.

256

Second-Class Postage Pai'
Sworth m ore, Pa. 19081
USPS-530-620

SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Sw arthm ore, Pa. 19081
215/447-7000

jg f \ ' /
W ■: A •
ÍV ■ Efej/ 1
\ A 'T /

Im í.M m ÍA **: /v.